INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
505 S. DUKE ST.
INTERIOR CORE RENOVATION

ARCHITECTURE
505 S. DUKE STREET, DURHAM, NC 27701

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G
ARCHITECT: OWNER:

PLANNING
MHAworks, PA MJ DUKE, LLC

www.mhaworks.com
p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
501 WASHINGTON STREET, 1001 WADE AVENUE
SUITE G SUITE 300
DURHAM, NC RALEIGH, NC 27605
PH: 919.682.2870 PH: 917.782.5552

505 S. DUKE STREET

CONTACT: CONTACT:
JARED MARTINSON, AIA AMY CARROLL

Durham, NC 27701
JMARTINSON@MHAWORKS.COM ACARROLL@TRADEMARKPROPERTIES.COM

505 S. Duke Street

MEP:

MAPLE ENGINEERING,
PLLC
708 ST. MARY'S STREET
RALEIGH, NC
PH: 919.341.2870

w o r ks , P
HA rchit ect ura .
CONTACT:

A
A l

.
Co
Regi t ered
DUSTIN METAYER, PE

rporat ion
50455

s
DMM@MAPLE-ENG.COM or

a
li n

N
th
D Caro
UR C
HA M , N

DRAWING SHEET INDEX - CORE RECONSTRUCTION DRAWING SHEET INDEX - CORE RECONSTRUCTION
LOCATION MAP: PROJECT SCOPE:
REVISION: REVISION:
THE PROJECT SCOPE INCLUDES BUILDING INTERIOR CORE RENOVATION NO NAME ISSUED NO DATE NO NAME ISSUED NO DATE

ON LEVELS SUB-BASEMENT, BASEMENT, LEVELS 3, 4, AND 5..

01 - General FA101 FIRE ALARM MAIN FLOOR PLANS 03/07/18
G001 COVER SHEET, SHEET INDEX, SYMBOLS LEGEND 03/07/18
TO THE BEST OF OUR KNOWLEDGE, THE BUILDING WAS DESIGNED AND G005 GENERIC ANNOTATION, LEGENDS, AND SCHEDULES 03/07/18 07 - Fire Protection 03/07/18
CONSTRUCTED UNDER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE 1967 NC BUILDING G006 TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS 03/07/18 FP101 FIRE PROTECTION MAIN FLOOR PLANS 03/07/18 THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
CODE (1967 NCBC). THIS SCOPE OF THE RENOVATION WORK WILL BE G010 SHEET SPECIFICATIONS - GENERAL CONDITIONS 03/07/18
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PERFORMED UNDER THE 2015 NC EXISTING BUILDING CODE (2015 G011 SHEET SPECIFICATIONS - DIVISIONS 03 - 14 03/07/18 08 - Plumbing
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
NCEBC). LIFE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS ARE BASED ON 2015 NC EXISTING G012 SHEET SPECIFICATIONS - DIVISIONS 03-14 03/07/18 P001 PLUMBING SCHEDULES, NOTES, AND RISER 03/07/18 PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
©-MHAworks 2016
CODE (2015 NCEBC). G015 SHEET SPECIFICATIONS - INTERIOR FINISHES 03/07/18 P101 PLUMBING PLAN - BASEMENT 03/07/18
G100 BUILDING CODE SUMMARY 03/07/18 P102 PLUMBING PLAN - 3RD, 4TH, & 5TH FLOORS 03/07/18 SHEET NAME:
G111 LIFE SAFETY PLANS - SUB-BASEMENT & BASEMENT 03/07/18
COVER SHEET, SHEET INDEX,
G112 LIFE SAFETY PLAN - LEVELS 3, 4, 5 03/07/18 09 - Mechanical
SYMBOLS LEGEND
G210 INTERIOR WALL TYPES 03/07/18 M001 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND NOTES 03/07/18
G500 FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES - WALL PARTITION 03/07/18 M101 MECHANICAL PLANS AND DETAILS 03/07/18
G501 FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES - WALL PARTITION 03/07/18
G503 FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES - SHAFT WALL 03/07/18 10 - Electrical PHASE:
G505 FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES - SHAFT WALL 03/07/18 E001 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND NOTES 03/07/18 PERMIT SET
E101 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN - NEW WORK 03/07/18
05 - Architecture E102 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN - NEW WORK 03/07/18 REVISIONS:
A001 DEMOLITION PLAN - SUB BASEMENT 03/07/18 E201 ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULE AND RISER 03/07/18
# DESC: DATE
A002 DEMOLITION PLAN - BASEMENT 03/07/18 E202 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 03/07/18
A003 DEMOLITION PLAN - LEVEL 3, 4, 5 03/07/18
A100 RENOVATION PLAN - SUB BASEMENT 03/07/18
A101 RENOVATION PLAN - BASEMENT 03/07/18
A103 RENOVATION PLAN - LEVELS 3, 4, & 5 03/07/18
A120 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - SUB-BASEMENT 03/07/18
A121 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - BASEMENT 03/07/18
A122 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LEVEL 3, 4 & 5 03/07/18
A400 INTERIOR ENLARGED PLANS + ELEVATIONS 03/07/18
A401 INTERIOR ENLARGED PLANS + ELEVATIONS 03/07/18
A420 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 03/07/18
A430 CASEWORK SECTIONS 03/07/18
N A440 INTERIOR - LARGE SCALE PLAN DETAILS 03/07/18 ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
A810 DOOR SCHEDULE + HARDWARE 03/07/18 PROJECT #: 17144
A811 TYPICAL DOOR DETAILS 03/07/18
DRAWN BY: YL
06 - Fire Alarm
FA001 FIRE ALARM SCHEDULE AND NOTES AND RISER 03/07/18
SHEET NUMBER

G001
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

1. THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS IS TO PROVIDE
NECESSARY INFORMATION IN THE MOST APPROPRIATE
CATEGORY AND SUBCATEGORY WITH MINIMAL
REPETITION OR DUPLICATION. THE GENERAL
CONTRACTOR SHALL UTILIZE ALL CATEGORIES AND
SUBCATEGORIES OF THE DRAWINGS.
2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUB-
CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEWING AND
COORDINATING THEIR WORK WITH ALL OF THE
ARCHITECTURE
1. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM
DAMAGE.
2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS
GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, CONSULT THE
ARCHITECT FOR DIRECTION.
3. INTERIOR PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISH
FACE TO FINISH FACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
MAINTAIN DIMENSIONS MARKED “CLEAR”. ALLOW FOR
THICKNESS OF FINISHED WALL MATERIAL WHEN LAYING

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

DRAWINGS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. OMISSIONS OR OUT WALLS. REFER TO INTERIOR FINISH INFORMATION

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE FOR WALL FINISH.
DRAWINGS, PROJECT MANUAL, NOTES, AND DETAILS 4. ALL INTERIOR DOORS TO BE LOCATED 6” OFF
SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE PERPENDICULAR WALL, UNO. DIMENSION TO INCLUDE

ARCHITECT BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SHALL
BE RESOLVED BY THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING
WITH THE WORK OR RELATED WORK.
PLANNING
INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS. ALL DOOR CLEARANCES TO
MEET ANSI A117.1 2009 ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCES.
5. REFER TO THE OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED LIST
FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY OWNER’S

3. TYPICAL DETAILS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE
INCORPORATED AT ALL APPROPRIATE LOCATIONS
WHETHER SPECIFICALLY REFERENCED AT EACH
www.mhaworks.com
CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE CONCEALED BLOCKING AS
REQUIRED FOR WORK BY OWNER’S OTHER
CONTRACTORS. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER’S

p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
LOCATION OR NOT.
4. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST COORDINATE CONTRACTORS THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND BLOCKING
ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS WITH STRUCTURAL, REQUIREMENTS.
PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 6. PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES SHOWN IN
AND ALL OWNER’S VENDORS INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO TELEPHONE, AUDIO/VISUAL, AND SECURITY
THE P AND E SERIES ONLY EXTENDS 5’-0” OUTSIDE OF THE
BUILDING. GC RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL COORDINATION CEILING SYMBOLS GENERAL SYMBOLS
SYSTEMS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICTS OF THESE ELEMENTS IF SITE CONDITIONS VARY FROM THE
OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CIVIL / LANDSCAPE DESIGN DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY
WORK. ARCHITECT WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES OR ALTERATIONS
5. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY TO THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS THAT RESULT FROM SITE
FLR1 FLOOR TYPE TAG
REQUIRED DEMOLITION, TEMPORARY SUPPORT OF, CONDITIONS. CEILING TAG - TYPE 1 ROOM TAG
AND/OR DAMAGE TO NEW OR EXISTING STRUCTURE TYPE ? FINISH TYPE TAG ROOM IDENTITY
DURING CONSTRUCTION. CL88
6. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE, DRAWING REFERENCES: Room name
CEILING TAG - TYPE 2 M WINDOW TAG

505 S. DUKE STREET

PROVIDE, AND INSTALL CONCEALED BLOCKING FOR 1005
ALL WALL MOUNTED ITEMS, INCLUDING BUT NOT TYPE 150 SF ROOM NUMBER
1. REFER TO G006 FOR TYPICAL INTERIOR MOUNTING HEIGHT ABOVE F.F.E. CL88 888 DOOR TAG BUILDING LEVEL
LIMITED TO, HANDRAILS, EQUIPMENT, OWNER AND/OR HEIGHTS FOR TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL 88'-00" ROOM AREA
VENDOR PROVIDED ITEMS, ACCESSIBILITY EQUIPMENT, OUTLETS, DATA OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM, FIRE STROBE,
EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURES, SIGNAGE, ETC. C3 WALL TYPE TAG
THERMOSTATS, ETC.
7. NO EXPOSED CONDUIT, WIRING, OR PIPING IS 2. REFER TO SHEET G210 FOR INTERIOR WALL TYPE
PERMITTED WITHOUT ARCHITECTURAL APPROVAL INFORMATION. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL INTERIOR F001 SHEET NOTE OCCUPANCY TAG

Durham, NC 27701
UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE.

505 S. Duke Street

WALLS TO BE B1 U.N.O. CEILING GRID
8. ALL FRAMING, SOUND ATTENUATION, AND GYPSUM 3. REFER TO SHEET G015 SERIES FOR INTERIOR FINISH REFER TO TAG FOR TYPE LOUVER TAG
BOARD FOR NON-RATED SOUND ATTENUATED WALLS LV1 OCCUPANCY TYPE AREA OF OCCUPANCY
INFORMATION. AND ELEVATION
SHALL CONTINUE TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE DECK OR BUSINESS
STRUCTURAL SLAB ABOVE AND BELOW UNLESS AREA: 150 SF
GL1 GLAZING/PANEL TYPE Occ GROUP: B
OTHERWISE NOTED. GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE SEALED TOILET ACCESSORY TYPES LEGEND REFER TO FINISH DESIGNATIONS FOR Occ LOAD: 2
TO THE DECK OR STRUCTURAL SLAB AT EACH FACE TYPE INFORMATION OCCUPANCY GROUP OCCUPANT LOAD
WITH JOINT COMPOUND, SEALANT, AND/OR
EXPANDING FOAM (ACCEPTABLE ONLY IN CONCEALED DESCRIPTION MECHANICAL EXHAUST C
L CENTER LINE
CONDITIONS). ANY REQUIRED PIPE, DUCT, OR WIRING
PENETRATIONS SHALL BE SEALED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. GB GRAB BAR - BASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCT: BOBRICK 2 POWER OUTLET
9. IN AREAS OF HARD CEILING, BUILDING SYSTEMS SHALL B-6806.
BE CONFIGURED TO MINIMIZE REQUIRED ABOVE-CEILING
FD FLOOR DRAIN
MOUNTING: FLANGES WITH CONCEALED MECHANICAL RETURN AREA DESIGNATION
ACCESS. THE LOCATION OF ALL ACCESS PANELS AND FASTENERS.
T TEMPER GLASS
DOORS IN FINISHED SPACE MUST BE COORDINATED MATERIAL: STAINLESS STEEL, 0.05 INCH THICK. NEW EXIST
WITH AND APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FINISH: SMOOTH, NO. 4 FINISH (SATIN) ON ENDS CJ CONTROL JOINT
INSTALLATION OF ANY ABOVE-CEILING ACCESS. ANY AND SLIP-RESISTANT TEXTURE IN GRIP AREA.
ACCESS DOORS OR PANELS REQUIRED IN WALLS MUST OUTSIDE DIAMETER: 1-1/2 INCHES. MECHANICAL SUPPLY 1/4":12"
BE COORDINATED WITH AND APPROVED BY THE CONFIGURATION AND LENGTH: AS INDICATED ON MIN. SLOPE ARROW
ARCHITECT PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF ANY DRAWINGS.
EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ACCESS. BASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCT - KOHLER MODEL
10. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A MIRROR
POPLIN MARIBOU K-99666 FRAME: KHAKI WHITE EMERGENCY EXIT SIGN CASEWORK TAG
8 GRID LINE + BUBBLE
CURRENT AND COMPLETE SET OF CONSTRUCTION OAK - 1WF. LEVEL LINE
DOCUMENTS ON SITE DURING ALL PHASES OF HANGERS: PRODUCE RIGID, TAMPER- AND THEFT- (BASED ON AWI STANDARD APPENDIX
LEVEL NAME
CONSTRUCTION FOR USE BY ALL TRADES. RESISTANT INSTALLATION, USING ONE-PIECE, UNDERCABINET LIGHTING A CASEWORK DESIGN SERIES (CDS)) Name
Elevation
11. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE INSTRUMENTS OF GALVANIZED-STEEL, WALL-HANGER DEVICE WITH
SERVICE AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE HEIGHT ABOVE LEVEL 1
SPRING-ACTION LOCKING MECHANISM TO HOLD TYPE DEPTH
ARCHITCT WHETHER THE PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY (LEVEL 1 = 0'-0" UNO.)
MIRROR UNIT IN POSITION WITH NO EXPOSED 2X4 LIGHTING FIXTURE
ARE PREPARED IS EXECUTED OR NOT. THE CONTRACT SCREWS OR BOLTS. WIDTH 100
DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE USED BY THE OWNER OR 24" 18"
TENANT FOR OTHER PROJECTS OR EXTENSIONS TO THE TPD TOILET PAPER DISPENSER - BASIS OF DESIGN L
PROJECT NOR ARE THEY TO BE MODIFIED IN ANY BOBRICK B-6867. SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL. Extra Shelf
MODIFIER w o r ks , P
MANNER EXCEPT BY AGREEMENT IN WRITING AND WITH SUPPORT-ARM FLANGES LOCK TO CONCEALED 2X2 LIGHTING FIXTURE COMMENTS HA rchit ect ura .

A
A l
STAINLESS STEEL WALL PLATE. CHROME-PLATED

.
APPROPRIATE COMPENSATION TO THE ARCHITECT.

Co
Regi t ered
PLASTIC SPINDLE HOLDS ROLLS UP TO 5 1⁄2"

rporat ion
12. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR AND
50455

s
SHALL PROVIDE PROTECTION OF THE BASE BUILDING. (140MM) DIAMETER (1800 SHEETS). UNIT 7 1⁄4" W, 2"
H (185 X 50MM); PROJECTS 3 15⁄16" (100MM) FROM RECESSED CAN LIGHT
ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING AREAS CAUSED BY THE
GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR SUB-CONTRACTORS SHALL WALL. or

a
li n

N
th
PENDANT STRIP LIGHT FIRE EXTINGUISHER D Ca ro
BE REPAIRED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. THE UR C
REPAIRS ARE NOT PART OF THIS PROJECT OR THE SD-1 LIQUID-SOAP DISPENSER: BASIS OF DESIGN
PLAN HA M , N
CONTRACT AND WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY FO THE BOBRICK B-8263.18. COUNTER MOUNTED.
GENERAL CONTRACTOR. SHATTER-RESISTANT POLYETHYLENE SOAP REFILL ELEVATION VIEW TYPES:
TO HAVE 27-FL OZ CAPACITY. LOCATED IN SPRINKLER HEAD
13. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL EXERCISE EXTREME
CARE AND PRECAUTION DURING CONSTRUCTION OF BASEMENT RESTROOMS.
FIRE ALARM F
THE WORK TO MINIMIZE DISTURBANCE TO ADJACENT LIQUID-SOAP DISPENSER: BASIS OF DESIGN BOBRICK FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
SD-2 HEAT DETECTOR H REFER TO KEYNOTE
STRUCTURES AND THEIR OCCUPANTS, PROPERTY, B-2111. SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL. ALL OTHER DESCRIPTION FOR TYPE SIM
1 DETAIL VIEW/
PUBLIC PATHWAYS, ETC. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR LOCATIONS SMOKE DETECTOR S FEC
PLAN ENLARGED VIEW
SHALL TAKE PRECAUTIONS AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR A101
THE SAFETY OF ALL BUILDING OCCUPANTS FROM PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER - BASIS OF DESIGN
PTD BOBRICK B-38034. SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL. ELEVATION
CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES.
14. THE FINISHED WORK SHALL BE FIRM, WELL ANCHORED, DOOR TO BE SECURED TO CABINET WITH A
IN TRUE ALIGNMENT, PLUMB, LEVEL, WITH A SMOOTH, CONCEALED, FULL-LENGTH STAINLESS STEEL
CLEAN AND OR UNIFORM APPEARANCE; WITHOUT PIANO-HINGE AND EQUIPPED WITH A STAINLESS
STEEL CABLE DOOR-SWING LIMITER AND TWO EMERGENCY WALL LIGHT
WAVES, DISTORTIONS, HOLES, MARKS, CRACKS, SIM SIM
STAINS, OR DISCOLOR. JOINTS SHALL BE CLOSE FITTING, TUMBLER LOCKS KEYED. PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER 1 1 BUILDING SECTION
NEAT AND WELL SCRIBED. THE FINISH WORK SHALL HAVE TO DISPENSE 600 C-FOLD, 800 MULTIFOLD, OR PLAN 03/07/18
1100 SINGLEFOLD PAPER TOWELS. WASTE A101 A101
NO EXPOSED, UNSIGHTLY ANCHORS OR FASTENERS ELEVATION THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
UNLEES NOTED OTHERWISE AND SHALL NOT PRESENT RECEPTACLE TO BE FURNISHED WITH A ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
REMOVABLE, LEAK-PROOF, RIGID MOLDED THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
HAZARDOUS OR UNSAFE CORNERS. ALL WORKS SHALL PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
HAVE THE PROVISIONS FOR EXPANSION, PLASTIC WASTE-CONTAINER WITH CAPACITY 3.8 IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
GAL. SPRINKLER VALVE CABINET FVC PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
CONTRACTION, AND SHRINKAGE AS NECESSARY TO SIM ©-MHAworks 2016
PREVENT CRACKS, BUCKLING AND WARPING DUE TO HD HAND DRYER: BASIS OF DESIGN DYSON 1 WALL SECTION
TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY AND CLIMATE CHANGES. AIRBLADE V #AB08. SPRAYED NICKEL FINISH. A101
POWER + COMMUNICATION GENERAL NOTES: PLAN SHEET NAME:
15. NO WORK DEFECTIVE IN CONSTRUCTION OR QUALITY CH/RH COAT/ROBE HOOKS: BASIS OF DESIGN SHALL BE
OR DEFICIENT IN ANY REQUIREMENTS OF DRAWINGS BOBRICK AND SHALL BE SATIN FINISHED STAINLESS ELEVATION GENERIC ANNOTATION,
AND SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE ACCEPTABLE IN 1. PRIOR TO CORING FLOOR SLAB FOR POWER/
STEEL. SINGLE HOOK SHALL BE: B-76717. COMMUNICATION POKE-THROUGH DEVICES, LEGENDS, AND SCHEDULES
CONSEQUENCE OF OWNER, TENANT, OR ARCHITECT'S LOCATED IN BASEMENT RESTROOMS. SIM
FAILURE TO DISCOVER OR TO POINT OUT DEFECTS OR COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH OWNER AND/OR 1 EXTERIOR ELEVATION
DEFICIENCIES DURING CONSTRUCTION; NOR WILL OWNERS FURNISHINGS CONTRACTOR AND REVIEW WITH
FSS FOLDING SHOWER SEAT: BOBRICK MODEL B-5191 ARCHITECT. A101
PRESENCE OF INSPECTORS ON WORK SITE RELIEVE THE PHASE:
GENERAL CONTRACTOR FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR 2. INDICATED DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE CENTER LINE OF 1-HOUR RATED PARTITION
SECURING QUALITY AND PROGRESS OF WORKAS OUTLIES OR SWITCHES, OR CLUSTERS OF OUTLETS OR PERMIT SET
REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT. DEFECTIVE WORK SHALL SWITCHES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 1
GENERAL CODE COMPLAINCE AND SAFETY: 3. INSTALL OUTLETS ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF PARTITIONS IN Ref
BE REVEALED WITHIN REQUIRED TIME GUARANTEES
SHALL BE REPLACED WITH WORK CONFORMING WITH SEPARATE STUD CAVITIES. DO NOT INSTALL BACK-TO- 2-HOUR RATED PARTITION
REVISIONS:
BACK. 1 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION # DESC: DATE
THE INTENT OF THE CONTRACT. NO PAYMENT, 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF A101
4. PROVIDE MATCHING COVER PLATES AND DEVICES, Ref Ref
WHETHER PARTIAL OR FINAL, SHALL BE CONSTRUED AS MUNICIPAL, LOCAL OR FEDERAL AND STATE LAWS, AS
AN ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK OR IMPROPER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
WELL AS ANY OTHER GOVERNING REQUIREMENTS, 3-HOUR RATED PARTITION 1
MATERIALS. 5. GC TO COORDINATE FINAL LAYOUT OF ELECTRICAL AND
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THOSE NOTED BELOW: Ref
16. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SPECIFIED BY DATA OUTLETS WITH FINAL SELECTION OF FURNITURE AND
NORTH CAROLINA STATE COMMERCIAL BUILDING
REFERENCE TO NUMBER, SYMBOL, TITLE OF CASEWORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FLOOR BOXES
CODE, 2012 EDITION AND CURRENT AMENDMENTS,
SPECIFICATION SUCH AS COMMERCIAL STANDARDS, AND RECEPTACLES.
RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CITY OF DURHAM,
FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS, TRADE ASSOCIATION REVISION TAG AND CLOUD 1
NORTH CAROLINA, RULES AND REGULATIONS OF REFER TO REVISION SCHEDULE FOR ISSUE
STANDARDS OR OTHER SIMILIAR STANDARDS SHALL PUBLIC UTILITIES DATE AND REVISION INFORMATION
COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTSIN THE LATEST EDITION 2. THE CODE COMPLIANCE SUMMARIES ARE GUIDES TO
OR REVISION THEREOFAND WITH ANY AMENDMENT OR THE CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA DEVELOPED FOR THIS
SUPPLEMENT THERETO IN EFFECT ON DATE OF ORIGIN PROJECT. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE A COMPLETE
OF THIS PROJECT'S CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, SUCH LIST OF CODE REQUIREMENTS. EQUIPMENT TYPES LEGEND
STANDARDS, EXCEPT AS MODIFIED HEREIN, SHALL HAVE 3. ALL MATERIALS AND/OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE
FULL FORCE EFFECTS AS THOUGH PRINTED IN THE INSTALLED/USED IN ACCORDANCE WITH DESCRIPTION
NORTH ARROW
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. MANUFACTURER’S SPECIFICATIONS AND/OR REF REFRIGERATOR GC/GC ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
17. DRAWINGS DO NOT CONTAIN COMPLETE
SPECIFICATIONS, DETAILS, AND INFORMATION REQUIRED
FOR THE INTERIOR FINISHES OF THE PROJECT.
RECOMMENDATIONS AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL
APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES OR REGULATIONS.
BASIS OF DESIGN FRIGIDAIRE MODEL
#LGHX2636TF. GALLERY 25.5-CU FT SIDE-BY-SIDE N VIEW TITLE
PROJECT #: 17144
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM
4. THESE DRAWINGS DO NOT CONTAIN THE
REQUIREMENTS FOR JOB SAFETY. ALL PROVISIONS FOR
REFRIGERATOR WITH ICE MAKER. SMUDGE-
PROOF STAINLESS STEEL FINISH. View Name DRAWN BY: YL

18.
THE OWNER.
THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT MATERIAL
SAFETY SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL
CONTRACTOR.
MICRO- MICROWAVE O/O 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 SHEET NUMBER
FINISH SAMPLES, SHOP DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WAVE
5. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, AND SUPPORTS

G005
TO THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT FOR FINAL APPROVAL. THAT ARE EXPOSED TO WIND SHALL BE DESIGNED AND COFFEE COFFEE MACHINE O/O VIEW SCALE
INSTALLED TO RESIST THE WIND PRESSURES DETERMINED MACHINE
VIEW NUMBER
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2012 NC COMMERCIAL
BUILDING CODE.
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

1. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM

DAMAGE.
2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS
GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, CONSULT THE
ARCHITECT FOR DIRECTION.
3. INTERIOR PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISH
FACE TO FINISH FACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
MAINTAIN DIMENSIONS MARKED “CLEAR”. ALLOW FOR
THICKNESS OF FINISHED WALL MATERIAL WHEN LAYING

ARCHITECTURE
OUT WALLS. REFER TO INTERIOR FINISH INFORMATION
FOR WALL FINISH.
4. ALL INTERIOR DOORS TO BE LOCATED 6” OFF
PERPENDICULAR WALL, UNO. DIMENSION TO INCLUDE
INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS. ALL DOOR CLEARANCES TO
MEET ANSI A117.1 2009 ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCES.
5. REFER TO THE OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED LIST
FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY OWNER’S
CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE CONCEALED BLOCKING AS
REQUIRED FOR WORK BY OWNER’S OTHER

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

CONTRACTORS. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER’S

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

CONTRACTORS THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND BLOCKING
REQUIREMENTS.
6. PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES SHOWN IN

PLANNING
THE P AND E SERIES ONLY EXTENDS 5’-0” OUTSIDE OF THE
BUILDING. GC RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL COORDINATION
OF THESE ELEMENTS IF SITE CONDITIONS VARY FROM THE
CIVIL / LANDSCAPE DESIGN DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY

www.mhaworks.com
ARCHITECT WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES OR ALTERATIONS
TO THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS THAT RESULT FROM SITE
CONDITIONS.

p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
8" 6" 8" 6" 8" 8" 5" 8" 6"

STROBE WHERE OCCURS

DRAWING REFERENCES:
8" STROBE WHERE OCCURS STROBE WHERE OCCURS STROBE WHERE OCCURS STROBE WHERE OCCURS

SCHEDULED SIGNAGE 1. REFER TO G006 FOR TYPICAL INTERIOR MOUNTING

SWITCHES - IF SWITCHES - IF
HEIGHTS FOR TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL
CARD READER, ERGRESS CARD READER, ERGRESS MEETING ROOM MULTIPLE, GANG MULTIPLE, GANG
OUTLETS, DATA OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM, FIRE STROBE,

6'-8" - MAX

6'-8" - MAX
6'-8" - MAX

6'-8" MAX

6'-8" MAX
BUTTON OR FIRE ALARM BUTTON OR FIRE ALARM SCHEDULE VIEWER UNDER ONE PLATE UNDER ONE PLATE
THERMOSTATS, ETC.
PULL PULL
5'-0" - CTR

MEETING ROOM

5'-0" TOP
SWITCHES - IF SWITCHES - IF SWITCHES - IF THERMOSTAT 2. REFER TO SHEET G210 FOR INTERIOR WALL TYPE

4'-0" - TOP
SCHEDULER + VIEWER

3'-6" - CTR.
INFORMATION. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL INTERIOR
3'-6" - CTR

3'-6" - CTR

3'-6" - CTR
MULTIPLE, GANG

3'-6" - CTR
MULTIPLE, GANG MULTIPLE, GANG
UNDER ONE PLATE UNDER ONE PLATE UNDER ONE PLATE WALLS TO BE B1 U.N.O.
OUTLET WHERE OCCURS OUTLET WHERE OCCURS OUTLET WHERE OCCURS OUTLET WHERE OCCURS OUTLET 3. REFER TO SHEET G015 SERIES FOR INTERIOR FINISH
1'-6"

1'-6"

1'-6"

1'-6"

1'-6"
INFORMATION.
CTR

CTR

CTR

CTR

CTR

505 S. DUKE STREET

SCHEDULED SIGNAGE CARD READER, EGRESS CARD READER, EGRESS MEETING ROOM MEETING ROOM THERMOSTAT, SWITCH OR OUTLET
BUTTON OR FIRE ALARM PULL BUTTON OR FIRE ALARM PULL SCHEDULE VIEWER SCHEDULER + VIEWER

Durham, NC 27701
DOOR AND CASED OPENINGS

505 S. Duke Street

EXIT SIGN EXIT SIGN
STROBE WHERE OCCURS STROBE WHERE OCCURS STROBE WHERE OCCURS STROBE WHERE OCCURS STROBE WHERE OCCURS STROBE WHERE OCCURS
8" 8" 6"
EQ EQ
FIRE ALARM PULL EQ EQ ACCESSIBLE GENERAL NOTES:
OPEN OPEN
8'-0" - CTR

8'-0" - CTR

SWITCHES - IF
TO TO MULTIPLE, GANG
6'-8" MAX.

6'-8" MAX.

6'-8" MAX.

6'-8" MAX.
6'-8" MAX

6'-8" MAX
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET BEYON BEYON 1) PILE THICKNESS OF SPECIFIED CARPETS DOES NOT EXCEED
UNDER ONE PLATE SWITCHES AND DIMMERS
D THERMASTAT OR SWITCH D THERMASTAT THERMOSTAT, SWITCH, ½”.
3'-10" - CTR

3'-10" - CTR
EGRESS BUTTON, FIRE THERMOSTAT 2) FLOOR SURFACES SPECIFIED ARE SLIP-RESISTANT.

3'-6" - CTR

3'-6" - CTR

3'-6" - CTR
6"

3'-4" - CTR
6" 6" ALARM PULL 3) ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTE DO
NOT EXCEED ½” IN HEIGHT. CHANGES BETWEEN 1/4" AND
POWER OUTLETS OR POWER OUTLETS OR POWER OUTLETS OR POWER AND/OR POWER OUTLET 1/2" ARE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO STEEPER THAN 1:2
1'-6"

1'-6"

1'-6"

1'-6"

1'-6"
CTR

CTR

CTR

CTR

CTR
TELECOM TELECOM TELECOM EQ EQ TELEPHONE OUTLETS 4) LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE
CONNECTION CONNECTIONS CONNECTION
OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY HARDWARE THAT
DOES NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR
TWISTING OF THE WRIST. DOOR OPENING HARDWARE IS
SPECIFIED TO BE MOUNTED BETWEEN 34 AND 48 ABOVE
FLOOR FINISH.
5) CLOSERS FOR FIRE-RATED DOORS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT EDGE OF WALL COLUMNS POWER LEVEL 3 FOR INTERIOR DOORS 38 OR LESS IN
WIDTH.
6) MAXIMUM PULL OR PUSH EFFORT TO OPERATE NON-FIRE-
RATED DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8.5 POUNDS FOR
EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS, w o r ks , P
MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT HA rchit ect ura .

A
A l

.
CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS.

Co
Regi t ered

rporat ion
SPECIFIED CLOSERS TO BE ADJUSTED TO COMPLY.
50455

s
7) ALL DOORS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE NOT LESS THAN 3'-0 IN
WIDTH AND NOT LESS THAN 6'-8 IN HEIGHT. DOORS ARE
CAPABLE OF OPENING AT LEAST 90 DEGREES AND CLEAR or

a
li n

N
WALL BEYOND th
D Ca ro
WIDTH IS NOT LESS THAN 32". UR C
PROVIDE EQ EQ 8) FLOOR AREAS ON EACH SIDE OF DOORS ARE SPECIFIED TO HA M , N
GROMMET IN BE LEVEL AND CLEAR. THE DIMENSIONS OF THE LEVEL AREAS
WALL BEYOND 7" WALL BEYOND
WORKING ARE SPECIFIED TO MEET ANSI A117.3 2009, IAC AND ADA
POWER OUTLET 8" 7" EQ EQ 7" 8" POWER OR DATA OUTLET
SURFACE CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS.
WORKING SURFACE MOUNT HORIZONTALLY MOUNT HORIZONTALLY

8"
9) FLOORS OR LANDINGS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE NOT MORE
7"
WORKING SURFACE WORKING SURFACE THAN ½” LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD OF THE DOORWAY.

8"
REFER TO INTERIOR REFER TO INTERIOR CHANGE IN LEVEL BETWEEN 1/4" AND 1/2" IS SPECIFIED TO
POWER AND ELEVATOINS FOR ELEVATOINS FOR BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO STEEPER THAN 1:2.
8"

DATA CASEWORK CASEWORK 10) THE UPPER APPROACH AND THE LOWER TREAD OF EACH
CONNECTION INTERIOR STAIR IS SPECIFIED TO BE MARKED WITH A STRIP OF
CLEARLY CONTRASTING COLOR AT LEAST 2 WIDE, PLACED
PARALLEL TO AND NOT MORE THAN 1 FROM THE NOSE OF
THE STEP OR LANDING. THE STRIP IS SPECIFIED TO BE A
MATERIAL THAT IS AT LEAST AS SLIP RESISTANT AS THE OTHER
UNDERCOUNTER POWER + DATA MILLWORK LOCATIONS MILLWORK LOCATIONS TREADS OF THE STAIR.
11) ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE NOT
WORK SURFACES LESS THAN 15 ABOVE THE FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM.
12) TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES
03/07/18
THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
a. BOTTOM OF MIRROR REFLECTIVE SURFACE IS SPECIFIED ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
TO BE NO HIGHER THAN 40” FROM THE FLOOR. PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
b. TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS ARE MOUNTED BETWEEN 7” IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
AND 9” FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THE TOILET SEAT. ©-MHAworks 2016

Typical Mounting Heights c. DISPENSING AND DISPOSAL FIXTURES (TOWEL, SANITARY

1/4" = 1'-0" 2 NAPKINS, WASTE, COIN SLOTS, ETC.) WITH OPERATING

PARTS ARE MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN 48” FROM THE
SHEET NAME:
FLOOR. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS
13) THE HEIGHT OF THE WATER CLOSET (TOP OF SEAT) IS
BETWEEN 17” AND 19”.
14) FLUSH CONTROLS ARE MOUNTED NO MORE THAN 44
ABOVE THE FLOOR, ON THE SIDE OF THE TOILET WITH THE
GREATEST CLEARANCE FROM ADJACENT WALL, TOILET PHASE:
PARTITION OR ANOTHER SURFACE.
15) GRAB BARS ARE PROVIDED IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANSI PERMIT SET
A117.1 2009.
54" MIN.
a. GRAB BARS TO BE 33” ABOVE AND PARALLEL TO THE
REVISIONS:
FLOOR.
39" - 41" 36" MIN. b. DIAMETER OF GRAB BARS TO BE 1-1/4” TO 1-1/2”. # DESC: DATE
18" MIN.

c. PROVIDE 1-1/2” CLEARANCE BETWEEN GRAB BARS

12" MAX. 42" MIN. 15" - CTR AND WALL.
TO WALL d. GRAB BARS (INCLUDING CONNECTORS, FASTENERS,
36" MAX.
SUPPORT BACKING, ETC.) SHALL SUPPORT A 250 POUND
LOAD.

OF REFLECTING SURFACE

OF REFLECTING SURFACE
TOP OF CONTROLS

TOP OF CONTROL
TOWEL OPENING
TOP OF CONTROLS

e. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS.

40" MAX. TO BOTTOM

40" MAX. TO BOTTOM

f. GRAB BARS AND ANY ADJACENT SURFACE SHALL BE

48" MAX.
44" MAX. TO

48" MAX
TOP OF OPENING

FREE OF SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS.

34" CENTER OF

34" CENTER OF

48"
39" - 41"

CTR. OF ROLLER

TOP OF RIM
g. EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/8.
GRAB BAR

GRAB BAR
25 1/2" 44" MAX.

34" MAX.
16) CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 30” X 48” IS PROVIDED IN FRONT OF
TOP OF RIM
28" MIN.

33"

LAVATORY TO PERMIT A FORWARD APPROACH, UNLESS

TOP OF RIM

28"
17" TO 19"

17" TO 19"

17" MAX.

NOTED OTHERWISE.
24"
OF SEAT
15" TOP

17) SINKS AND LAVATORIES ARE MOUNTED TO COMPLY WITH

KNEE SPACE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI A117.1 2009.
18) FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS ARE TO ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND NOT REQUIRE TIGHT
URINAL NAPKIN WALL MTD. GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE PROJECT #: 17144
ACCESSIBLE WATER CLOSET ACCESSIBLE WATER CLOSET ACCESSIBLE WATER ACCESSIBLE TISSUE PAPER TOWEL SANATRY SOAP MIRROR FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO
DISPOSAL DISPENSER DISPENSER & WASTE NAPKIN DISPENSER LAVATORY (ADULT) DRAWN BY: YL
*COORDINATE TOILET PAPER **TOP OF SEAT FLUSH CONTROL 4" URINAL CLOSET GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS. SELF-CLOSING CONTROLS ARE
W/ GRAB BAR LOCATION. BELOW GRAB BAR. ORIENT FLUSH VALVE RECEPTACLE VENDOR TO REMAIN OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS.
TO OPEN SIDE OF TOILET STALL. 19) HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES ARE SHEET NUMBER
INSULATED OR OTHERWISE COVERED.

Toilet Room Mounting Height

G006
20) THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER
LAVATORIES.
1/2" = 1'-0" 1
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

1.1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Prepare and submit Contractor's list of incomplete items (punch list) in the form
of MS Excel or an electronic file upload to web-based project website.
B. Submit closeout items required in other Sections.
C. Submit project warranties. Project warranties to start at owners final
acceptance.
D. Complete final cleaning using products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37
and the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels.
E. Replace bulbs that are dim or burned out.
1.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Comparable Product Requests: Architect will notify Contractor of approval or
rejection within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional
information.
1.2 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Use means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss,
including theft.
B. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement or counting of units.
C. Provide for storage of materials and equipment by Owner.
1.1 DEFINITIONS 1.1 SUBMITTALS 1.1 SUMMARY
A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed A. Submit submittal schedule. A. Minor Changes in the Work: AIA Document G710, issued by Architect.
before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies 1.2 PROCEDURES B. Owner-Initiated Work Changes Proposal Requests: Issued by Architect.
and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. A. Prepare and submit submittals as PDF uploaded to on-line Project software 1. Respond within time specified in Proposal Request or 20 days, when not
B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions website. otherwise specified.
during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products B. Processing Time: C. Contractor-Initiated Work Changes Proposals: Submit to Architect.
incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. 1. Initial Review: 15 days. 1. Comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" if the
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2. Resubmittal Review: 15 days. proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or
A. Delegated-Design Services: For products and systems assigned to Contractor to 3. Sequential Review: 21 days. system specified

ARCHITECTURE
F. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during 1.3 PRODUCT WARRANTIES be designed and certified by Contractor's design professional to be in compliance 4. Concurrent Consultant Review: 15 days. D. Change Orders: AIA Document G701, issued by Architect for signatures of
construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection. A. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not with performance and design criteria. C. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Includes signature of entity Owner and Contractor.
1. Clean HVAC system in compliance with NADCA ACR. Provide written relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Qualifications: responsible for preparing certification. Provide a digital signature on electronically E. Construction Change Directives: AIA Document G714, issued by Architect.
report on completion of cleaning. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate 1. Contractor's quality-control personnel. submitted certificates and certifications where indicated.
G. Touch up or repair finishes. terms and identification, ready for execution. 2. Manufacturer. D. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to other required END OF SECTION 012600
1.4 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES 3. Fabricator. submittals, submit digitally signed PDF electronic file.
END OF SECTION 017700 A. Product Selection Procedures: 4. Installer. E. BIM Incorporation: By Contractor if project scope requires.
1. Sole Product: Product named that complies with requirements. 5. Professional engineer. F. Contractor's Submittal Review: Mark with approval stamp before submitting to SECTION 012900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES
2. Sole Manufacturer/Source: Product by manufacturer or from source 6. Specialists. Architect.
named that complies with requirements. 7. Testing agency. 1.1 SUMMARY

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

3. Limited List of Products: One of the products listed that complies with 8. Manufacturer's technical representative. END OF SECTION 013300 A. Schedule of Values:

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA requirements. Comparable products will be considered unless otherwise 9. Factory-authorized service representative. 1. Format: Line items based on Project Manual table of contents and
indicated. C. Preconstruction testing. consistent with format of AIA Document G703.
SECTION 013516 - ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 2. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of
1.1 SUMMARY 4. Limited List of Manufacturers: Product by one of the manufacturers listed D. Mockups: For each form of construction and finish required, using materials

A. Procedures for preparing the following manuals:
1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory manuals.
2. Emergency manuals.
3. Systems and equipment operation manuals.
that complies with requirements. Comparable products will be
considered unless otherwise indicated.
5. Non-Limited List of Products: One of the products listed that complies with
requirements, or another product submitted by Contractor that meets
PLANNING
indicated for the completed Work. five percent of the Contract Sum.
1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3. Provide subschedules for phased Work, separate elements of Work, and
1. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. A. Specialist qualifications. separate design contracts as the project schedule and contract dictate.
2. Maintain mockups as a standard for judging the completed Work. B. Alteration work program for whole Project.
3. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated. 4. Include separate line items under Contractor and principal subcontracts

www.mhaworks.com
C. Fire-prevention plan. for Project closeout requirements in an amount totaling five percent of the
4. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. requirements. Substitution request is not required. E. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Construct as indicated on Drawings. 1.2 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF SALVAGED MATERIALS Contract Sum and subcontract amount.
5. Product maintenance manuals. 6. Non-Limited List of Manufacturers: Product by one of the manufacturers F. Room Mockups: A. Storage Space:
1.2 PRODUCTS listed that complies with requirements, or product of another manufacturer 1. If room mock-ups are required, insert room name and description here. B. Applications for Payment:

A. Format:
1. PDF electronic files on digital media acceptable to Architect or by
uploading to web-based project software site.
2. Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, as required by
owner.
B. Directory Manuals: Organized reference to emergency, operation, and
maintenance manuals.
C. Emergency Manuals: Types of emergencies, emergency instructions, and
emergency procedures.
D. Operation Manuals: System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions; operating
procedures; wiring diagrams; control diagrams and sequence of operation; and
piped system diagrams.
E. Product Maintenance Manuals: Source information, product information,
that meets requirements. Substitution request is not required.
7. Basis-of-Design Product: Either the specified product or a comparable
product by one of the other named manufacturers, approved by Architect
prior to normal Project submittal.
8. Visual Matching Specification: Product that matches Architect's sample.
Architect's decision will be final.
9. Visual Selection Specification: Product (and manufacturer) that complies
with other specified requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern,
density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both
standard and premium items.
1.5 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A. Conditions for Consideration:
1. Product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, is consistent
1. On-site by Owner, does not include security or climate control.
G. Laboratory mockups constructed at testing facility. 1.3 PROTECTION
1.3 QUALITY CONTROL A. Protection:
A. Owner Responsibilities: Where indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will
1. Barricades, barriers, and temporary directional signage for public and fire
engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. egress.
1. Payment will be made from testing and inspecting allowances. 2. Temporary protective covers over walkways.
B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to
3. Surface protection along haul routes.
Owner are Contractor's responsibility. 4. Sound-control treatment.
C. Manufacturer's field services. 5. Utility Services: Give notifications and maintain existing services and
D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were provide temporary services during interruptions.
Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and
6. Test drains before start of work.
reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the 7. Protect existing roofing.
Contract Documents. B. Fire Protection:
E. Associated Services: Access to the Work, taking and storing samples, and
1. General: NFPA 241. Perform duties titled "Owner's Responsibility for Fire
p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
1. Payment Application Times: 15th of the month.
2. Payment Application Forms: AIA Document G702 and
AIA Document G703 or Forms provided by Owner.
3. Stored Materials: Provide evidence of certificate of insurance and transfer of
title, and documentation of value.
4. Waiver of Mechanic's Lien: Submitted from entities lawfully entitled to file a lien
for work covered by payment subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and suppliers for
construction period covered by previous application.
END OF SECTION 012900
SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

505 S. DUKE STREET

maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds. with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and is
F. Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals: Source information, compatible with other portions of the Work.
manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, 2. Comparison of proposed product with those named in the Specifications.
maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, 3. Product provides specified warranty.
maintenance service contracts, and warranties and bonds. 4. Similar installations, if requested.
5. Samples, if requested.
END OF SECTION 017823
END OF SECTION 016000
delivery of samples to testing agency.
F. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency or
special inspector to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities
having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner.
G. Test and inspection log.
H. Repair and Protection: Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment
of responsibility for quality-control services.
Protection." Provide fire extinguishers, fire blankets, and rag buckets.
2. Heat-Generating Equipment: Open-flame equipment is restricted. Obtain
approval for high-heat equipment.
3. Trained Fire Watch:
a. Final Fire-Safety Inspection: 30 minutes after conclusion of work.
b. Maintain fire-watch personnel until 60 minutes after conclusion of daily
work.
1.1 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. Prepare coordination drawings where space is limited or if required to
integrate products.
B. Coordination Digital Data Files: Same format as Drawings or DWG, Version
2010 or newer, operating in Microsoft Windows operating system.
C. BIM File Incorporation: Develop and incorporate coordination drawing files

Durham, NC 27701
into Building Information Model and perform three-dimensional component conflict

505 S. Duke Street

END OF SECTION 014000 END OF SECTION 013516 analysis.
1. Digital data files of Drawings are available in Autodesk Revit 2016 and
SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS AutoCad version 2010
1.2 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs)
1.1 RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.1 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. RFI Forms: AIA Document G716 or software-generated form acceptable to
A. Record Drawings: A. Qualification data. A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed Architect.
1. Initial Submittal: PDF electronic files and Record digital files. B. Certificates: Signed by professional engineer certifying that location and SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies B. Architect's Action: Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each
2. Final Submittal: PDF electronic file and Record digital file with three plots. elevation of improvements comply with requirements. and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. RFI.
B. Record Specifications: Annotated PDF electronic files. C. Cutting and patching plan. 1.1 USE CHARGES B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions C. RFI Log: Maintain a tabular log of RFIs. Submit log weekly. Use software log that
C. Record Product Data: Annotated PDF electronic files and directories. D. Certified Surveys: Signed by professional engineer. A. Sewer Service: Pay charges. during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products is part of web-based Project software site.
D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Annotated PDF electronic files and E. Final property survey. B. Water Service: Pay charges. incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. 1.3 WEB-BASED PROJECT SOFTWARE
directories. 1.2 EXECUTION C. Electric Power Service: Pay charges. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide, administer, and use web-based Project software site for project
E. Record Digital Data Files: Corrected digital data files of the Contract A. Existing Conditions: Existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and 1.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Delegated-Design Services: For products and systems assigned to Contractor to communication and documentation.
Drawings, as follows: other construction affecting the Work must be investigated and verified. A. Erosion- and sedimentation-control plan. be designed and certified by Contractor's design professional to be in compliance B. Provide up to seven Project software user licenses for use of Owner, Owner's
1. Format: Same as the original Contract Drawings. B. Review of the Contract Documents and field conditions. B. Moisture-protection plan. with performance and design criteria. Commissioning Authority, Architect, and Architect's consultants. Provide eight hours
2. Format: DWG, Version 2010, Microsoft Windows operating system. C. Construction Layout: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using C. Fire-safety program. B. Qualifications: of software training at Architect's office for Project software users.
3. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. accepted surveying practices. D. Dust- and HVAC-control plan. 1. Contractor's quality-control personnel. C. Provide one of the following web-based Project software packages:
D. Field Engineering: Owner will identify existing benchmarks, control points, and 1.3 MATERIALS 2. Manufacturer. 1. Autodesk, Buzzsaw Constructware.
END OF SECTION 017839 property corners. Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and A. The following options are to be reviewed with owner prior to the start of any 3. Fabricator. 2. Corecon Technologies, Inc.
similar reference points. site related construction work. 4. Installer. 3. Meridian Systems, Prolog.
1. Benchmarks: Establish two permanent benchmarks on Project site. 1. Chain-link fencing. 5. Professional engineer. 4. Newforma, Inc.
2. Certified survey of construction and sitework. 2. Portable chain-link fencing. 6. Specialists. 5. Procore Technologies, Inc.
3. Final property survey. 3. Wood enclosure fence. 7. Testing agency. 6. Viewpoint, Inc., Viewpoint for Project Collaboration.
E. Installation: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1.4 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 8. Manufacturer's technical representative. 1.4 PROJECT MEETINGS
F. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming Work. A. Common-Use Field Office: Prefabricated or mobile units, including conference 9. Factory-authorized service representative. A. Schedule and conduct meetings.
1.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING room. C. Preconstruction testing. B. Preconstruction conference.
A. Provide temporary support. 1. Coordinate location and use requirements for temporary facilities with D. Mockups: For each form of construction and finish required, using materials C. Preinstallation Conferences: Before each construction activity that requires
B. Protect in-place construction. Owner prior to the start of any construction related activities. indicated for the completed Work. coordination.
C. Protect adjacent occupied areas. B. Storage and fabrication sheds. 1. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. D. Project Closeout Conference: No later than 90 days prior to the scheduled date
D. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Minimize 1.5 EQUIPMENT 2. Maintain mockups as a standard for judging the completed Work. of Substantial Completion.
A. Fire extinguishers. E. Progress Meetings: At biweekly or monthly intervals, coordinated with w o r ks , P
interruption to occupied areas. 3. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated.
preparation of payment requests and owner’s requirements. HA rchit ect ura .
B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system,

A
E. Cutting: In general, use hand or small power tools. Cut holes and slots neatly to E. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Construct as indicated on Drawings. A l

.
F. Coordination Meetings: At weekly intervals, in addition to specific meetings

Co
provide vented, self-contained heaters with individual space thermostatic control.

Regi t ered
minimum size required. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. F. Room Mockups:

rporat ion
F. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. 1. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of HVAC system, 1. If room mock-ups are required, insert room name and description here. held for other purposes.
50455

s
G. Finishes: Restore exposed finishes. Extend new finishes to perimeter of patched provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return-air grille and clean HVAC system. G. Laboratory mockups constructed at testing facility.
surface. Leave patched work indistinguishable from existing undisturbed work. C. Air-Filtration Units: HEPA-filter-equipped portable units. Configure to run 1.3 QUALITY CONTROL END OF SECTION 013100
or

a
li n

N
1.4 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS continuously. A. Owner Responsibilities: Where indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will D th
Ca ro
1.6 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION UR C
A. Provide access to Project site for Owner's personnel.
A. Sewers and drainage.
engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.
SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION HA M , N
B. Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's 1. Payment will be made from testing and inspecting allowances.
portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable B. Water Service: Connect to existing service. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to
C. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking 1.1 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
timetable. Owner are Contractor's responsibility.
water. A. Format for Submittals: PDF electronic file.
C. Include Owner's personnel at preinstallation conferences. C. Manufacturer's field services.
1. Toilets: Use of existing facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are B. Startup construction schedule.
1.5 PROGRESS CLEANING D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were
cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. C. Startup network diagram.
A. Clean Project site and work areas daily. Dispose of materials lawfully. Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and
D. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by D. Contractor's construction schedule, including working digital copy.
B. Keep installed work clean. reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the
construction activities. E. Critical path method (CPM) reports.
C. Remove debris from concealed spaces. Contract Documents.
E. Isolation of work areas in occupied facilities. F. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at weekly intervals.
1.6 STARTING AND ADJUSTING E. Associated Services: Access to the Work, taking and storing samples, and
F. Ventilation and humidity control. G. Material Location Reports: Submit at weekly intervals.
A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. delivery of samples to testing agency.
G. Electric Power Service: Connect to existing service. H. Site condition reports.
B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. F. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency or
H. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting. I. Unusual event reports.
1.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION special inspector to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities
I. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure Work is without having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner.
facilities. A. Scheduling Consultant: Experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and
damage. G. Test and inspection log.
J. Electronic Communication Service: Provide a WiFi access point, Internet reporting.
H. Repair and Protection: Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment
service, and desktop computer in the primary field office adequate for use by 1.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
END OF SECTION 017300 of responsibility for quality-control services.
A. Schedule Type: Cost- and resource-loaded CPM or as requested by owner. 03/07/18
Architect and Owner to access Project electronic documents and maintain
electronic communications. B. Software: General Contractor to use project tracking software acceptable to THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
END OF SECTION 014000
1.7 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION architect and owner for all submittals, RFI’s, record keeping, etc., for current ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
A. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and paved Windows operating system. PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES C. Activity Duration: No longer than 20 days. IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
1.1 SUMMARY areas within construction limits indicated on Drawings. PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
B. Temporary Use of Planned Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate D. Milestones: Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion. ©-MHAworks 2016
A. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 1.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS 1. Additional Milestones at the owners request. General Contractor to verify
B. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and
A. Documentation: owners requirements prior to the start of all work.
C. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. paved areas.
1. Justification. SHEET NAME:
C. Parking: Provide temporary parking areas. E. Updating: At monthly intervals, issued one week before each progress
1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 2. Coordination information. meeting. SHEET SPECIFICATIONS -
A. End-of-Project Rates for Salvage/Recycling: 50 percent. D. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Maintain Project site, excavations, and
3. Detailed comparison.
1.3 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN construction free of water.
4. Product data.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
E. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not END OF SECTION 013200
A. Types and quantities of demolition and construction waste. 5. Samples.
B. Type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in permitted.
6. Certificates and qualification data.
landfill or incinerator. F. Temporary Elevator Use: Not permitted.
7. List of similar installations.
C. Net additional cost or net savings resulting from waste management plan. G. Existing Elevator Use: Use of existing elevators will not be permitted, unless
8. Material test reports.
PHASE:
1.4 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION permission of use of elevator is in written documentation from the owner. All
9. Research reports. PERMIT SET
A. Engage a waste management coordinator. interior finishes within elevator must be protected. Contractor is responsible for all
10. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule.
B. Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management damages incurred during the construction period. Clean elevator once all
11. Cost information.
procedures. construction processes are complete. REVISIONS:
12. Contractor's certification.
C. Recycling Incentives: Revenues and other incentives for recycling will be 1.8 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
13. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time. # DESC: DATE
shared equally by Owner and Contractor. A. Temporary erosion and sedimentation control.
B. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information
B. Stormwater control.
within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify
END OF SECTION 017419 C. Tree and plant protection.
Contractor of acceptance or rejection within 15 days of receipt, or seven days of
D. Covered Walkway: Erect protective, covered walkway for passage of
receipt of additional information.
individuals through or adjacent to Project site.
1.2 SUBSTITUTIONS
E. Temporary Partitions: Provide floor-to-ceiling dustproof partitions to separate
A. Substitutions for Cause: Not later than 15 days prior to time required for
areas occupied by Owner and tenants from fumes and noise.
preparation and review of submittals.
B. Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed.
END OF SECTION 015000
END OF SECTION 012500

ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18

PROJECT #: 17144
DRAWN BY: YL

SHEET NUMBER

G010

09 2116.23 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES
1.1 SUMMARY:
A. FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING: AS INDICATED.
B. STC RATING: AS INDICATED.
C. STUDS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PROFILE FOR REPETITIVE MEMBERS,
CORNER AND END MEMBERS, AND FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED ASSEMBLY
INDICATED.
1. DEPTH: AS INDICATED.
2. MINIMUM BASE-METAL THICKNESS: 0.033 INCH.
D. RUNNER TRACKS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD J-PROFILE TRACK WITH
MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD LONG-LEG LENGTH, BUT AT LEAST 2 INCHES LONG
AND MATCHING STUDS IN DEPTH.
1. MINIMUM BASE-METAL THICKNESS: MATCHING STEEL STUDS.
E. FIRESTOP TRACKS: PROVIDE FIRESTOP TRACK AT HEAD OF SHAFT WALL ON
EACH FLOOR LEVEL.
F. ELEVATOR HOISTWAY ENTRANCES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD J-PROFILE
JAMB STRUT WITH LONG-LEG LENGTH OF 3 INCHES, MATCHING STUDS IN DEPTH,
AND NOT LESS THAN 0.033 INCH THICK.
G. ROOM-SIDE FINISH: GYPSUM BOARD.
H. SHAFT-SIDE FINISH: GYPSUM SHAFTLINER BOARD, TYPE X, GYPSUM SHAFTLINER
BOARD, MOISTURE- AND MOLD-RESISTANT TYPE X OR AS INDICATED BY FIRE-
RESISTANCE-RATED ASSEMBLY DESIGN DESIGNATION.
I. INSULATION: SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS.
1.2 PRODUCTS:
A. GYPSUM SHAFTLINER BOARD, TYPE X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; MANUFACTURER'S
PROPRIETARY FIRE-RESISTIVE LINER PANELS WITH PAPER FACES.
1. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS,
PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
A. AMERICAN GYPSUM.
B. GEORGIA-PACIFIC BUILDING PRODUCTS.
C. NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY.
2. THICKNESS: 1 INCH.
3. LONG EDGES: DOUBLE BEVEL.
09 2900 GYPSUM BOARD
1.1 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
A. GYPSUM WALLBOARD: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M.
1. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS,
PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
A. AMERICAN GYPSUM.
B. GEORGIA-PACIFIC BUILDING PRODUCTS.
C. NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY.
2. THICKNESS: 1/2 INCH.
3. LONG EDGES: TAPERED AND FEATURED (ROUNDED OR BEVELED) FOR
PREFILLING.
B. GYPSUM BOARD, TYPE X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M.
1. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS,
PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
A. AMERICAN GYPSUM.
B. GEORGIA-PACIFIC BUILDING PRODUCTS.
C. NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY.
2. THICKNESS: 5/8 INCH.
3. LONG EDGES: TAPERED AND FEATURED (ROUNDED OR BEVELED) FOR
PREFILLING.
C. GYPSUM CEILING BOARD: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M.
1. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS,
PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
A. AMERICAN GYPSUM.
B. GEORGIA-PACIFIC BUILDING PRODUCTS.
C. NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY.
2. THICKNESS: 1/2 INCH.
3. LONG EDGES: TAPERED.
D. MOLD-RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. WITH MOISTURE- AND
MOLD-RESISTANT CORE AND PAPER SURFACES.
1. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS,
PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
A. AMERICAN GYPSUM.
B. GEORGIA-PACIFIC BUILDING PRODUCTS.
C. NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY.
2. CORE: 5/8 INCH, TYPE X.
3. LONG EDGES: TAPERED.
4. MOLD RESISTANCE: ASTM D 3273, SCORE OF 10 AS RATED ACCORDING TO
ASTM D3274.
SECTION 081400 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS
FLUSH WOOD DOORS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED AWI QUALITY STANDARDS 1300
(LATEST EDITION)
WOOD DOORS TO BE STAVE LUMBER SLC-5 PER AWI, SEASONED, LOW
DENSISTY, NON RESINOUS, KILN DRIED HARDWOOD WITH MOISTURE CONTENT
BETWEEN 5% AND 8%. CORES TO BE NO MORE THAN 1-1/2" WIDE. ALL JOINTS
TO BE STAGGERED WITH MAX SINGLE PIECE OF BLOCK NO MORE THAN 48"
EXTENDING THE FULL WIDTH OF THE DOOR.
MANUFACTURERS: MARSHFIELD OR MASONITE
CORE: SOLID WOOD CORE
COLOR: FACTORY FINISHED TO MATCH ARCHITECT'S BASIS OF DESIGN SAMPLE.
SECTION 09 2216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING
1.1 FRAMING SYSTEMS:
A. FRAMING MEMBERS, GENERAL: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 754 FOR CONDITIONS
INDICATED.
1. STEEL SHEET COMPONENTS: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 645 REQUIREMENTS
FOR METAL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
2. PROTECTIVE COATING: COATING WITH EQUIVALENT CORROSION
RESISTANCE OF ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40, HOT-DIP GALVANIZED UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED.
B. STUDS AND RUNNERS: ASTM C 645. USE EITHER STEEL STUDS AND RUNNERS OR
EMBOSSED STEEL STUDS AND RUNNERS.
1. STEEL STUDS AND RUNNERS:
A. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS,
PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
1) CEMCO; CALIFORNIA EXPANDED METAL PRODUCTS CO.
2) MBA BUILDING SUPPLIES.
3) MRI STEEL FRAMING, LLC.
4) PHILLIPS MANUFACTURING CO.
5) STEEL NETWORK, INC. (THE).
B. MINIMUM BASE-METAL THICKNESS: AS REQUIRED BY PERFORMANCE
REQUIREMENTS FOR HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION.
C. DEPTH: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
2. EMBOSSED STEEL STUDS AND RUNNERS:
A. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS,
PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
1) CEMCO; CALIFORNIA EXPANDED METAL PRODUCTS CO.
2) CLARKDIETRICH BUILDING SYSTEMS.
3) MARINO\WARE.
4) MBA BUILDING SUPPLIES.
5) PHILLIPS MANUFACTURING CO.
6) STEEL NETWORK, INC. (THE).
B. MINIMUM BASE-METAL THICKNESS: AS REQUIRED BY HORIZONTAL
DEFLECTION PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
C. DEPTH: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
C. SLIP-TYPE HEAD JOINTS: WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
1. CLIP SYSTEM: CLIPS DESIGNED FOR USE IN HEAD-OF-WALL DEFLECTION
CONDITIONS THAT PROVIDE A POSITIVE ATTACHMENT OF STUDS TO
RUNNERS WHILE ALLOWING 2-INCH MINIMUM VERTICAL MOVEMENT.
A. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS,
PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
1) CEMCO; CALIFORNIA EXPANDED METAL PRODUCTS CO.
2) CLARKDIETRICH BUILDING SYSTEMS.
3) FIRE TRAK CORP.
4) STEEL NETWORK, INC. (THE).
2. DEFLECTION TRACK: STEEL SHEET TOP RUNNER MANUFACTURED TO PREVENT
CRACKING OF FINISHES APPLIED TO INTERIOR PARTITION FRAMING
RESULTING FROM DEFLECTION OF STRUCTURE ABOVE; IN THICKNESS NOT
LESS THAN INDICATED FOR STUDS AND IN WIDTH TO ACCOMMODATE
DEPTH OF STUDS.
A. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS,
PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
1) BLAZEFRAME INDUSTRIES.
2) CEMCO; CALIFORNIA EXPANDED METAL PRODUCTS CO.
3) CLARKDIETRICH BUILDING SYSTEMS.
4) MBA BUILDING SUPPLIES.
5) METAL-LITE.
6) STEEL NETWORK, INC. (THE).
D. FIRESTOP TRACKS: TOP RUNNER MANUFACTURED TO ALLOW PARTITION HEADS
TO EXPAND AND CONTRACT WITH MOVEMENT OF STRUCTURE WHILE
MAINTAINING CONTINUITY OF FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED ASSEMBLY INDICATED; IN
THICKNESS NOT LESS THAN INDICATED FOR STUDS AND IN WIDTH TO
ACCOMMODATE DEPTH OF STUDS.
E. FLAT STRAP AND BACKING PLATE: STEEL SHEET FOR BLOCKING AND BRACING IN
LENGTH AND WIDTH INDICATED.
1. MINIMUM BASE-METAL THICKNESS: 0.0269 INCH.
F. COLD-ROLLED CHANNEL BRIDGING: STEEL, 0.0538-INCH MINIMUM BASE-METAL
THICKNESS, WITH MINIMUM 1/2-INCH-WIDE FLANGES.
1. DEPTH: 1-1/2 INCHES.
2. CLIP ANGLE: NOT LESS THAN 1-1/2 BY 1-1/2 INCHES, 0.068-INCH-THICK,
GALVANIZED STEEL.
G. HAT-SHAPED, RIGID FURRING CHANNELS: ASTM C 645.
1. MINIMUM BASE-METAL THICKNESS: 0.0296 INCH.
2. DEPTH: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
H. RESILIENT FURRING CHANNELS: 1/2-INCH-DEEP, STEEL SHEET MEMBERS
DESIGNED TO REDUCE SOUND TRANSMISSION.
1. CONFIGURATION: ASYMMETRICAL OR HAT SHAPED.
I. COLD-ROLLED FURRING CHANNELS: 0.053-INCH UNCOATED-STEEL THICKNESS,
WITH MINIMUM 1/2-INCH-WIDE FLANGES.
1. DEPTH: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
2. FURRING BRACKETS: ADJUSTABLE, CORRUGATED-EDGE-TYPE STEEL SHEET
WITH MINIMUM UNCOATED-STEEL THICKNESS OF 0.0329 INCH.
3. TIE WIRE: ASTM A 641/A 641M, CLASS 1 ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER, 0.062-
INCH-DIAMETER WIRE, OR DOUBLE STRAND OF 0.048-INCH-DIAMETER WIRE.
K. Z-SHAPED FURRING: WITH SLOTTED OR NONSLOTTED WEB, FACE FLANGE OF 1-
1/4 INCHES, WALL ATTACHMENT FLANGE OF 7/8 INCH, MINIMUM UNCOATED-
METAL THICKNESS OF 0.0179 INCH, AND DEPTH REQUIRED TO FIT INSULATION
THICKNESS INDICATED.
1.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
A. TIE WIRE: ASTM A 641/A 641M, CLASS 1 ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER, 0.062-
INCH-DIAMETER WIRE, OR DOUBLE STRAND OF 0.048-INCH-DIAMETER WIRE.
B. HANGER ATTACHMENTS TO CONCRETE:
1. EXPANSION ANCHORS: FABRICATED FROM CORROSION-RESISTANT
MATERIALS, WITH ALLOWABLE LOAD OR STRENGTH DESIGN CAPACITIES
CALCULATED ACCORDING TO ICC-ES AC193 AND ACI 318 GREATER THAN
OR EQUAL TO THE DESIGN LOAD, AS DETERMINED BY TESTING PER ASTM E  A. LUMBER: DOC PS 20.
488/E 488M CONDUCTED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY.
2. POWER-ACTUATED ANCHORS: FASTENER SYSTEM OF TYPE SUITABLE FOR
APPLICATION INDICATED, FABRICATED FROM CORROSION-RESISTANT
MATERIALS, WITH ALLOWABLE LOAD CAPACITIES CALCULATED ACCORDING
TO ICC-ES AC70, GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO THE DESIGN LOAD, AS
DETERMINED BY TESTING PER ASTM E 1190 CONDUCTED BY A QUALIFIED
TESTING AGENCY.
C. WIRE HANGERS: ASTM A 641/A 641M, CLASS 1 ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER,
0.16 INCH IN DIAMETER.
D. FLAT HANGERS: STEEL SHEET, 1 BY 3/16 INCH BY LENGTH INDICATED.
E. CARRYING CHANNELS: COLD-ROLLED, COMMERCIAL-STEEL SHEET WITH A BASE-
METAL THICKNESS OF 0.0538 INCH AND MINIMUM 1/2-INCH-WIDE FLANGES.
1. DEPTH: 2-1/2 INCHES.
F. FURRING CHANNELS (FURRING MEMBERS):
1. COLD-ROLLED CHANNELS: 0.0538-INCH UNCOATED-STEEL THICKNESS, WITH
MINIMUM 1/2-INCH-WIDE FLANGES, 3/4 INCH DEEP.
2. STEEL STUDS AND RUNNERS: ASTM C 645.
A. MINIMUM BASE-METAL THICKNESS: 0.0296 INCH.
B. DEPTH: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
3. EMBOSSED STEEL STUDS AND RUNNERS: ASTM C 645.
A. MINIMUM BASE-METAL THICKNESS: 0.0147 INCH.
B. DEPTH: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
4. HAT-SHAPED, RIGID FURRING CHANNELS: ASTM C 645, 7/8 INCH DEEP.
A. MINIMUM BASE-METAL THICKNESS: 0.0296 INCH.
5. RESILIENT FURRING CHANNELS: 1/2-INCH-DEEP MEMBERS DESIGNED TO
REDUCE SOUND TRANSMISSION.
A. CONFIGURATION: ASYMMETRICAL OR HAT SHAPED.
G. GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS: ASTM C 645,
DIRECT-HUNG SYSTEM COMPOSED OF MAIN BEAMS AND CROSS-FURRING
MEMBERS THAT INTERLOCK.
1. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS,
PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
A. ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
B. CHICAGO METALLIC CORPORATION.
INTERIORS
-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAMES (CONT'D) SECTION 062023 - INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY (CONT'D) SECTION 061000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
1. MATERIALS
2.3 INTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES C. APPLICATION: WHERE INDICATED. 1. WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL:
A. CONSTRUCT INTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES TO COMPLY WITH THE STANDARDS 2.3 INTERIOR TRIM 1. MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF LUMBER: 15 PERCENT FOR 2-INCH
INDICATED FOR MATERIALS, FABRICATION, HARDWARE LOCATIONS, HARDWARE A. HARDWOOD LUMBER TRIM: NOMINAL THICKNESS OR LESS, 19 PERCENT FOR MORE THAN 2-INCH
REINFORCEMENT, TOLERANCES, AND CLEARANCES, AND AS SPECIFIED. 1. SPECIES AND GRADE: ASPEN, BASSWOOD, COTTONWOOD, SAP GUM, NOMINAL THICKNESS.
B. COMMERCIAL LAMINATED DOORS AND FRAMES: NAAMM-HMMA 867. SYCAMORE, WHITE MAPLE, OR YELLOW POPLAR; CLEAR; NHLA. 2. WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED LUMBER:
1. PHYSICAL PERFORMANCE: LEVEL A ACCORDING TO SDI A250.4. 2. MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT: 9 PERCENT. 2. PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT: AWPA U1; USE CATEGORY UC2, BUT USE
2. DOORS: B. HARDWOOD MOLDINGS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH (STAIN OR CLEAR FINISH): CATEGORY UC3B FOR EXTERIOR CONSTRUCTION AND USE CATEGORY UC4A
A. TYPE: AS INDICATED IN THE DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE. WMMPA HWM 2, N-GRADE WOOD MOLDINGS MADE TO PATTERNS FOR ITEMS IN CONTACT WITH GROUND.
B. THICKNESS: 1-3/4 INCHES INCLUDED IN WMMPA HWM 1. 1. PRESERVATIVE CHEMICALS: CONTAINING NO ARSENIC OR CHROMIUM.
ARCHITECTURE
C. FACE: METALLIC-COATED, COLD-ROLLED STEEL SHEET, MINIMUM 1. SPECIES: ASPEN, BASSWOOD, COTTONWOOD, SAP GUM, SYCAMORE, DO NOT USE INORGANIC BORON (SBX) FOR SILL PLATES.
THICKNESS OF 0.042 INCH. WHITE MAPLE, OR YELLOW POPLAR. 2. APPLICATION: ITEMS INDICATED AND AS FOLLOWS:
D. EDGE CONSTRUCTION: INTERLOCKING WITH NO VISIBLE SEAM. 2. MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT: 9 PERCENT. 1. ITEMS IN CONTACT WITH ROOFING OR WATERPROOFING.
E. CORE: VERTICAL STEEL STIFFENER. C. MOLDINGS FOR OPAQUE FINISH (PAINTED FINISH): MADE TO PATTERNS 2. ITEMS IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY.
3. FRAMING LESS THAN 18 INCHES ABOVEGROUND IN CRAWLSPACES.
3. FRAMES: INCLUDED IN WMMPA WM 12.
A. MATERIALS: UNCOATED STEEL SHEET, MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 0.053 1. SOFTWOOD MOLDINGS: WMMPA WM 4, P GRADE. 4. FLOOR PLATES INSTALLED OVER CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE.
3. FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS:
INCH FOR FRAMES THAT RECEIVE HOLLOW-METAL DOORS; MINIMUM A. SPECIES: EASTERN WHITE, IDAHO WHITE, LODGEPOLE, PONDEROSA,
1. EXTERIOR TYPE FOR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS AND WHERE INDICATED.
THICKNESS OF 0.042 INCHFOR FRAMES THAT RECEIVE HOLLOW-CORE RADIATA, OR SUGAR PINE.
2. INTERIOR TYPE A, HIGH TEMPERATURE (HT) FOR ENCLOSED ROOF
WOOD DOORS. B. MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT: 15 PERCENT. FRAMING, FRAMING IN ATTIC SPACES, AND WHERE INDICATED.
B. CONSTRUCTION: KNOCKED DOWN. 2. HARDWOOD MOLDINGS: WMMPA HWM 2, P-GRADE. 3. APPLICATION: ITEMS INDICATED AND AS FOLLOWS:
DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701
4. EXPOSED FINISH: PRIME. A. SPECIES: ASPEN, BASSWOOD, COTTONWOOD, GUM, MAGNOLIA, SOFT 1. CONCEALED BLOCKING.
501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G
2.4 FRAME ANCHORS MAPLE, TUPELO, OR YELLOW POPLAR. 2. PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS.
A. JAMB ANCHORS: B. MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT: 9 PERCENT. 4. MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER:
1. MASONRY TYPE: ADJUSTABLE STRAP-AND-STIRRUP OR T-SHAPED ANCHORS 3. OPTIONAL MATERIAL: PRIMED MDF. 1. DIMENSION LUMBER: CONSTRUCTION OR NO. 2 GRADE ANY SPECIES.
PLANNING
TO SUIT FRAME SIZE, NOT LESS THAN 0.042 INCH THICK, WITH CORRUGATED D. MOLDING PATTERNS: 5. PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS:EXPOSURE 1, C-D PLUGGED OR FIRE-RETARDANT
OR PERFORATED STRAPS NOT LESS THAN 2 INCHES WIDE BY 10 INCHES 1. AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. TREATED
LONG; OR WIRE ANCHORS NOT LESS THAN 0.177 INCH THICK. 2.4 SHELVING AND CLOTHES RODS 6. FASTENERS: STAINLESS STEEL WHERE EXPOSED TO WEATHER, IN GROUND
2. STUD-WALL TYPE: DESIGNED TO ENGAGE STUD, WELDED TO BACK OF A. SHELVING: MADE FROM ONE OF THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS, 3/4 INCH THICK. CONTACT, IN CONTACT WITH TREATED WOOD, OR IN AREA OF HIGH RELATIVE
www.mhaworks.com
FRAMES; NOT LESS THAN 0.042 INCH THICK. 1. PARTICLEBOARD WITH SOLID-WOOD FRONT EDGE. HUMIDITY.
3. POSTINSTALLED EXPANSION TYPE FOR IN-PLACE CONCRETE OR MASONRY: 2. MDF WITH SOLID-WOOD FRONT EDGE. 7. METAL FRAMING ANCHORS:
1. HOT-DIP GALVANIZED STEEL FOR INTERIOR LOCATIONS.
MINIMUM 3/8-INCH-DIAMETER BOLTS WITH EXPANSION SHIELDS OR 3. MDO SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD WITH SOLID-WOOD EDGE.
p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
INSERTS. PROVIDE PIPE SPACER FROM FRAME TO WALL, WITH THROAT 4. SOFTWOOD BOARDS: DOUGLAS FIR-LARCH, DOUGLAS FIR SOUTH, OR HEM- 2. HOT-DIP, HEAVY-GALVANIZED STEEL FOR TREATED LUMBER AND WHERE
INDICATED.
REINFORCEMENT PLATE, WELDED TO FRAME AT EACH ANCHOR LOCATION. FIR; SUPERIOR OR C & BTR FINISH; NLGA, WCLIB, OR WWPA; OR SOUTHERN
3. STAINLESS STEEL FOR EXTERIOR AND WHERE INDICATED.
A. TO BE USED AT ALL EXTERIOR INSULATED HOLLOW METAL FRAMES. PINE, B & B FINISH; SPIB; KILN DRIED.
4. TYPES: JOIST HANGERS TOP FLANGE HANGERS BRIDGING POST BASES
B. FLOOR ANCHORS: FORMED FROM SAME MATERIAL AS FRAMES, MINIMUM B. SHELF CLEATS: 3/4-BY-3-1/2-INCH BOARDS, AS SPECIFIED ABOVE FOR
JOIST TIES RAFTER TIE-DOWNS (HURRICANE OR SEISMIC TIES) HOLD-DOWNS
THICKNESS OF 0.042 INCH, AND AS FOLLOWS: SHELVING.
AND WALL BRACING.
1. MONOLITHIC CONCRETE SLABS: CLIP-TYPE ANCHORS, WITH TWO HOLES TO C. SHELF BRACKETS WITH ROD SUPPORT: BHMA A156.16, B04051; PRIME-PAINTED
8. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
RECEIVE FASTENERS. FORMED STEEL.
1. SILL-SEALER GASKETS: NEOPRENE FOAM.
2. SEPARATE TOPPING CONCRETE SLABS: ADJUSTABLE-TYPE ANCHORS WITH D. SHELF BRACKETS WITHOUT ROD SUPPORT: BHMA A156.16, B04041; PRIME-
2. FLEXIBLE FLASHING.
EXTENSION CLIPS, ALLOWING NOT LESS THAN 2-INCH HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT. PAINTED FORMED STEEL. 3. WATER-REPELLENT PRESERVATIVE.
TERMINATE BOTTOM OF FRAMES AT FINISH FLOOR SURFACE. E. CLOTHES RODS: 1-1/2-INCH-DIAMETER, CLEAR, KILN-DRIED DOUGLAS FIR OR 2. INSTALLATION
2.5 MATERIALS SOUTHERN PINE. 1. FURRING TO RECEIVE PLYWOOD OR HARDBOARD PANELING: 1-BY-3-INCH
A. COLD-ROLLED STEEL SHEET: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, COMMERCIAL STEEL (CS), 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS NOMINAL-SIZE FURRING AT 24 INCHES O.C.
TYPE B; SUITABLE FOR EXPOSED APPLICATIONS. A. GLUE: ALIPHATIC-RESIN, POLYURETHANE, OR RESORCINOL WOOD GLUE 2. FURRING TO RECEIVE GYPSUM BOARD: 1-BY-2-INCH NOMINAL-SIZE FURRING
B. HOT-ROLLED STEEL SHEET: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, COMMERCIAL STEEL (CS), RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR GENERAL CARPENTRY USE. AT 16 INCHES O.C.
505 S. DUKE STREET
TYPE B; FREE OF SCALE, PITTING, OR SURFACE DEFECTS; PICKLED AND OILED. B. PANELING ADHESIVE: COMPLY WITH PANELING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN 3. EXTERIOR WALL FRAMING: 2-BY-6-INCH NOMINAL- OR 2-BY-4-INCH NOMINAL-
C. METALLIC-COATED STEEL SHEET: ASTM A 653/A 653M, COMMERCIAL STEEL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ADHESIVES. TO MATCH EXISTING SIZE WOOD STUDS AT 16 INCHES O.C.
(CS), TYPE B. 4. INTERIOR PARTITIONS FRAMING: 2-BY-4-INCH NOMINAL- SIZE WOOD STUDS AT
D. FRAME ANCHORS: ASTM A 879/A 879M, COMMERCIAL STEEL (CS), 04Z PART 3 - EXECUTION 16 INCHES O.C.
COATING DESIGNATION; MILL PHOSPHATIZED. 5. BRACING: DIAGONAL METAL CORNER BRACING.
1. FOR ANCHORS BUILT INTO EXTERIOR WALLS, STEEL SHEET COMPLYING WITH 3.1 PREPARATION
END OF SECTION 061000
ASTM A 1008/A 1008M OR ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, HOT-DIP GALVANIZED A. BEFORE INSTALLING INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY, CONDITION MATERIALS TO
Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
ACCORDING TO ASTM A 153/A 153M, CLASS B. AVERAGE PREVAILING HUMIDITY IN INSTALLATION AREAS FOR A MINIMUM OF 24
This note was created with the free version of the Centek Rich Text Editor. To remove
E. INSERTS, BOLTS, AND FASTENERS: HOT-DIP GALVANIZED ACCORDING TO ASTM A HOURS UNLESS LONGER CONDITIONING IS RECOMMENDED BY
this text, purchase the software at software.centekeng.com
153/A 153M. MANUFACTURER.
F. POWER-ACTUATED FASTENERS IN CONCRETE: FASTENER SYSTEM OF TYPE 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
SUITABLE FOR APPLICATION INDICATED, FABRICATED FROM CORROSION- A. INSTALL INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY LEVEL, PLUMB, TRUE, AND ALIGNED WITH
SECTION 061600 - SHEATHING
RESISTANT MATERIALS, WITH CLIPS OR OTHER ACCESSORY DEVICES FOR ADJACENT MATERIALS. USE CONCEALED SHIMS WHERE NECESSARY FOR
ATTACHING HOLLOW-METAL FRAMES OF TYPE INDICATED. ALIGNMENT. 1. MATERIALS
G. GROUT: ASTM C 476, EXCEPT WITH A MAXIMUM SLUMP OF 4 INCHES, AS 1. SCRIBE AND CUT INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY TO FIT ADJOINING WORK. 1. PRESERVATIVE-TREATED PLYWOOD:
1. PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT: AWPA U1; USE CATEGORY UC2, BUT USE
MEASURED ACCORDING TO ASTM C 143/C 143M. REFINISH AND SEAL CUTS AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER.
CATEGORY UC3B FOR EXTERIOR CONSTRUCTION AND USE CATEGORY
H. MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION: ASTM C 665, TYPE I (BLANKETS WITHOUT 2. COUNTERSINK FASTENERS, FILL SURFACE FLUSH, AND SAND UNLESS
UC4A FOR ITEMS IN CONTACT WITH GROUND.
MEMBRANE FACING); CONSISTING OF FIBERS MANUFACTURED FROM SLAG OR OTHERWISE INDICATED.
2. APPLICATION: TREAT PLYWOOD IN CONTACT WITH MASONRY OR
ROCK WOOL; WITH MAXIMUM FLAME-SPREAD AND SMOKE-DEVELOPED 3. INSTALL TO TOLERANCE OF 1/8 INCH IN 96 INCHES FOR LEVEL AND PLUMB.
CONCRETE OR USED WITH ROOFING, FLASHING, VAPOR BARRIERS, AND
INDEXES OF 25 AND 50, RESPECTIVELY; PASSING ASTM E 136 FOR COMBUSTION INSTALL ADJOINING INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY WITH 1/32-INCH
WATERPROOFING.
CHARACTERISTICS. MAXIMUM OFFSET FOR FLUSH INSTALLATION AND 1/16-INCH MAXIMUM
2. FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED PLYWOOD:
2.6 FABRICATION OFFSET FOR REVEAL INSTALLATION.
1. EXTERIOR TYPE FOR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS AND WHERE INDICATED.
A. HOLLOW-METAL DOORS: 3.3 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION
2. INTERIOR TYPE A UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
1. STEEL-STIFFENED DOOR CORES: PROVIDE MINIMUM THICKNESS 0.026 INCH, A. INSTALL WITH MINIMUM NUMBER OF JOINTS PRACTICAL, USING FULL-LENGTH
3. APPLICATION: TREAT THE FOLLOWING:
STEEL VERTICAL STIFFENERS OF SAME MATERIAL AS FACE SHEETS EXTENDING PIECES FROM MAXIMUM LENGTHS OF LUMBER AVAILABLE. COPE AT RETURNS, 1. ROOF SHEATHING AT FIRE AND PARTY WALLS.
FULL-DOOR HEIGHT, WITH VERTICAL WEBS SPACED NOT MORE THAN 6 INCHES MITER AT OUTSIDE CORNERS, AND COPE AT INSIDE CORNERS TO PRODUCE 2. WALL SHEATHING AT FIRE AND PARTY WALLS.
APART. SPOT WELD TO FACE SHEETS NO MORE THAN 5 INCHES O.C. FILL SPACES TIGHT-FITTING JOINTS WITH FULL-SURFACE CONTACT THROUGHOUT LENGTH OF 3. WALL SHEATHING:
BETWEEN STIFFENERS WITH GLASS- OR MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION. JOINT. USE SCARF JOINTS FOR END-TO-END JOINTS. 1. PLYWOOD: EXPOSURE 1, STRUCTURAL I . UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
2. FIRE DOOR CORES: AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE FIRE-PROTECTION AND 3.4 SHELVING AND CLOTHES ROD INSTALLATION 4. ROOF SHEATHING:
TEMPERATURE-RISE RATINGS INDICATED. A. CUT SHELF CLEATS AT ENDS OF SHELVES ABOUT 1/2 INCH LESS THAN WIDTH OF 1. PLYWOOD: EXPOSURE 1, STRUCTURAL I, 1/2 INCH THICK. UNLESS NOTED
3. VERTICAL EDGES FOR SINGLE-ACTING DOORS: PROVIDE BEVELED OR SQUARE SHELVES AND SAND EXPOSED ENDS SMOOTH. OTHERWISE.
EDGES AT MANUFACTURER'S DISCRETION. B. INSTALL SHELF CLEATS BY FASTENING TO FRAMING OR BACKING WITH FINISH 5. PARAPET SHEATHING:
4. TOP EDGE CLOSURES: CLOSE TOP EDGES OF DOORS WITH FLUSH CLOSURES NAILS OR TRIM SCREWS, SET BELOW FACE AND FILLED. SPACE FASTENERS NOT 1. PLYWOOD: EXPOSURE 1, STRUCTURAL I, 1/2 INCH THICK. UNLESS NOTED
OF SAME MATERIAL AS FACE SHEETS. MORE THAN 16 INCHES O.C. OTHERWISE.
5. BOTTOM EDGE CLOSURES: CLOSE BOTTOM EDGES OF DOORS WHERE C. INSTALL SHELF BRACKETS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN 6. FASTENERS: STAINLESS STEEL WHERE EXPOSED TO WEATHER, IN GROUND
REQUIRED FOR ATTACHMENT OF WEATHER STRIPPING WITH END CLOSURES OR INSTRUCTIONS, SPACED NOT MORE THAN 32 INCHES O.C. FASTEN TO FRAMING CONTACT, IN CONTACT WITH TREATED WOOD, OR IN AREA OF HIGH RELATIVE
HUMIDITY.
CHANNELS OF SAME MATERIAL AS FACE SHEETS. MEMBERS, BLOCKING, OR METAL BACKING, OR USE TOGGLE BOLTS OR
7. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
B. HOLLOW-METAL FRAMES: WHERE FRAMES ARE FABRICATED IN SECTIONS DUE TO HOLLOW WALL ANCHORS.
1. SEALANT FOR GYPSUM SHEATHING. w o r ks , P
SHIPPING OR HANDLING LIMITATIONS, PROVIDE ALIGNMENT PLATES OR ANGLES D. CUT SHELVES TO NEATLY FIT OPENINGS WITH ONLY ENOUGH GAP TO ALLOW
2. SHEATHING TAPE. HA rchit ect ura .
A
AT EACH JOINT, FABRICATED OF SAME THICKNESS METAL AS FRAMES. SHELVES TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED. INSTALL SHELVES, FULLY SEATED ON A l
.
2. INSTALLATION
Co
Regi t ered
1. PROVIDE COUNTERSUNK, FLAT- OR OVAL-HEAD EXPOSED SCREWS AND BOLTS CLEATS, BRACKETS, AND SUPPORTS.
rporat ion
FOR EXPOSED FASTENERS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL:
50455
s
1. SHEATHING:
2. GROUT GUARDS: WELD GUARDS TO FRAME AT BACK OF HARDWARE MORTISES END OF SECTION 062023
1. NAIL TO WOOD FRAMING.
IN FRAMES TO BE GROUTED.
2. or
a
li n
N
3. FLOOR ANCHORS: WELD ANCHORS TO BOTTOMS OF JAMBS WITH AT LEAST D th
Ca ro
SECTION 072100 - THERMAL INSULATION END OF SECTION 061600 UR C
FOUR SPOT WELDS PER ANCHOR; HOWEVER, FOR SLIP-ON DRYWALL FRAMES,
HA M , N
PROVIDE ANCHOR CLIPS OR COUNTERSUNK HOLES AT BOTTOMS OF JAMBS. This note was created with the free version of the Centek Rich Text Editor. To remove
1. MATERIAL
4. JAMB ANCHORS: PROVIDE NUMBER AND SPACING OF ANCHORS AS this text, purchase the software at software.centekeng.com
A. INSULATION
FOLLOWS:
1. MINERAL WOOL INSULATION.
A. MASONRY TYPE: LOCATE ANCHORS NOT MORE THAN 16 INCHES FROM
B. AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS: SECTION 062023 - INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY
TOP AND BOTTOM OF FRAME. SPACE ANCHORS NOT MORE THAN 32
1. INSULATION FASTENERS
INCHES O.C., TO MATCH COURSING, AND AS FOLLOWS:
2. ADHESIVE. PART 1 - GENERAL
1) TWO ANCHORS PER JAMB UP TO 60 INCHES HIGH.
1.1 SUMMARY
2) THREE ANCHORS PER JAMB FROM 60 TO 90 INCHES HIGH.
END OF SECTION 072100 A. SECTION INCLUDES:
3) FOUR ANCHORS PER JAMB FROM 90 TO 120 INCHES HIGH.
1. INTERIOR TRIM.
B. STUD-WALL TYPE: LOCATE ANCHORS NOT MORE THAN 18 INCHES FROM
2. SHELVING AND CLOTHES RODS.
TOP AND BOTTOM OF FRAME. SPACE ANCHORS NOT MORE THAN 32 SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAMES
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
INCHES O.C. AND AS FOLLOWS:
A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PROCESS AND FACTORY-FABRICATED
1) THREE ANCHORS PER JAMB UP TO 60 INCHES HIGH. PART 1 - GENERAL
PRODUCT.
2) FOUR ANCHORS PER JAMB FROM 60 TO 90 INCHES HIGH. 1.1 DEFINITIONS
B. SAMPLES: FOR EACH TYPE OF PANELING.
3) FIVE ANCHORS PER JAMB FROM 90 TO 96 INCHES HIGH. A. MINIMUM THICKNESS: MINIMUM THICKNESS OF BASE METAL WITHOUT COATINGS
C. COMPRESSION TYPE: NOT LESS THAN TWO ANCHORS IN EACH FRAME. ACCORDING TO ANSI/SDI A250.8. 03/07/18
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
D. POSTINSTALLED EXPANSION TYPE: LOCATE ANCHORS NOT MORE THAN 6 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS:
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
INCHES FROM TOP AND BOTTOM OF FRAME. SPACE ANCHORS NOT MORE A. SHOP DRAWINGS: INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THAN 26 INCHES O.C. 1. ELEVATIONS OF EACH DOOR DESIGN. THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
1. FACTORY MARK EACH PIECE OF LUMBER WITH GRADE STAMP OF PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
5. HEAD ANCHORS: TWO ANCHORS PER HEAD FOR FRAMES MORE THAN 42 2. FRAME DETAILS FOR EACH FRAME TYPE, INCLUDING DIMENSIONED PROFILES
INSPECTION AGENCY INDICATING GRADE, SPECIES, MOISTURE CONTENT IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
INCHES WIDE AND MOUNTED IN METAL-STUD PARTITIONS. AND METAL THICKNESSES. PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
AT TIME OF SURFACING, AND MILL. ©-MHAworks 2016
6. DOOR SILENCERS: EXCEPT ON WEATHER-STRIPPED FRAMES, DRILL STOPS TO 3. LOCATIONS OF REINFORCEMENT AND PREPARATIONS FOR HARDWARE.
A. FOR EXPOSED LUMBER, MARK GRADE STAMP ON END OR BACK OF
RECEIVE DOOR SILENCERS AS FOLLOWS. KEEP HOLES CLEAR DURING 4. DETAILS OF EACH DIFFERENT WALL OPENING CONDITION.
EACH PIECE, OR OMIT GRADE STAMP AND PROVIDE CERTIFICATES OF
CONSTRUCTION. 5. DETAILS OF ANCHORAGES, JOINTS, FIELD SPLICES, AND CONNECTIONS.
GRADE COMPLIANCE ISSUED BY INSPECTION AGENCY.
SHEET NAME:
A. SINGLE-DOOR FRAMES: DRILL STOP IN STRIKE JAMB TO RECEIVE THREE 6. DETAILS OF ACCESSORIES.
DOOR SILENCERS. 7. DETAILS OF MOLDINGS, REMOVABLE STOPS, AND GLAZING.
B. SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD: DOC PS 1. SHEET SPECIFICATIONS -
C. HARDBOARD: AHA A135.4.
B. DOUBLE-DOOR FRAMES: DRILL STOP IN HEAD JAMB TO RECEIVE TWO 8. DETAILS OF CONDUIT AND PREPARATIONS FOR POWER, SIGNAL, AND DIVISIONS 03 - 14
D. MDF: ANSI A208.2, GRADE 130 .
DOOR SILENCERS. CONTROL SYSTEMS.
E. MELAMINE-FACED PARTICLEBOARD: PARTICLEBOARD COMPLYING WITH
7. TERMINATED STOPS: TERMINATE STOPS 6 INCHES ABOVE FINISH FLOOR WITH A B. SCHEDULE: PROVIDE A SCHEDULE OF HOLLOW METAL WORK PREPARED BY OR
ANSI A208.1, GRADE M-2, FINISHED ON BOTH FACES WITH THERMALLY FUSED,
45-DEGREE ANGLE CUT, AND CLOSE OPEN END OF STOP WITH STEEL SHEET UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF SUPPLIER, USING SAME REFERENCE NUMBERS FOR
MELAMINE-IMPREGNATED DECORATIVE PAPER AND COMPLYING WITH
CLOSURE. COVER OPENING IN EXTENSION OF FRAME WITH WELDED-STEEL DETAILS AND OPENINGS AS THOSE ON DRAWINGS. COORDINATE WITH DOOR
REQUIREMENTS OF NEMA LD3, GRADE VGL, FOR TEST METHODS 3.3, 3.4, 3.6,
PHASE:
FILLER PLATE, WITH WELDS GROUND SMOOTH AND FLUSH WITH FRAME. HARDWARE SCHEDULE.
3.8, AND 3.10. PERMIT SET
C. FABRICATE CONCEALED STIFFENERS AND EDGE CHANNELS FROM EITHER COLD- 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
1. CABINETS TO BE SHAKER STYLE.
OR HOT-ROLLED STEEL SHEET. A. DELIVER HOLLOW METAL WORK PALLETIZED, WRAPPED, OR CRATED TO PROVIDE
VENEER COLOR TO MATCH PLASTIC LAMINATE FORMICA - 8846-58 OILED
D. HARDWARE PREPARATION: FACTORY PREPARE HOLLOW-METAL WORK TO PROTECTION DURING TRANSIT AND PROJECT-SITE STORAGE. DO NOT USE NON-
LEGNO MATTE FINISH. SUBMIT SAMPLE TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW. PREMIUM REVISIONS:
RECEIVE TEMPLATED MORTISED HARDWARE; INCLUDE CUTOUTS, REINFORCEMENT, VENTED PLASTIC.
GRADE VENEER MATCHING. # DESC: DATE
MORTISING, DRILLING, AND TAPPING ACCORDING TO SDI A250.6, THE DOOR 1. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL PROTECTION TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO FINISH OF
DOOR CABINET HANDLES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: HAFELE 8 3/4" EUROPEAN BAR
HARDWARE SCHEDULE, AND TEMPLATES. FACTORY-FINISHED UNITS.
PULL IN STAINLESS STEEL MATTE FINISH; PART NO: 117.05.630, TYPICAL FOR BOTH
1. REINFORCE DOORS AND FRAMES TO RECEIVE NONTEMPLATED, MORTISED, B. DELIVER WELDED FRAMES WITH TWO REMOVABLE SPREADER BARS ACROSS
HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL PULLS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.
AND SURFACE-MOUNTED DOOR HARDWARE. BOTTOM OF FRAMES, TACK WELDED TO JAMBS AND MULLIONS.
PROVIDE BLOCKING WHERE REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT.
2. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS IN SDI A250.6 AND BHMA A156.115 C. STORE HOLLOW METAL WORK UNDER COVER AT PROJECT SITE. PLACE IN STACKS
FOR PREPARATION OF HOLLOW-METAL WORK FOR HARDWARE. OF FIVE UNITS MAXIMUM IN A VERTICAL POSITION WITH HEADS UP, SPACED BY
2.2 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS
2.7 STEEL FINISHES BLOCKING, ON MINIMUM 4-INCH HIGH WOOD BLOCKING. PROVIDE MINIMUM
A. FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED LUMBER AND PLYWOOD BY PRESSURE PROCESS:
A. PRIME FINISH: CLEAN, PRETREAT, AND APPLY MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PRIMER. 1/4-INCH SPACE BETWEEN EACH STACKED DOOR TO PERMIT AIR CIRCULATION.
PRODUCTS WITH A FLAME-SPREAD INDEX OF 25 OR LESS WHEN TESTED
1. SHOP PRIMER: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, FAST-CURING, LEAD- AND
ACCORDING TO ASTM E 84, WITH NO EVIDENCE OF SIGNIFICANT PROGRESSIVE
CHROMATE-FREE PRIMER COMPLYING WITH SDI A250.10; RECOMMENDED BY PART 2 - PRODUCTS
COMBUSTION WHEN THE TEST IS EXTENDED AN ADDITIONAL 20 MINUTES, AND
PRIMER MANUFACTURER FOR SUBSTRATE; COMPATIBLE WITH SUBSTRATE AND 2.1 MANUFACTURERS
WITH THE FLAME FRONT NOT EXTENDING MORE THAN 10.5 FEET BEYOND THE
FIELD-APPLIED COATINGS DESPITE PROLONGED EXPOSURE. A. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN HOLLOW METAL WORK FROM SINGLE SOURCE
CENTERLINE OF THE BURNERS AT ANY TIME DURING THE TEST.
2.8 ACCESSORIES FROM SINGLE MANUFACTURER.
1. KILN DRY LUMBER AND PLYWOOD AFTER TREATMENT TO A MAXIMUM
A. GROUT GUARDS: FORMED FROM SAME MATERIAL AS FRAMES, NOT LESS THAN 2.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
MOISTURE CONTENT OF 19 AND 15 PERCENT RESPECTIVELY.
0.016 INCH THICK. A. FIRE-RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES: ASSEMBLIES COMPLYING WITH NFPA 80 THAT ARE
B. IDENTIFY FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED WOOD WITH APPROPRIATE CLASSIFICATION ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
LISTED AND LABELED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, FOR FIRE-PROTECTION
MARKING OF TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES
END OF SECTION 081113 RATINGS INDICATED, BASED ON TESTING AT POSITIVE PRESSURE ACCORDING TO
NFPA 252 OR UL 10C.
HAVING JURISDICTION. PROJECT #: 17144
1. FOR EXPOSED LUMBER AND PLYWOOD INDICATED TO RECEIVE A STAINED
B. SMOKE-CONTROL DOOR ASSEMBLIES: COMPLY WITH NFPA 105 OR UL 1784.
OR NATURAL FINISH, MARK BACK OF EACH PIECE. DRAWN BY: YL
SHEET NUMBER
G011
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
SECTION 102215 – FIXED GLASS PANEL PARTITIONS (ES1)
GASKET MANUFACTURER.
2. SETTING BLOCKS: ELASTOMERIC MATERIAL WITH A SHORE, TYPE A DUROMETER SECTION 088000 - GLAZING A. GENERAL
HARDNESS OF 85, PLUS OR MINUS 5.
3. SPACERS: ELASTOMERIC BLOCKS OR CONTINUOUS EXTRUSIONS OF HARDNESS
REQUIRED BY GLASS MANUFACTURER TO MAINTAIN GLASS LITES IN PLACE FOR A.1 SUMMARY
PART 1 - GENERAL A. Section includes fixed, frameless glass panel partitions with swinging glass
INSTALLATION INDICATED.
4. EDGE BLOCKS: ELASTOMERIC MATERIAL OF HARDNESS NEEDED TO LIMIT doors.
1. SUMMARY B. Related Requirements: Related project requirements can be found in the
GLASS LATERAL MOVEMENT (SIDE WALKING). 1. SECTION INCLUDES:
5. CYLINDRICAL GLAZING SEALANT BACKING: ASTM C 1330, TYPE O (OPEN-CELL following documents:
1. GLASS FOR DOORS AND STOREFRONT FRAMING.
MATERIAL), OF SIZE AND DENSITY TO CONTROL GLAZING SEALANT DEPTH AND A.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
2. GLAZING SEALANTS AND ACCESSORIES.
OTHERWISE PRODUCE OPTIMUM GLAZING SEALANT PERFORMANCE. A. Coordination:
2. COORDINATION

PART 3 - EXECUTION
1. GLAZING, GENERAL
1. COMPLY WITH COMBINED WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS OF MANUFACTURERS OF
GLASS, SEALANTS, GASKETS, AND OTHER GLAZING MATERIALS, UNLESS MORE
STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE INDICATED, INCLUDING THOSE IN REFERENCED
GLAZING PUBLICATIONS.
2. PROTECT GLASS EDGES FROM DAMAGE DURING HANDLING AND
INSTALLATION. REMOVE DAMAGED GLASS FROM PROJECT SITE AND LEGALLY
DISPOSE OF OFF PROJECT SITE. DAMAGED GLASS INCLUDES GLASS WITH EDGE
ARCHITECTURE
1. COORDINATE GLAZING CHANNEL DIMENSIONS TO PROVIDE NECESSARY BITE 1. Coordinate installation of glass panel partitions with installation of floor,
ON GLASS, MINIMUM EDGE AND FACE CLEARANCES, AND ADEQUATE wall, and ceiling construction to comply with substrate tolerance
SEALANT THICKNESSES, WITH REASONABLE TOLERANCES. requirements of partition manufacturer.
3. ACTION SUBMITTALS 2. Coordinate installation of anchors and secondary structural members
1. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT. indicated on approved glass panel partition shop drawings and
2. GLASS SAMPLES: FOR EACH TYPE OF GLASS PRODUCT OTHER THAN CLEAR specified in other sections.
MONOLITHIC VISION GLASS; 12 INCHES SQUARE. B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project Site.
3. DELEGATED-DESIGN SUBMITTAL: FOR GLASS INDICATED TO COMPLY WITH A.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND DESIGN CRITERIA, INCLUDING ANALYSIS A. Product Data: For each glass panel partition and door component
DATA SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER specified, including:
RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR PREPARATION. 1. Glass panels.

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

DAMAGE OR OTHER IMPERFECTIONS THAT, WHEN INSTALLED, COULD WEAKEN 4. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 2. Frame and sill tracks.

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

GLASS, IMPAIR PERFORMANCE, OR IMPAIR APPEARANCE. 1. PRECONSTRUCTION ADHESION AND COMPATIBILITY TEST REPORT. 3. Door hardware and accessories.
3. APPLY PRIMERS TO JOINT SURFACES WHERE REQUIRED FOR ADHESION OF 5. QUALITY ASSURANCE
SEALANTS, AS DETERMINED BY PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING. B. Shop Drawings: For fixed glass panel partitions.
1. SEALANT TESTING AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS: AN INDEPENDENT TESTING 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details. Provide numbered

PLANNING
4. INSTALL SETTING BLOCKS IN SILL RABBETS, SIZED AND LOCATED TO COMPLY AGENCY QUALIFIED ACCORDING TO ASTM C 1021 TO CONDUCT THE TESTING
WITH REFERENCED GLAZING PUBLICATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY panel installation sequence.
INDICATED. 2. Show locations and requirements for tracks, bracing, blocking, and
GLASS MANUFACTURER. SET BLOCKS IN THIN COURSE OF COMPATIBLE 6. WARRANTY
SEALANT SUITABLE FOR HEEL BEAD. attachments to other work.
1. PARAGRAPHS BELOW ARE EXAMPLES ONLY.

www.mhaworks.com
5. DO NOT EXCEED EDGE PRESSURES STIPULATED BY GLASS MANUFACTURERS C. Samples for Verification: For each exposed component including
1. MANUFACTURER'S SPECIAL WARRANTY FOR COATED-GLASS PRODUCTS:
FOR INSTALLING GLASS LITES. hardware, for each color and finish selected, of size indicated below:
MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPLACE COATED-GLASS UNITS THAT
6. PROVIDE SPACERS FOR GLASS LITES WHERE LENGTH PLUS WIDTH IS LARGER 1. Glass: Units 12 inches square.
DETERIORATE WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. DETERIORATION OF

THAN 50 INCHES.
7. PROVIDE EDGE BLOCKING WHERE INDICATED OR NEEDED TO PREVENT GLASS
LITES FROM MOVING SIDEWAYS IN GLAZING CHANNEL, AS RECOMMENDED IN
WRITING BY GLASS MANUFACTURER AND ACCORDING TO REQUIREMENTS IN
REFERENCED GLAZING PUBLICATIONS.
2. GASKET GLAZING (DRY)
1. CUT COMPRESSION GASKETS TO LENGTHS RECOMMENDED BY GASKET
MANUFACTURER TO FIT OPENINGS EXACTLY, WITH ALLOWANCE FOR STRETCH
DURING INSTALLATION.
2. INSERT SOFT COMPRESSION GASKET BETWEEN GLASS AND FRAME OR FIXED
STOP SO IT IS SECURELY IN PLACE WITH JOINTS MITER CUT AND BONDED
TOGETHER AT CORNERS.
3. INSTALLATION WITH DRIVE-IN WEDGE GASKETS: CENTER GLASS LITES IN
OPENINGS ON SETTING BLOCKS, AND PRESS FIRMLY AGAINST SOFT
COMPRESSION GASKET BY INSERTING DENSE COMPRESSION GASKETS FORMED
COATED GLASS IS DEFINED AS DEFECTS DEVELOPED FROM NORMAL USE
THAT ARE NOT ATTRIBUTED TO GLASS BREAKAGE OR TO MAINTAINING
AND CLEANING COATED GLASS CONTRARY TO MANUFACTURER'S
WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. DEFECTS INCLUDE PEELING, CRACKING, AND
OTHER INDICATIONS OF DETERIORATION IN COATING.
1. WARRANTY PERIOD: 10 YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL
COMPLETION.
2. MANUFACTURER'S SPECIAL WARRANTY FOR LAMINATED GLASS:
MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPLACE LAMINATED-GLASS UNITS THAT
DETERIORATE WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. DETERIORATION OF
LAMINATED GLASS IS DEFINED AS DEFECTS DEVELOPED FROM NORMAL
USE THAT ARE NOT ATTRIBUTED TO GLASS BREAKAGE OR TO MAINTAINING
AND CLEANING LAMINATED GLASS CONTRARY TO MANUFACTURER'S
WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. DEFECTS INCLUDE EDGE SEPARATION,
p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
2. Exposed Frame, Track, and Sill Members: Not less than 6 inches long.
3. Hardware: One of each type of exposed door hardware items.
A.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For qualified installer.
A.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Experienced Installer equipped and trained for
installation of glass panel partitions required for this Project with record of
successful completion of not less than five projects of similar scope.
B. Single Source Responsibility: Provide glass panel partitions and associated
hardware by a single manufacturer through a single source.
A.6 WARRANTY
A. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Standard form in which manufacturer
agrees to repair or replace components of glass panel partitions that
demonstrate deterioration or faulty operation due to defects in materials or

505 S. DUKE STREET

AND INSTALLED TO LOCK IN PLACE AGAINST FACES OF REMOVABLE STOPS.
START GASKET APPLICATIONS AT CORNERS AND WORK TOWARD CENTERS OF
OPENINGS. COMPRESS GASKETS TO PRODUCE A WEATHERTIGHT SEAL
WITHOUT DEVELOPING BENDING STRESSES IN GLASS. SEAL GASKET JOINTS WITH
SEALANT RECOMMENDED BY GASKET MANUFACTURER.
4. INSTALLATION WITH PRESSURE-GLAZING STOPS: CENTER GLASS LITES IN
OPENINGS ON SETTING BLOCKS, AND PRESS FIRMLY AGAINST SOFT
DELAMINATION MATERIALLY OBSTRUCTING VISION THROUGH GLASS, AND workmanship under normal use within warranty period specified.
BLEMISHES EXCEEDING THOSE ALLOWED BY REFERENCED
1. Warranty Period: Five years date of Final Acceptance.
LAMINATED-GLASS STANDARD.
1. WARRANTY PERIOD: FIVE YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL
B. PRODUCTS
COMPLETION.
3. MANUFACTURER'S SPECIAL WARRANTY FOR INSULATING GLASS:
B.1 MANUFACTURERS
MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPLACE INSULATING-GLASS UNITS THAT
A. Basis-of-Design Product: Provide PURE Frameless glass panel partitions with
DETERIORATE WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. DETERIORATION OF

Durham, NC 27701
COMPRESSION GASKET. INSTALL DENSE COMPRESSION GASKETS AND swinging glass doors, manufactured by DORMA USA, Inc.

505 S. Duke Street

PRESSURE-GLAZING STOPS, APPLYING PRESSURE UNIFORMLY TO
COMPRESSION GASKETS. COMPRESS GASKETS TO PRODUCE A WEATHERTIGHT
SEAL WITHOUT DEVELOPING BENDING STRESSES IN GLASS. SEAL GASKET JOINTS
WITH SEALANT RECOMMENDED BY GASKET MANUFACTURER.
5. INSTALL GASKETS SO THEY PROTRUDE PAST FACE OF GLAZING STOPS.
3. CLEANING AND PROTECTION
1. IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION REMOVE NONPERMANENT LABELS AND
CLEAN SURFACES.
2. PROTECT GLASS FROM CONTACT WITH CONTAMINATING SUBSTANCES
RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. EXAMINE GLASS SURFACES
ADJACENT TO OR BELOW EXTERIOR CONCRETE AND OTHER MASONRY
SURFACES AT FREQUENT INTERVALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, BUT NOT LESS
THAN ONCE A MONTH, FOR BUILDUP OF DIRT, SCUM, ALKALINE DEPOSITS, OR
STAINS.
1. IF, DESPITE SUCH PROTECTION, CONTAMINATING SUBSTANCES DO COME
INTO CONTACT WITH GLASS, REMOVE SUBSTANCES IMMEDIATELY AS
RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY GLASS MANUFACTURER. REMOVE AND
REPLACE GLASS THAT CANNOT BE CLEANED WITHOUT DAMAGE TO
COATINGS.
3. REMOVE AND REPLACE GLASS THAT IS DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION
PERIOD.
4. INSULATING GLASS SCHEDULE
1. GLASS TYPE GL-1 : ULTRACLEAR INSULATING GLASS.
1. BASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCT: REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR BASIS-OF-DESIGN
INFORMATION.
2. OVERALL UNIT THICKNESS: 1 INCH.
3. MINIMUM THICKNESS OF EACH GLASS LITE: 6 MM.
4. OUTDOOR LITE: ULTRACLEAR HEAT-STRENGTHENED FLOAT GLASS.
5. INTERSPACE CONTENT: AIR.
6. INDOOR LITE: ULTRACLEAR HEAT-STRENGTHENED FLOAT GLASS.
7. WINTER NIGHTTIME U-FACTOR: REFER TO DRAWINGS.
8. SUMMER DAYTIME U-FACTOR: REFER TO DRAWINGS.
9. SAFETY GLAZING REQUIRED.
INSULATING GLASS IS DEFINED AS FAILURE OF HERMETIC SEAL UNDER
NORMAL USE THAT IS NOT ATTRIBUTED TO GLASS BREAKAGE OR TO B.2 GLASS PANEL PARTITIONS
MAINTAINING AND CLEANING INSULATING GLASS CONTRARY TO A. Fixed Glass Panel Partitions: Frameless glass panel partition with top track and
MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. EVIDENCE OF FAILURE IS THE bottom sill guide, with butt-glazed dry joint between panels, and equipped with
OBSTRUCTION OF VISION BY DUST, MOISTURE, OR FILM ON INTERIOR swinging doors where indicated.
SURFACES OF GLASS. 1. Basis of Design: DORMA, PURE.
1. WARRANTY PERIOD: 10 YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL 2. Sound Transmission Class (STC), ASTM E 90 and Outdoor-Indoor
COMPLETION. Transmission Class (OITC), ASTM E1332:
a. Framed partition with 12.0 mm thick laminated glass: STC 33; OITC
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 30.
b. Swinging door with 12.0 mm thick laminated glass: STC 15; OITC 15.
1. MANUFACTURERS 3. Partition Top Track: Aluminum extrusion, low-profile.
1. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE 4. Sill Guide: Aluminum extrusion.
PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
B.3 GLASS PANELS AND DOORS
1. GUARDIAN GLASS; SUNGUARD. A. Glass Panels, General: Provide glass panels that comply with 16 CFR 1201,
2. OLDCASTLE BUILDINGENVELOPE ™.
Category II requirements for safety glazing. Permanently mark glazing with
3. VIRACON, INC. certification label of the SGCC.
2. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
1. Glass and Door Panel Thickness: Thickness required for size of panel
1. DELEGATED DESIGN: ENGAGE A QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, AS
based upon manufacturer's written recommendations, but not less than
DEFINED IN SECTION 014000 "QUALITY REQUIREMENTS," TO DESIGN GLAZING.
12 mm.
2. STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE: GLAZING SHALL WITHSTAND THE FOLLOWING
B. Fully Tempered Ultraclear (Low-Iron) Float Glass GL01: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT,
DESIGN LOADS WITHIN LIMITS AND UNDER CONDITIONS INDICATED
DETERMINED ACCORDING TO THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AND ASTM Condition A, Type I, Class 1, Quality-Q3, with visible light transmission of not less
E 1300. than 91 percent; thickness 12.0 mm.
1. DESIGN WIND PRESSURES: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B.4 SWINGING DOORS
2. DESIGN SNOW LOADS: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. A. Accessibility Standard: Comply with applicable provisions in ICC A117.1 and
3. THICKNESS OF PATTERNED GLASS: BASE DESIGN OF PATTERNED GLASS ON requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
THICKNESS AT THINNEST PART OF THE GLASS. B. Single Door: Glass panel matching partition panel material and thickness; 36
4. DIFFERENTIAL SHADING: DESIGN GLASS TO RESIST THERMAL STRESSES inch width by full height of partition
INDUCED BY DIFFERENTIAL SHADING WITHIN INDIVIDUAL GLASS LITES. B.5 MATERIALS
3. SAFETY GLAZING: WHERE SAFETY GLAZING IS INDICATED, PROVIDE GLAZING A. Aluminum: ASTM B221, with strength and durability characteristics of not less
THAT COMPLIES WITH 16 CFR 1201, CATEGORY II. than Alloy 6063-T5.
4. THERMAL AND OPTICAL PERFORMANCE PROPERTIES: PROVIDE GLASS WITH B.6 FINISHES w o r ks , P
PERFORMANCE PROPERTIES SPECIFIED, AS INDICATED IN MANUFACTURER'S A. Aluminum Finish: HA rchit ect ura .

A
A l
PUBLISHED TEST DATA, BASED ON PROCEDURES INDICATED BELOW:

.
1. Clear anodic finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A31, Class II, 0.010 mm or

Co
Regi t ered
END OF SECTION 088000 1. U-FACTORS: CENTER-OF-GLAZING VALUES, ACCORDING TO NFRC 100

rporat ion
thicker.
AND BASED ON LBL'S WINDOW 5.2 COMPUTER PROGRAM, EXPRESSED AS 50455

s
This note was created with the free version of the Centek Rich Text Editor. To remove B.7 DOOR HARDWARE AND FITTINGS
BTU/SQ. FT. X H X DEG F. A. Door Hardware, General: All-glass door hardware units in types, sizes,
this text, purchase the software at software.centekeng.com 2. SOLAR HEAT-GAIN COEFFICIENT AND VISIBLE TRANSMITTANCE: quantities, and mounting locations recommended by manufacturer for glass door or

a
li n

CENTER-OF-GLAZING VALUES, ACCORDING TO NFRC 200 AND BASED ON
LBL'S WINDOW 5.2 COMPUTER PROGRAM.
3. VISIBLE REFLECTANCE: CENTER-OF-GLAZING VALUES, ACCORDING TO
NFRC 300.
3. GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL
1. GLAZING PUBLICATIONS: COMPLY WITH PUBLISHED RECOMMENDATIONS OF
GLASS PRODUCT MANUFACTURERS AND ORGANIZATIONS BELOW UNLESS
MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE INDICATED. SEE THESE PUBLICATIONS
FOR GLAZING TERMS NOT OTHERWISE DEFINED IN THIS SECTION OR IN
REFERENCED STANDARDS.
1. GANA PUBLICATIONS: "GLAZING MANUAL."
2. IGMA PUBLICATION FOR INSULATING GLASS: SIGMA TM-3000, "NORTH
AMERICAN GLAZING GUIDELINES FOR SEALED INSULATING GLASS UNITS
FOR COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL USE."
2. SAFETY GLAZING LABELING: WHERE SAFETY GLAZING IS INDICATED,
PERMANENTLY MARK GLAZING WITH CERTIFICATION LABEL OF THE SGCC OR
ANOTHER CERTIFICATION AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING
JURISDICTION. LABEL SHALL INDICATE MANUFACTURER'S NAME, TYPE OF
GLASS, THICKNESS, AND SAFETY GLAZING STANDARD WITH WHICH GLASS
COMPLIES.
3. INSULATING-GLASS CERTIFICATION PROGRAM: PERMANENTLY MARKED EITHER
ON SPACERS OR ON AT LEAST ONE COMPONENT LITE OF UNITS WITH
APPROPRIATE CERTIFICATION LABEL OF IGCC.
4. THICKNESS: WHERE GLASS THICKNESS IS INDICATED, IT IS A MINIMUM. PROVIDE
GLASS THAT COMPLIES WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND IS NOT LESS
THAN THE THICKNESS INDICATED.
5. STRENGTH: WHERE ANNEALED FLOAT GLASS IS INDICATED, PROVIDE
ANNEALED FLOAT GLASS, HEAT-STRENGTHENED FLOAT GLASS, OR FULLY
TEMPERED FLOAT GLASS AS NEEDED TO COMPLY WITH "PERFORMANCE
REQUIREMENTS" ARTICLE. WHERE HEAT-STRENGTHENED FLOAT GLASS IS
INDICATED, PROVIDE HEAT-STRENGTHENED FLOAT GLASS OR FULLY TEMPERED
FLOAT GLASS AS NEEDED TO COMPLY WITH "PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS"
ARTICLE. WHERE FULLY TEMPERED FLOAT GLASS IS INDICATED, PROVIDE FULLY
TEMPERED FLOAT GLASS.
4. GLASS PRODUCTS
1. CLEAR ANNEALED FLOAT GLASS: ASTM C 1036, TYPE I, CLASS 1 (CLEAR),
QUALITY-Q3.
2. ULTRACLEAR FLOAT GLASS: ASTM C 1036, TYPE I, CLASS I (CLEAR),
QUALITY-Q3; AND WITH VISIBLE LIGHT TRANSMISSION OF NOT LESS THAN 91
PERCENT AND SOLAR HEAT GAIN COEFFICIENT OF NOT LESS THAN 0.87.
3. TINTED ANNEALED FLOAT GLASS: ASTM C 1036, TYPE I, CLASS 2 (TINTED),
QUALITY-Q3.
4. FULLY TEMPERED FLOAT GLASS: ASTM C 1048, KIND FT (FULLY TEMPERED),
CONDITION A (UNCOATED) UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, TYPE I, CLASS 1
(CLEAR) OR CLASS 2 (TINTED) AS INDICATED, QUALITY-Q3.
5. HEAT-STRENGTHENED FLOAT GLASS: ASTM C 1048, KIND HS (HEAT
STRENGTHENED), TYPE I, CONDITION A (UNCOATED) UNLESS OTHERWISE
INDICATED, TYPE I, CLASS 1 (CLEAR) OR CLASS 2 (TINTED) AS INDICATED,
QUALITY-Q3.
5. INSULATING GLASS
1. INSULATING-GLASS UNITS: FACTORY-ASSEMBLED UNITS CONSISTING OF SEALED
LITES OF GLASS SEPARATED BY A DEHYDRATED INTERSPACE, QUALIFIED
ACCORDING TO ASTM E 2190.
1. SEALING SYSTEM: DUAL SEALS.
2. PERIMETER SPACER: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SPACER MATERIAL
AND CONSTRUCTION.
6. GLAZING SEALANTS
1. GENERAL:
1. COMPATIBILITY: COMPATIBLE WITH ONE ANOTHER AND WITH OTHER
MATERIALS THEY CONTACT, INCLUDING GLASS PRODUCTS, SEALS OF
INSULATING-GLASS UNITS, AND GLAZING CHANNEL SUBSTRATES, UNDER
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND APPLICATION, AS DEMONSTRATED BY
SEALANT MANUFACTURER BASED ON TESTING AND FIELD EXPERIENCE.
2. COLORS OF EXPOSED GLAZING SEALANTS: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT
N
th
D Ca ro
types, sizes, and operation. For exposed components, match metal and finish of UR C
exposed partition fittings unless otherwise noted. HA M , N
B. Pulls and Handles: Back-to-back, minimum 1-3/8 inch diameter.
1. Design: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard designs.
C. Concealed Overhead Closers and Bottom Pivots: Center hung; BHMA
A156.4, Grade 1. Provide housings, bottom arms, top walking beam pivots,
mounting plates, and accessories.
1. Basis of Design: DORMA, RTS88
2. Swing: Single acting, with positive dead stop.
3. Hold Open: 105 degree.
4. Opening Force: Comply with interior door operating force of authorities
having jurisdiction for accessibility requirements and egress doors .
D. Automatic Door Operators: Compact electromechanical swing door
operator with solid-state controller; BHMA A156.19, power assist, low energy, with
opening force required of not more than 5 lbf; single door, two-way operation,
surface- mounted; size recommended by door operator manufacturer for
weight of door.
1. Basis of Design Product: DORMA, ED100. 03/07/18
2. Activation Device: Push-button switch on each side of door. THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
3. Cover: Width of opening. ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
4. Finish: Match partition frame finish.
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
E. Exit Devices: BHMA A156.3 and UL 305. IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
1. Basis of Design: DORMA, DG1000. ©-MHAworks 2016
2. Function: Operation by push-pull when inside operator is locked down
(dogged). SHEET NAME:
3. Latching: Fixed strike, located at door head.
4. Pull: One side; design as selected by Architect from manufacturer's SHEET SPECIFICATIONS -
standard designs. DIVISIONS 03-14
F. Accessory Fittings: Overhead doorstop.
C. EXECUTION
PHASE:
C.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine partition substrates to determine if work is within glass panel partition PERMIT SET
manufacturer's required tolerances and ready to receive work. Proceed with
installation of partitions once conditions affecting installation and performance
of partitions meet manufacturer's requirements.
REVISIONS:
B. Verify that partition construction adjacent to acoustically-rated glass panel # DESC: DATE
partitions complies with requirements of ASTM E557.
C.2 PARTITION INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with glass panel partition manufacturer's written installation
instructions and approved shop drawings.
B. Install glass panel partitions after other finishing operations have been
completed.
C. Set units level, plumb, and true to line, with uniform joints.
D. Fasten glass panel partition track and sill to building structure and supports as
indicated on approved shop drawings, utilizing approved fasteners and
spacing.
E. Set, seal, and grout floor closer cases.
C.3 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust door closers to required timing and force.
B. Adjust latches and locks for smooth operation.
C. Test and adjust hardware linked to access control system. ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
D. Replace damaged panels and accessories.
C.4 CLEANING PROJECT #: 17144
A. Clean glass panels in accordance with glass manufacturer's written
instructions. Do not use cleaning agents or methods not approved by glass
DRAWN BY: YL
manufacturer.
B. Clean exposed metal surfaces to factory new appearance. SHEET NUMBER

7.
FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE.
MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS
1. CLEANERS, PRIMERS, AND SEALERS: TYPES RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT OR G012
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
SECTION 09 3000 - TILING/ FLOORING PREP 1.1 GROUT MATERIALS FINISH SCHEDULE: FINISH LEGEND - INTERIOR MATERIALS
A. WATER-CLEANABLE EPOXY GROUT: ANSI A118.3 WITH A VOC CONTENT
1.1 PROJECT CONDITIONS OF 65 G/L OR LESS WHEN CALCULATED ACCORDING TO 40 CFR 59,
A. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: DO NOT INSTALL TILE UNTIL SUBPART D. BASIS OF DESIGN CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS PRISM GROUT BASE WALL FLOORING PAINTS CASEWORK
CONSTRUCTION IN SPACES IS COMPLETE AND AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SURE COLOR UNSANDED. TR-01
FLOOR A 2 A 2 CEILING PT-01
AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS ARE MAINTAINED AT THE LEVELS INDICATED IN 1. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, 09 66 23 RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING WV-01
REFERENCED STANDARDS AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING 06 40 23 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
SUPPLIER: MASTER TERRAZZO
A. ANSI CERAMIC TILE STANDARD: PROVIDE TILE THAT COMPLIES WITH A. ATLAS MINERALS & CHEMICALS, INC. NAME: FIELD WALL PAINT DESCRIPTION: MILLWORK
CONTACT: BEN NICHOLSON,
ANSI A137.1 FOR TYPES, COMPOSITIONS, AND OTHER CHARACTERISTICS B. BOIARDI PRODUCTS; A QEP COMPANY. FLOOR BASE WALL CEILING MANUFACTURER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS OR SPECIES: MAPLE
BEN@MASTERTERRAZZO.COM, 919-608-4897.
INDICATED. C. BONSAL AMERICAN; AN OLDCASTLE COMPANY. EQUAL MATERIAL: 3/4" VENEER CORE MARINE CORE
MATERIAL: THIN-SET EPOXY-MATRIX TERRAZZO
1. PROVIDE TILE COMPLYING WITH STANDARD GRADE REQUIREMENTS D. BOSTIK, INC. A TR-01 1 4" RB01 A PT 1 ACT NUMBER: SW7004 PLYWOOD

ARCHITECTURE
COLOR: MTT TERRAZZO SAMPLE 80547
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. E. C-CURE. COLOR: SNOWBOUND LOCATION: ALL BASE AND UPPER CABINETS
FINISH: 200 GRIT POLISH, PLAZA PLUS SEALER
B. ANSI STANDARDS FOR TILE INSTALLATION MATERIALS: PROVIDE F. CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS. B PFT-01 PT/WW WOOD PANEL/ FINISH: EGGSHELL, UNLESS U.N.O
2 4" BN TILE B 2 LOCATION: REFER TO PLANS AND BASE CABINET TOEKICKS.
MATERIALS COMPLYING WITH ANSI A108.02, ANSI STANDARDS G. LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL, INC. ACT LOCATION: ALL INTERIOR WALLS U.N.O. ON EDGE CONDITION: VENEER EDGE BANDING
THICKNESS: 3/8"
REFERENCED IN OTHER PART 2 ARTICLES, ANSI STANDARDS REFERENCED 1. PROVIDE PRODUCT CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING CONTINUOUS AND FINISH PLAN. ALL VERTICAL AND STAIN: FINISH TO MATCH FORMICA DANISH
C PFT-02 3 EXISTING C PT01/WW/ 3 GWB NOTE: TEST EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB FOR
BY TCA INSTALLATION METHODS SPECIFIED IN TILE INSTALLATION INTERMITTENT EXPOSURE TO TEMPERATURES OF UP TO 140 DEG FAND 212 HORIZONTAL FACES OF ALL SOFFITS AND MAPLE
MOSS MOISTURE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SUBMIT
SCHEDULES, AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED.  DEG FRESPECTIVELY, AND CERTIFIED BY MANUFACTURER FOR INTENDED USE. GWB CEILINGS, UNO. NOTE: ALL MILLWORK TO MEET CURRENT AWI
MOSITURE TEST TO ARCHITECT AND OWNER
C. LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS: TILE FLOORING SYSTEMS SHALL COMPLY 1.1 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS NOTE: PROVIDE ONE COAT OF PRIMER AND STANDARDS
FOR REVIEW.
WITH THE TESTING AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA A. GENERAL: PROVIDE SEALANTS, PRIMERS, BACKER RODS, AND OTHER D RT-01 D PWT 4 ACT/GWB PFT-01 2 COATS OF EGGSHELL PAINT.
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SERVICES' "STANDARD PRACTICE FOR THE SEALANT ACCESSORIES THAT COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING 09 30 13 TILING
TESTING OF VOLATILE ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM VARIOUS SOURCES REQUIREMENTS AND WITH THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 07 E RT-01/RT-02/ E PT/WP 5 EXISTING PT-02
SUPPLIER: TRINITY TILE CO. 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

USING SMALL-SCALE ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS." SECTION "JOINT SEALANTS." RT-03
CONTACT: NIKI BELL

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

D. FACTORY BLENDING: FOR TILE EXHIBITING COLOR VARIATIONS 1. SEALANTS SHALL HAVE A VOC CONTENT OF 250 G/L OR LESS WHEN NAME: ACCENT PAINT
EXISTING MATERIAL: PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE
WITHIN RANGES, BLEND TILE IN FACTORY AND PACKAGE SO TILE UNITS CALCULATED ACCORDING TO 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24). F TR-01/CPT-01 F MANUFACTURER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS OR
TAKEN FROM ONE PACKAGE SHOW SAME RANGE IN COLORS AS THOSE 2. USE PRIMERS, BACKER RODS, AND SEALANT ACCESSORIES
LOCATION: REFER TO PLANS
EQUAL COUNTERTOPS
G EXISTING GROUT: LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PREMIUM

PLANNING
TAKEN FROM OTHER PACKAGES AND MATCH APPROVED SAMPLES. RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER. NUMBER: SW9126
EPOXY IN 60 DUSTY GREY.
E. MOUNTING: FOR FACTORY-MOUNTED TILE, PROVIDE BACK- OR B. COLORS: PROVIDE COLORS OF EXPOSED SEALANTS TO MATCH COLOR: HONED SOAPSTONE
WD WOOD WALL PANEL TILE SIZE: 12" X 24"
EDGE-MOUNTED TILE ASSEMBLIES AS STANDARD WITH MANUFACTURER COLORS OF GROUT IN TILE ADJOINING SEALED JOINTS UNLESS OTHERWISE FINISH: EGGSHELL U.N.O.
TILE COLOR: BALANCE GRAY, MATTE SS-01
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. INDICATED. NOTES: LOCATION: REFER TO FINISH PLANS. 12 36 61 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOPS AND SINKS
TILE STYLE: SOCIAL

www.mhaworks.com
1. WHERE TILE IS INDICATED FOR INSTALLATION IN WET AREAS, DO NOT C. ONE-PART, MILDEW-RESISTANT SILICONE SEALANT: ASTM C 920; STAIRWELL - NOTE: PROVIDE ONE COAT OF PRIMER AND
TILE THICKNESS: 5/16" NAME: SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS
USE BACK- OR EDGE-MOUNTED TILE ASSEMBLIES UNLESS TILE TYPE S; GRADE NS; CLASS 25; USES NT, G, A, AND, AS APPLICABLE TO 1. ALL STAIRWELLS ON ALL LEVELS TO RECEIVE NEW 2 COATS OF EGGSHELL PAINT.
TILE DIRECTION: SEE PLAN DESCRIPTION: QUARTZ
MANUFACTURER SPECIFIES IN WRITING THAT THIS TYPE OF MOUNTING IS NONPOROUS JOINT SUBSTRATES INDICATED, O; FORMULATED WITH FLOORING, TREADS AND NOSING. REFER TO SHEET G015

p 919.682.2870
MANUFACTURER: HANSTONE

f 919.682.5369
NOTE: 1/8" GROUT JOINT. TEST EXISTING PT-03
SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION INDICATED AND HAS A RECORD OF FUNGICIDE, INTENDED FOR SEALING INTERIOR CERAMIC TILE JOINTS AND FOR FINISH DESIGNATION.
CONCRETE SLAB FOR MOISTURE PRIOR TO 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING SUPPLIER: WEB-DON
SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE. OTHER NONPOROUS SUBSTRATES THAT ARE SUBJECT TO IN-SERVICE EXPOSURES 2. RISERS ARE EXISTING METAL AND ARE TO BE PAINTED PT-04. CONTACT: MARY SAGER
INSTALLATION. SUBMIT MOSITURE TEST TO
F. FACTORY-APPLIED TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COATING: WHERE OF HIGH HUMIDITY AND EXTREME TEMPERATURES. 3. ALL STAIRWELL RAILINGS TO BE CLEANED. NAME: ACCENT WALL PAINT
ARCHITECT AND OWNER FOR COLOR: STRATO CA701
INDICATED UNDER TILE TYPE, PROTECT EXPOSED SURFACES OF TILE 1. PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, 4. ALL WALLS IN STAIRWELLS TO BE PAINTED PT-01. MANUFACTURER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS OR
REVIEW.TYPICAL ALL TILE FLOORS LOCATION: COUNTERTOPS & APRON FRONTS
AGAINST ADHERENCE OF MORTAR AND GROUT BY PRE-COATING WITH PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 5. REPLACE ALL RUBBER BASE WITH NEW RUBBER BASE, RB-01. EQUAL
CONTINUOUS FILM OF PETROLEUM PARAFFIN WAX, APPLIED HOT. DO A. DOW CORNING CORPORATION; DOW CORNING 786.
PFT-02 NUMBER: SW7047
IN BASEMENT RESTROOMS, BREAK ROOM.
09 30 13 TILING EDGE CONDITION: EASED, 1/4" ROUND
NOT COAT UNEXPOSED TILE SURFACES. B. GE SILICONES; A DIVISION OF GE SPECIALTY MATERIALS; SANITARY TOILET ACCESSORY TYPES LEGEND COLOR: PORPOISE
SUPPLIER: TRINITY TILE CO. NOTE: COUNTERTOP AT BREAK ROOM,
1700. FINISH: EGGSHELL, U.N.O
CONTACT: NIKI BELL COUNTERTOP AND APRON AT BASEMENT
C. LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL, INC.; LATASIL TILE & STONE SEALANT. LOCATION: SELECT WALLS AS NOTED. ALL HM
SECTION 09 3000 - TILING/ FLOORING PREP CONTINUED DESCRIPTION MATERIAL: PORCELAIN MOSAIC TILE RESTROOMS
D. PECORA CORPORATION; PECORA 898 SANITARY SILICONE SEALANT. DOOR TRIMS. DOOR TRIMS TO BE HIGH
LOCATION: SHOWER FLOORS. GLOSS.
E. TREMCO INCORPORATED; TREMSIL 600 WHITE.
TILE BACKING PANELS GROUT: LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PREMIUM NOTE: PROVIDE ONE COAT OF PRIMER AND
GB GRAB BAR - BASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCT: BOBRICK EPOXY IN 60 DUSTY GREY.
A. CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS: ANSI A118.9 OR ASTM C 2 COATS OF EGGSHELL PAINT.
B-6806. TILE SIZE: 2" X 2" MOSAIC ON 12" X 12" SHEET.
1325, IN MAXIMUM LENGTHS AVAILABLE TO MINIMIZE END-TO- 1.1 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

505 S. DUKE STREET

MOUNTING: FLANGES WITH CONCEALED TILE COLOR: BALANCE GRAY, MATTE
END BUTT JOINTS. A. TROWELABLE UNDERLAYMENTS AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: LATEX- FASTENERS. TILE STYLE: SOCIAL
1. PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH MODIFIED, PORTLAND CEMENT-BASED FORMULATION PROVIDED OR APPROVED PT04
MATERIAL: STAINLESS STEEL, 0.05 INCH THICK.
REQUIREMENTS, AVAILABLE PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE BY MANUFACTURER OF TILE-SETTING MATERIALS FOR INSTALLATIONS FINISH: SMOOTH, NO. 4 FINISH (SATIN) ON ENDS
TILE THICKNESS: 5/16" 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING CEILINGS
INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT INDICATED. AND SLIP-RESISTANT TEXTURE IN GRIP AREA.
RT-01 NAME: STAIR RISER PAINT
LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 09 65 19 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING MANUFACTURER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS OR
B. METAL EDGE STRIPS: ANGLE OR L-SHAPE, HEIGHT TO MATCH TILE AND OUTSIDE DIAMETER: 1-1/2 INCHES.
A. C-CURE; C-CURE BOARD 990. SETTING-BED THICKNESS, METALLIC OR COMBINATION OF METAL AND PVC MANUFACTURER: FORBO FLOORING EQUAL
CONFIGURATION AND LENGTH: AS INDICATED ON CL01

2'-0"
B. CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS; WONDERBOARD. OR NEOPRENE BASE, DESIGNED SPECIFICALLY FOR FLOORING MATERIAL: LINOLEUM TILE RESILIENT FLOOR NUMBER: SW7045
DRAWINGS.

Durham, NC 27701
09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS

505 S. Duke Street

C. FINPAN, INC.; UTIL-A-CRETE CONCRETE BACKER BOARD. APPLICATIONS; STAINLESS-STEEL, ASTM A 666, 300 SERIES EXPOSED-EDGE COVERING COLOR: INTELLECTUAL GRAY. FINAL COLOR
D. USG CORPORATION; DUROCK CEMENT BOARD. MIRROR BASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCT - KOHLER MODEL TYPE: MARMOLEUM MODULAR STRIATO NAME: ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE
MATERIAL. CHOICE TBD. 2'-0"
2. THICKNESS: 5/8” POPLIN MARIBOU K-99666 FRAME: KHAKI WHITE SIZE: 9.8" X 39.37" MATERIAL: MINERAL FIBER W/ DURABRITE
C. TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COATING: PRODUCT INDICATED BELOW FINISH: HIGH GLOSS
OAK - 1WF. COLOR: CLIFF OF MOHER T5231 ACOUST.TRASP. MEMBRANE.
CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE THAT IS FORMULATED TO PROTECT EXPOSED SURFACES OF TILE AGAINST NOTE: PROVIDE ONE COAT OF PRIMER AND
HANGERS: PRODUCE RIGID, TAMPER- AND THEFT- LOCATION: REFER TO PLANS. CONSTRUCTION: INSTALL HANGER WIRE PER
ADHERENCE OF MORTAR AND GROUT; COMPATIBLE WITH TILE, MORTAR, 2 COATS OR SEMI GLOSS PAINT.
RESISTANT INSTALLATION, USING ONE-PIECE, BACKING: POLYESTER. MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.
A. GENERAL: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PRODUCT THAT COMPLIES AND GROUT PRODUCTS; AND EASILY REMOVABLE AFTER GROUTING IS GALVANIZED-STEEL, WALL-HANGER DEVICE WITH TILE THICKNESS: OVERALL 1/10" (2.5 MM) GRID MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG
WITH ANSI A118.12 FOR HIGH PERFORMANCE AND IS RECOMMENDED COMPLETED WITHOUT DAMAGING GROUT OR TILE. SPRING-ACTION LOCKING MECHANISM TO HOLD NOTE: TEST EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB FOR GRID SIZE: 15/16"
BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE APPLICATION INDICATED. INCLUDE 1. PETROLEUM PARAFFIN WAX, FULLY REFINED AND ODORLESS, CONTAINING MIRROR UNIT IN POSITION WITH NO EXPOSED MOISTURE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SUBMIT GRID COLOR: WHITE
REINFORCEMENT AND ACCESSORIES RECOMMENDED BY AT LEAST 0.5 PERCENT OIL WITH A MELTING POINT OF 120 TO 140 SCREWS OR BOLTS. WALL TILE
MOSITURE TEST TO ARCHITECT AND OWNER GRID STYLE: PRELUDE XL
MANUFACTURER.  DEG FPER ASTM D 87.
FOR REVIEW. TILE MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG
A. CHLORINATED POLYETHYLENE SHEET: NONPLASTICIZED, 2. GROUT RELEASE IN FORM OF MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PROPRIETARY TPD TOILET PAPER DISPENSER - BASIS OF DESIGN
TILE SIZE: 24"X24"
CHLORINATED POLYETHYLENE FACED ON BOTH SIDES WITH NONWOVEN LIQUID COATING THAT IS SPECIALLY FORMULATED AND RECOMMENDED FOR BOBRICK B-6867. SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL. RT-02
09 65 19 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING TILE COLOR: WHITE
POLYESTER FABRIC; 0.030-INCH NOMINAL THICKNESS. USE AS TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COATING FOR TILE. SUPPORT-ARM FLANGES LOCK TO CONCEALED PWT-01 TILE STYLE: ULTIMA HIGH NRC, BEVELED
D. TILE CLEANER: A NEUTRAL CLEANER CAPABLE OF REMOVING SOIL AND STAINLESS STEEL WALL PLATE. CHROME-PLATED TYPE: RUBBER STAIR TREADS 09 30 13 TILING
TEGULAR - 1941
RESIDUE WITHOUT HARMING TILE AND GROUT SURFACES, SPECIFICALLY PLASTIC SPINDLE HOLDS ROLLS UP TO 5 1⁄2" TILE MANUFACTURER: JOHNSONITE SUPPLIER: TRINITY TILE CO. TILE THICKNESS: 3/4"
SETTING MATERIALS APPROVED FOR MATERIALS AND INSTALLATIONS INDICATED BY TILE AND GROUT (140MM) DIAMETER (1800 SHEETS). UNIT 7 1⁄4" W, 2" TILE SIZE: FIELD VERIFY EXISTING TREAD CONTACT: NIKI BELL NOTE: ALL CEILINGS UNO ARE TO BE CL01
A. PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR (THICKSET) INSTALLATION MANUFACTURERS. H (185 X 50MM); PROJECTS 3 15⁄16" (100MM) FROM LENGTH MATERIAL: PORCELAIN WALL TILE MOUNTED 8'-0" AFF.
MATERIALS: ANSI A108.02. E. GROUT SEALER: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SILICONE PRODUCT FOR WALL. TILE COLOR: #29 MOON ROCK LOCATION: REFER TO ELEVATIONS.
1. CLEAVAGE MEMBRANE: ASPHALT FELT, ASTM D 226, TYPE I (NO. SEALING GROUT JOINTS AND THAT DOES NOT CHANGE COLOR OR TILE STYLE: HAMMERED (HMT-29-SQ) GROUT: LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PREMIUM
APPEARANCE OF GROUT. SD-1 LIQUID-SOAP DISPENSER: BASIS OF DESIGN TILE THICKNESS: 0.113"
15); OR POLYETHYLENE SHEETING, ASTM D 4397, 4.0 MILS THICK. EPOXY IN 60 DUSTY GREY.
BOBRICK B-8263.18. COUNTER MOUNTED. CPT-01
1. REINFORCING WIRE FABRIC: GALVANIZED, WELDED WIRE 1. PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, TILE SIZE: 12" X 24" CL02
AVAILABLE PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK SHATTER-RESISTANT POLYETHYLENE SOAP REFILL 09 68 13 TILE CARPETING BASIS OF DESIGN 09 50 00 WOOD PANEL CEILINGS
FABRIC, 2 BY 2 INCHES BY 0.062-INCH DIAMETER; COMPLY WITH TILE COLOR: BALANCE GRAY, MATTE
INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: TO HAVE 27-FL OZ CAPACITY. LOCATED IN
ASTM A 185 AND ASTM A 82 EXCEPT FOR MINIMUM WIRE SIZE. DESCRIPTION: WALK-OFF CARPET SYSTEM TILE STYLE: SOCIAL NAME: LINEAR VENEERED PLANK CEILING
BASEMENT RESTROOMS.
1. EXPANDED METAL LATH: DIAMOND-MESH LATH COMPLYING WITH MANUFACTURER: FORBO FLOORING TILE THICKNESS: 5/16" CONTACT: CAREY MCMAHAN.
ASTM C 847. A. CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS; GROUT AND TILE SEALER. LIQUID-SOAP DISPENSER: BASIS OF DESIGN BOBRICK TYPE: TUFTIGUARD TILE DIRECTION: SEE ELEVATIONS. CBMCMAHAN@ARMSTRONGCEILINGS.COM.
SD-2
A. BASE METAL AND FINISH FOR INTERIOR APPLICATIONS: UNCOATED B-2111. SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL. ALL OTHER CONSTRUCTION: MULTI LEVEL PATTERN LOOP, NOTE: 1/8" GROUT JOINT. 919-201-1196.
OR ZINC-COATED (GALVANIZED) STEEL SHEET, WITH UNCOATED STEEL LOCATIONS 100% SOLUTION DYED SPECIES: MAPLE
SHEET PAINTED AFTER FABRICATION INTO LATH. TILE COLOR: ALUMINUM, WIPER GREY MATERIAL: FIRE-RETARDANT PARTICLE BOARD
PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER - BASIS OF DESIGN TILE STYLE: MODULE 2, CLOSED SIZE: 3-3/4" X 96", 3/4" REVEAL
B. BASE METAL AND FINISH FOR EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS: ZINC- PTD BOBRICK B-38034. SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL. WT-01
COATED (GALVANIZED) STEEL SHEET. TILE THICKNESS: 12 MM 09 30 13 TILING GRID STYLE: NONE
DOOR TO BE SECURED TO CABINET WITH A NOTE: COORDINATE WITH DETAIL 2/A450
C. CONFIGURATION OVER STUDS AND FURRING: FLAT. DESCRIPTION: GLAZED CERAMIC TILE THICKNESS: 3/4" w o r ks , P
D. CONFIGURATION OVER SOLID SURFACES: SELF FURRING.
CONCEALED, FULL-LENGTH STAINLESS STEEL CPT-02 SUPPLIER: TRINITY TILE CO. TILE MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG HA rchit ect ura .

M
PIANO-HINGE AND EQUIPPED WITH A STAINLESS

A
E. WEIGHT: 2.5 LB/SQ. YD.. 09 68 13 ALTERNATE NO. 001 TILE CARPETING STAIN: CUSTOM TO MATCH FORMICA A l

.
CONTACT: NIKI BELL

Co
STEEL CABLE DOOR-SWING LIMITER AND TWO

Regi t ered
DESCRIPTION: WALK-OFF CARPET SYSTEM DANISH MAPLE

rporat ion
TUMBLER LOCKS KEYED. PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER LOCATION: WALL TILE AS NOTED ON
MANUFACTURER: TANDUS CENTIVA NOTE: INSTALL HANGER WIRE PER 50455

s
1. LATEX ADDITIVE: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WATER EMULSION, DRAWINGS
TO DISPENSE 600 C-FOLD, 800 MULTIFOLD, OR MATERIAL: TDX NYLON SOLUTION DYED MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.
SERVING AS REPLACEMENT FOR PART OR ALL OF GAGING WATER, OF GROUT: LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PREMIUM
1100 SINGLEFOLD PAPER TOWELS. WASTE TYPE: MODULAR
TYPE SPECIFICALLY RECOMMENDED BY LATEX-ADDITIVE MANUFACTURER EPOXY IN #44 BRIGHT WHITE (UNSANDED) or

a
li n

N
RECEPTACLE TO BE FURNISHED WITH A SIZE: 24" X 24" D th
Ca ro
FOR USE WITH FIELD-MIXED PORTLAND CEMENT AND AGGREGATE TILE SIZE: 4" X 12" C
CL03 UR
MORTAR BED.
REMOVABLE, LEAK-PROOF, RIGID MOLDED COLOR: CHROMIUM 26201 TILE COLOR: WHITE 09 23 00 GYPSUM BOARD CEILING HA M , N
PLASTIC WASTE-CONTAINER WITH CAPACITY 3.8 LOCATION: ENTRY VESTIBULE
GAL. TILE STYLE: WEST SHORE MATERIAL: INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD FOR
TILE DIRECTION: VERTICAL ASHLAR TILE THICKNESS: 5/16"
HD HAND DRYER: BASIS OF DESIGN DYSON STYLE: ASSERTIVE STRIA 04839 CEILINGS OR SOFFITS.
TILE DIRECTION: TO BE INSTALLED IN THICKNESS: 5/8"
AIRBLADE V #AB08. SPRAYED NICKEL FINISH. NOTE: NON RECESSED PARALLEL STACKED PATTERN, SEE TILE COLOR: SEE FINISH SCHEDULE
CH/RH COAT/ROBE HOOKS: BASIS OF DESIGN SHALL BE TRANSITIONS ELEVATIONS NOTE: MOISTURE RESISTANT GWB IN WET
A. LATEX-PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR (THIN SET): ANSI A118.4. BOBRICK AND SHALL BE SATIN FINISHED STAINLESS 4" BN TILE - BULLNOSE TILE BASE NOTE: MINIMUM 1/16" GROUT JOINT LOCATIONS
1. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH STEEL. SINGLE HOOK SHALL BE: B-76717. 09 30 13 TILING
REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: LOCATED IN BASEMENT RESTROOMS. MANUFACTURER: TRINITY SURFACES
A. BOIARDI PRODUCTS; A QEP COMPANY. MATERIAL: PORCELAIN TILE WT-02
B. BONSAL AMERICAN; AN OLDCASTLE COMPANY. FSS FOLDING SHOWER SEAT: BOBRICK MODEL B-5191 SIZE: 4" X 24" 09 30 13 TILING
C. BOSTIK, INC. DESCRIPTION: MOSAIC GLASS TILE
D. C-CURE.
COLOR: BALANCE GRAY CUSTOM MILLWORK
FINISH: SOCIAL COLLECTION SUPPLIER: BYRD TILE CO.
E. CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS. EQUIPMENT TYPES LEGEND GROUT: LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PREMIUM CONTACT: GREG SANDY
F. JAMO INC. EPOXY IN 60 DUSTY GREY LOCATION: ACCENT WALL TILE AS NOTED
G. LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL, INC. DESCRIPTION
MT-01 ON DRAWINGS. WD-01
1. PROVIDE PREPACKAGED, DRY-MORTAR MIX CONTAINING REF REFRIGERATOR GC/GC 09 30 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES GROUT: LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PREMIUM 06 40 23 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 03/07/18
DRY, RE-DISPERSIBLE, VINYL ACETATE OR ACRYLIC ADDITIVE TO BASIS OF DESIGN FRIGIDAIRE MODEL EPOXY IN #44 BRIGHT WHITE (UNSANDED) SUPPLIER: CUSTOM MILLWORKER THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
MANUFACTURER: GREAT LAKES TILE
WHICH ONLY WATER MUST BE ADDED AT PROJECT SITE. #LGHX2636TF. GALLERY 25.5-CU FT SIDE-BY-SIDE TILE SIZE: 1" X 2" MOSAIC ON 12" X 12" SHEET. CONTACT: MATT THOMPSON, THOMPSON ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
PRODUCTS THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
2. PROVIDE PREPACKAGED, DRY-MORTAR MIX COMBINED REFRIGERATOR WITH ICE MAKER. SMUDGE- TILE COLOR: 0021 GREEN OLIVE JOINERY. 919-672-2770. PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
SUPPLIER: BYRD TILE CO.
WITH ACRYLIC RESIN LIQUID-LATEX ADDITIVE AT PROJECT SITE. PROOF STAINLESS STEEL FINISH. TILE STYLE: VILLI, PARALLEL STACK SPECIES: MAPLE IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
MATERIAL: ANNODIZED ALUMINUM PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
3. FOR WALL APPLICATIONS, PROVIDE MORTAR THAT COMPLIES TILE THICKNESS: 5/16" MATERIAL: WOOD VENEER WALL PANELING
MICRO- MICROWAVE O/O COLOR: BRUSHED NICKEL ©-MHAworks 2016
WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-SAGGING MORTAR IN ADDITION LOCATION: REFER TO ELEVATIONS
WAVE STYLE: GLM-BRN100 (3/8" L CHANNEL)
TO THE OTHER REQUIREMENTS IN ANSI A118.4. STAIN: CUSTOM STAIN TO MATCH LAMINATE
COFFEE COFFEE MACHINE O/O
NOTE: TRANSITION BETWEEN PORCELAIN TILE SHEET NAME:
MACHINE FLOORING AND EPOXY TERRAZZO. USE AS LS-01 SAMPLE - FORMICA DANISH MAPLE 8906-58
DIVIDER STRIP FOR IN BETWEEN POURED 09 75 00 TILING SHEET SPECIFICATIONS -
TERRAZZO SUPPLIER: MOSAIC TILE CO. INTERIOR FINISHES
MT- 02 CONTACT: ANN HARTLEY
09 30 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES MATERIAL: LEDGER STONE
MANUFACTURER: GREAT LAKES TILE LOCATION: REFER TO PLANS
GROUT: LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PREMIUM ACCESSORIES AND MISC. PHASE:
PRODUCTS
SUPPLIER: BYRD TILE CO. EPOXY IN 44 BRIGHT WHITE.
TILE MANUFACTURER: MSI PERMIT SET
MATERIAL: ANNODIZED ALUMINUM
COLOR: BRUSHED NICKEL TILE SIZE: VARIES, 6" X 24"
TILE COLOR: WHITE OAK MULTI SPLIT FACE TP01 REVISIONS:
STYLE: GLM-RBRN100 (3/8" REDUCER) 102113 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS
NOTE: TRANSITION BETWEEN EPOXY TILE STYLE: 63MARWHIMUL624L
NAME: MINIMUM 1.00” (25 mm) FINISHED # DESC: DATE
TERRAZZO AND LINOLEUM FLOORING. THICKNESS, 82” High, S.S. HARDWARE,
SE CONTINUOUS S.S BRACKETS, 3" HIGH HDPE
NOTE: ALL FLOORING AND WALL GROUT JOINTS TO ALIGN SHOES (COLORMATCH PARTITION)
MANUFACTURER: GREAT LAKES TILE DESCRIPTION: ECLIPSE PARTITIONS
PRODUCTS MANUFACTURER: SCRANTON PRODUCTS
CONTACT: BYRD TILE CO. MATERIAL: TOILET PARTITION
MATERIAL: ANNODIZED ALUMINUM TYPE: CLASS A FIRE RATED
TYPE: SQUARE EDGE COLOR: NICKEL
COLOR: BRUSHED NICKEL FINISH: ROTARY BRUSHED
GROUT: LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PREMIUM LOCATION: SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND
EPOXY IN 44 BRIGHT WHITE ENLARGED PLANS.
STYLE: GLM-SEBRN100 (3/8" SQUARE EDGE) THICKNESS: 1" DOORS AND PANELS
NOTE: MINIMUM 1/4" GROUT JOINT. ALL STYLE: FLOOR SUPPORTED WITH HEADRAIL
VERTICAL WALL TILE CORNERS AND AS
NOTED ON DRAWINGS. ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
RB-01
09 65 13 RESILIENT WALL BASE PROJECT #: 17144
NAME: 4" RUBBER BASE DRAWN BY: SM/JT
MANUFACTURER: JOHNSONITE OR EQUAL
TYPE: TRADITIONAL 4"
NUMBER: TBD SHEET NUMBER
COLOR: 29 MOON ROCK

G015
THICKNESS: 0.125" TYPICAL
STYLE: STRAIGHT ROLLED
NOTE: COVE BASE.
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works ARCHITECTURE
2012 APPENDIX B FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS:
Notes: PLUMBING FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS (SECTION 2902.1):
BUILDING CODE SUMMARY RATING
FOR ALL COMMERCIAL PROJECTS BUILDING ELEMENT FIRE
PROVIDED
DETAIL # DESIGN # FOR DESIGN # FOR DESIGN # FOR USE: BASEMENT
WATER CLOSETS URINALS LAVATORIES SHOWERS/TUBS DRINKING FOUNTAINS
SEPARATION REQ'D & RATED
RATED ASSEMBLY RATED JOINTS
(EXCEPT 1 AND 2 - FAMILY DWELLINGS AND TOWNHOUSES) DISTANCE (W/________) SHEET # PENETRATION MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE REGULAR ACCESSIBLE
(FEET) REDUCTION AS
(REPRODUCE THE FOLLOWING DATA ON THE BUILDING PLAN SHEET 1 OR 2)
PER 302.3.3 #1

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

SPACE EXISTING 1 2 1 1 1 0 1 0
505 S. DUKE STREET - INTERIOR CORE RENOVATION STRUCTURAL FRAME, INCLUDING

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

NAME OF PROJECT:
COLUMNS, GIRDERS, TRUSSES 0 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING NEW 1 1 0 1 1 2 1 1
ADDRESS: 505 SOUTH DUKE STREET ZIP CODE: 27701
PROPOSED USE: BUSINESS BEARING WALLS REQUIRED 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1
OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT: AMY CARROLL PHONE #: 919.227.5518 E-MAIL: ACARROLL@ TRADEMARKPROPERTIES.COM

PLANNING
OWNED BY: CITY/COUNTY X PRIVATE STATE EXTERIOR

CODE ENFORCEMENT JURISDICTION: CITY: DURHAM COUNTY: DURHAM STATE: NORTH CAROLINA >30' 0 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING
NORTH EXISTING USE: LEVEL 3
WATER CLOSETS URINALS LAVATORIES SHOWERS/TUBS DRINKING FOUNTAINS

LEAD DESIGN PROFESSIONAL MHAWORKS, PA MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE REGULAR ACCESSIBLE

www.mhaworks.com
EAST >30' 0 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING
DESIGNER FIRM NAME LICENSE# TELEPHONE E-Mail
SPACE EXISTING 2 3 1 2 2 0 0 0
ARCHITECTURAL: MHAWORKS, PA JARED MARTINSON, AIA 13737 919.682.2870 JMARTINSON@MHAWORKS.COM WEST >30' 0 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING
NEW 2 2 0 2 2 0 1 1

p 919.682.2870
CIVIL:

f 919.682.5369
ELECTRICAL: MAPLE ENGINEERING, PLLC DUSTIN METAYER, PE 044528 919.341.4247 DMM@MAPLE-ENG.COM
SOUTH >30' 0 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING REQUIRED 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1
FIRE ALARM: MAPLE ENGINEERING, PLLC DUSTIN METAYER, PE 044528 919.341.4247 DMM@MAPLE-ENG.COM INTERIOR 0 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING
PLUMBING: MAPLE ENGINEERING, PLLC DUSTIN METAYER, PE 044528 919.341.4247 DMM@MAPLE-ENG.COM
NON-BEARING WALLS & PARTITIONS
MECHANICAL: MAPLE ENGINEERING, PLLC DUSTIN METAYER, PE 044528 919.341.4247 DMM@MAPLE-ENG.COM WATER CLOSETS URINALS LAVATORIES SHOWERS/TUBS DRINKING FOUNTAINS
USE: LEVEL 4
SPRINKLER/STANDPIPE: MAPLE ENGINEERING, PLLC DUSTIN METAYER, PE 044528 919.341.4247 DMM@MAPLE-ENG.COM EXTERIOR WALLS MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE REGULAR ACCESSIBLE
STRUCTURAL:
RETAINING WALLS >5' HIGH: NORTH >30' 0 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING SPACE EXISTING 2 3 1 2 2 0 0 0
OTHER: NEW 2 2 0 2 2 0 1 1
EAST >30' 0 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING
REQUIRED 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1
2012 EDITION OF NC CODE FOR: NEW CONSTRUCTION ADDITION UPFIT WEST >30' 0 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING
ORIGINAL CODE: 1967 EXISTING: RECONSTRUCTION ALTERATION REPAIR X RENOVATION INTERIOR DEMOLITION
NC BUILDING CODE SOUTH >30' 0 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING
WATER CLOSETS URINALS LAVATORIES SHOWERS/TU DRINKING FOUNTAINS
CONSTRUCTED (date) 1972 ORIGINAL USE(S) (Ch. 3) BUSINESS USE: LEVEL 5 BS

505 S. DUKE STREET

INTERIOR WALLS AND
PARTITIONS
0 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE REGULAR ACCESSIBLE
RENOVATED (date) N/A CURRENT USE(S) (Ch. 3) BUSINESS FLOOR CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING 2012 NCBC
1 11/A440 SPACE EXISTING 3 3 1 2 2 0 0 0
BUSINESS
SUPPORTING BEAMS & JOISTS TABLE 720.1
PROPOSED USE(S) (Ch. 3)
ROOF CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING
0 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING NEW 2 2 0 2 2 0 1 1
SUPPORTING BEAMS & JOISTS
BASIC BUILDING DATA: REQUIRED 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1
CONSTRUCTION TYPE: I-A I-B II-A X II-B III-A III-B IV V-A V-B
SHAFT ENCLOSURES - EXIT 2 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING
(Check all that apply) SEE MEP
SHAFT ENCLOSURES - OTHER 2 1/G503 U415 1&2/G505

Durham, NC 27701
SPRINKLERS: X NO PARTIAL YES NFPA 13 NFPA 13R NFPA 13D
DWGS

505 S. Duke Street

SEE MEP WATER CLOSETS URINALS LAVATORIES SHOWERS/TU DRINKING FOUNTAINS
STANDPIPES: NO X YES CLASS: I II III WET DRY
CORRIDOR SEPARATION (EGRESS) 2 1/G500 U419 1&2/G501 USE: BS
FIRE DISTRICT: X NO YES FLOOD HAZARD AREA: NO YES DWGS MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE REGULAR ACCESSIBLE

BUILDING HEIGHT: 72 FEET 5 STORIES OCCUPANCY SEPARATION N/A EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING SPACE EXISTING

GROSS BUILDING AREA: PARTY/FIRE WALL SEPARATION N/A EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING NEW

REQUIRED
FLOOR EXISTING (SQ. FT.) WORK AREA (SQ. FT.) SUB TOTAL
SMOKE BARRIER SEPARATION N/A EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING
7TH FLOOR: TENANT SEPARATION 1 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING
6TH FLOOR:
SPECIAL SPECIAL APPROVAL: (LOCAL JURISDICTION, DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE, OSC, DPI, DHHS, ICC, ETC., DESCRIBE BELOW)
5,490 812
INCIDENTAL USE SEPARATION 1 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING
5TH FLOOR:
APPROVALS:
4TH FLOOR: 5,490 812 * INDICATE SECTION NUMBER PERMITTING REDUCTION

5,490 812
3RD FLOOR:
LIFE SAFETY EMERGENCY LIGHTING: NO X YES

2ND FLOOR: 5,490 SYSTEM EXIT SIGNS: NO X YES

5,490 REQUIREMENTS: FIRE ALARM: NO X YES

ENERGY SUMMARY:
1ST FLOOR:
SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS: NO X YES Partial
BASEMENT: 5,490 2,426
PANIC HARDWARE: NO X YES ENERGY REQUIREMENTS:
SUB-BASEMENT: 950 664 THE FOLLOWING DATA SHALL BE CONSIDERED MINIMUM AND ANY SPECIAL ATTRIBUTE REQUIRED TO MEET THE ENERGY CODE SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED. EACH DESIGNER SHALL
FURNISH THE REQUIRED PORTIONS OF THE PROJECT INFORMATION FOR THE PLAN DATA SHEET. IF ENERGY COST BUDGET METHOD, STATE THE ANNUAL ENERGY COST BUDGET VS
TOTAL: 33,890 5,526 LIFE SAFETY PLAN REQUIREMENTS: LIFE SAFETY PLAN SHEET#: G111, G112 ALLOWABLE ANNUAL ENERGY COST BUDGET.

X Fire and/or smoke rated wall locations (Chapter 7) X Actual occupant load for each exit door
CLIMATE ZONE 3 4 5
ALLOWABLE AREA Assumed and real property line locations A separate schematic plan indicating where fire rated floor/ceiling and/or roof structure is
provided for purposes of occupancy separation METHOD OF COMPLIANCE:
PRIMARY OCCUPANCY: ACCESSORY OCCUPANCIES: Exterior wall opening area with respect to distance to assumed property lines (705.8)
X Location of doors with panic hardware (1008.1.10) PRESCRIPTIVE (ENERGY CODE)
ASSEMBLY A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 ASSEMBLY A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 Existing structures within 30’ of the proposed building
Location of doors with delayed egress locks and the amount of delay (1008.1.9.7) PERFORMANCE (ENERGY CODE)
BUSINESS X BUSINESS X Occupancy types for each area as it relates to occupant load calculation (Table 1004.1.1)
X Location of doors with electromagnetic egress locks (1008.1.9.8) PRESCRIPTIVE (ASHRAE 90.1)
EDUCATIONAL EDUCATIONAL X Occupant loads for each area
Location of doors equipped with hold-open devices PRESCRIPTIVE (ASHRAE 90.1)

E
FACTORY F-1 Moderate F-2 Low FACTORY F-1 Moderate F-2 Low X Exit access travel distances (1016)
HAZARDOUS H-1 Detonate H-2 Deflagrate H-3 Combust H-4 Health H-5 HPM HAZARDOUS H-1 Detonate H-2 Deflagrate H-3 Combust H-4 Health H-5 HPM
X Common path of travel distances (1014.3 & 1028.8)
Location of emergency escape windows (1029)
THERMAL ENVELOPE
HA NG w o r ks , P
INSTITUTIONAL I-1 I-2 I-3 I-4 INSTITUTIONAL I-1 I-2 I-3 I-4
X
X The square footage of each fire area (902) ROOF/CEILING ASSEMBLY (EACH ASSEMBLY)

NO C WALLS BELOW GRADE (EACH ASSEMBLY) HA rchit ect ura .

-

M
Dead end lengths (1018.4)

A
X DESCRIPTION OF ASSEMBLY: DESCRIPTION OF ASSEMBLY: A l

.
I-3 USE CONDITION 1 2 3 4 5 I-3 USE CONDITION 1 2 3 4 5 The square footage of each smoke compartment (407.4)

Co
I

Regi t ered
EXIST
X Clear exit widths for each exit door

rporat ion
MERCANTILE MERCANTILE Note any code exceptions or table notes that may have been utilized regarding the items
50455

s
RESIDENTIAL R-1 R-2 R-3 R-4 RESIDENTIAL R-1 R-2 R-3 R-4 X Maximum calculated occupant load capacity each exit door can accommodate based on above U-VALUE OF TOTAL ASSEMBLY: U-VALUE OF TOTAL ASSEMBLY:
egress width (1005.1)
R-VALUE OF TOTAL INSULATION: R-VALUE OF TOTAL INSULATION:
STORAGE S-1 Moderate S-2 Low High-piled STORAGE S-1 Moderate S-2 Low High-piled
or

a
ACCESSIBLE DWELLING UNITS (SECTION 1107): li n

N
SKYLIGHT IN EACH ASSEMBLY th
Parking Garage Open Enclosed Repair Garage Parking Garage Open Enclosed Repair Garage D Ca ro
u-value of skylight: UR C
UTILITY & MISC. UTILITY & MISC. FLOORS OVER UNCONDITIONED SPACE (EACH ASSEMBLY)
HA M , N
Incidental Uses: (Table 508.2.5):
TOTAL UNITS ACCESSIBLE
UNITS
ACCESSIBLE
UNITS

AB L E
ACCESSIBLE
UNITS
ACCESSIBLE
UNITS
ACCESSIBLE
UNITS
ACCESSIBLE
UNITS
TOTAL ACCESSIBLE
UNITS
total square footage of skylights in each assembly:
DESCRIPTION OF ASSEMBLY:

PPLIC
REQUIRED PROVIDED PROVIDED PROVIDED PROVIDED PROVIDED PROVIDED EXTERIOR WALLS
Furnace room where any piece of equipment is over 400,000 Btu per hour input Group I-2 waste and linen collection rooms

NOT A
DESCRIPTION OF ASSEMBLY: U-VALUE OF TOTAL ASSEMBLY:
Rooms with boilers where the largest piece of equipment is over 15 psi and 10 horsepower Waste and linen collection rooms over 100 square feet
R-VALUE OF TOTAL INSULATION:
Refrigerant machine room Stationary storage battery systems having a liquid electrolyte capacity of more than 50 gallons, or a lithium-
ion capacity of 1,000 pounds used for facility standby power, emergency power or uninterrupted power U-VALUE OF TOTAL ASSEMBLY:
Hydrogen cutoff rooms, not classified as Group H supplies
ACCESSIBLE PARKING (Section 1106): R-VALUE OF INSULATION: FLOORS SLAB ON GRADE
Incinerator rooms Rooms containing fire pumps

E
OPENING (windows or doors with glazing) DESCRIPTION OF ASSEMBLY:

G
LOT OR PARKING TOTAL NUMBER OF PARKING SPACES NUMBER OF ACCESSIBLE SPACES PROVIDED TOTAL # OF ACCESSIBLE
Paint shops, not classified as Group H, located in occupancies other than Group F Group I-2 storage rooms over 100 square feet AREA
REQUIRED PROVIDED REGULAR WITH 5'

CHA N VAN SPACES WITH 132" VAN SPACES WITH 8'

SPACES PROVIDED u-value of assembly:
Solar heat gain coefficient:

O
Laboratories and vocational shops, not classified as Group H. located in a Group E or I-2 occupancy Group I-2 commercial kitchens ACCESS AISLE ACCESS AISLE ACCESS AISLE U-VALUE OF TOTAL ASSEMBLY:

G-N
projection factor:
0 0 0 0 0 0 R-VALUE OF TOTAL INSULATION:

N
Laundry rooms over 100 square feet Group I-2 laundries equal to or less than 100 square feet

EXISTI
Door R-Values:
Horizontal / vertical requirement:
Group I-3 cells equipped with padded surfaces Group I-2 rooms or spaces that contain fuel-fired heating equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0
SPECIAL USES: 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 Slab heated? (Y/N)
TOTAL: 0 0 0 0 0 0
413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423
03/07/18
SPECIAL PROVISIONS: 509.2 509.3 509.4 509.5 509.6 509.7 509.8 509.9
MECHANICAL SUMMARY
THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
MIXED OCCUPANCY: YES X NO SEPARATION: HR. EXCEPTION: STRUCTURAL DESIGN ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, SERVICE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
INCIDENTAL USE SEPARATION (508.2.5) DESIGN LOADS: THERMAL ZONE
MECHANICAL SPACING CONDITIONING SYSTEM
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT

E
THIS SEPARATION IS NOT EXEMPT AS A NON-SEPARATED USE (SEE EXCEPTIONS) PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
NON-SEPARATED USE (508.3)
THE REQUIRED TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION FOR THE BUILDING SHALL BE DETERMINED BY APPLYING THE HEIGHT
IMPORTANCE FACTORS: WIND (lw) LIVE LOADS: ROOF psf WINTER DRY BULB:

HA NG UNITARY
description of unit ©-MHAworks 2016

NO C
SNOW (ls) MEZZANINE psf SUMMER DRY BULB: heating efficiency
AND AREA LIMITATIONS FOR EACH OF THE APPLICABLE OCCUPANCIES TO THE ENTIRE BUILDING. THE MOST cooling efficiency
SEISMIC (le) FLOOR psf
SHEET NAME:
-
RESTRICTIVE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION, SO DETERMINED, SHALL APPLY TO THE ENTIRE BUILDING. INTERIOR DESIGN CONDITIONS size category of unit
SEPARATED USE (508.4) - SEE BELOW FOR AREA CALCULATIONS GROUND SNOW LOAD: psf

TIN G BOILER

EXIS
FOR EACH STORY, THE AREA OF THE OCCUPANCY SHALL BE SUCH THAT THE SUM OF THE RATIOS OF THE ACTUAL FLOOR AREA OF
EACH USE DIVIDED BY THE ALLOWABLE FLOOR AREA FOR EACH USE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.
WINTER DRY BULB:
total boiler output. If oversized, state reason BUILDING CODE SUMMARY
SUMMER DRY BULB: CHILLER
WIND LOAD: BASIC WIND SPEED mph (ASCE-7)
RELATIVE HUMIDITY: total chiller capacity. If oversized, state reason
EXPOSURE CATEGORY
ACTUAL AREA OF OCCUPANCY A ACTUAL AREA OF OCCUPANCY B
ALLOWABLE AREA OF OCCUPANCY A + ALLOWABLE AREA OF OCCUPANCY B = < 1.00 WIND BASED SHEARS (for (MWFRS) Vx= Vy=
BUILDING HEAT LOAD: LIST EQUIPMENT EFFICIENCIES

= < 1.00 BUILDING COOLING LOAD:

SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: A B C D
PHASE:

NGE
PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING SEISMIC DESIGN PARAMETERS:

A ELECTRICAL SUMMARY PERMIT SET

STORY DESCRIPTION (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F)
H
NO C
5
OCCUPANCY CATEGORY (TABLE 1604.5) I II III IV
NUMBER AND USE BUILDING AREA TABLE 503 AREA FOR AREA FOR ALLOWABLE MAXIMUM

E -
PER STORY AREA FRONTAGE SPRINKLER AREA OR BUILDING
SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION: Sds= %g Sd1= %g
REVISIONS:
G G
1 2 3 4
(ACTUAL) INCREASE INCREASE UNLIMITED AREA

A N TIN
CH EXIS
SITE CLASSIFICATION: (Table 1613.5.2) A B C D E F
# DESC: DATE

- NO Data Source: FIELD TEST PRESUMPTIVE HISTORICAL DATA

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT

XISTING BASIC STRUCTURAL SYSTEM (CHECK ONE):

METHOD OF COMPIANCE:

E BEARING WALL

BUILDING FRAME
DUAL WITH SPECIAL MOMENT FRAME

DUAL WITH INTERMEDIATE R/C OR SPECIAL STEEL

ENERGY CODE

ASHRAE 90.1
PRESCRIPTIVE

PRESCRIPTIVE
PERFORMANCE

PERFORMANCE

MOMENT FRAME INVERTED PENDULUM

LIGHTING SCHEDULE

1
LAMP TYPE REQUIRED IN FIXTURE
FRONTAGE AREA INCREAS FROM SECTION 506.2 ARE COMPUTED THUS:
A. PERIMETER WHICH FRONTS A PUBLIC WAY OR OPEN SPACE HAVING 20 FEET MINIMUM WIDTH =_______________(F) NUMBER OF LAMPS IN FIXTURE
B. TOTAL BUILDING PERIMETER =________________(P)
C. RATIO (F/P)=_______________(F/P)
BALLAST TYPE USED IN THE FIXTURE

A NGE
D. W= MINIMUM WIDTH OF PUBLIC WAY=______________(W)
H
NO C
NUMBER OF BALLASTS IN FIXTURE
E. PERCENT OF FRONTAGE INCREASE I = 100 F [F/P-0.25] x W/30 =_______________(%) SEISMIC BASE SHEAR: Vx= Vy=
TOTAL WATTAGE PER FIXTURE

-
2

G
THE SPRINKLER INCREASE PER SECTION 506.3 IS AS FOLLOWS: ANALYSIS PROCEDURE: SIMPLIFIED EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE DYNAMIC

IN
TOTAL INTERIOR WATTAGE SPECIFIED VS ALLOWED

T
EXIS
A. MULTI-STORY BUILDING I =S200 PERCENT

3
B. SINGLE-STORY BUILDING I = S300 PERCENT ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, COMPONENTS ANCHORED? YES NO TOTAL EXTERIOR WATTAGE SPECIFIED VS ALLOWED ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
UNLIMITED AREA APPLICABLE UNDER CONDITIONS OF SECTION 507.
4

5 MAXIMUM BUILDING AREA = TOTAL NUMBER OF STORIES IN THE BUILDING x E (506.4). LATERAL DESIGN CONTROL: EARTHQUAKE WIND ADDITIONAL PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE PROJECT #: 17144
MAXIMUM AREA OF OPEN PARKING GARAGES MUST COMPLY WITH 406.3.5. THE MAXIMUM AREA OF AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWERS MUST COMPLY WITH 412.1.2.
SOIL BEARING CAPACITIES: FIELD TEST (PROVIDE COPY OF TEST REPORT) psf 506.2.1 More Efficient Mechanical Equipment DRAWN BY: YL
PRESUMPTIVE BEARING CAPACITY psf
506.2.2 Reduced Lighting Power Density
PILE SIZE, TYPE, AND CAPACITY psf
ALLOWABLE ALLOWABLE
(TABLE 503)
INCREASE FOR SPRINKLERS SHOWN ON PLANS CODE REFERENCE 506.2.3 Energy Recovery Ventilation Systems SHEET NUMBER
HEIGHT: 506.2.4 Higher Efficiency Service Water Heating
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED: YES NO

G100
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION TYPE: II-B TYPE:
506.2.5 On-Site Supply of Revewable Energy
BUILDING HEIGHT IN FEET FEET: UNLIMITED FEET = H+20'= N/A FEET: 72 506.2.6 Automatic Daylighting Control Systems

BUILDING HEIGHT IN STORIES STORIES: UNLIMITED STORIES+1= N/A STORIES: 5

 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
EGRESS DOOR SCHEDULE FIRE PREVENTION GENERAL NOTES: LIFE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS:
SIZE EXIT INFO HARDWARE REQ 1: LIFE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS ARE BASED ON 2015 NC EXISTING
1. EVERY EXIT DOOR IS SPECIFIED TO BE OPERABLE FROM

ELECTROMAGNETIC LOCK
THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY AND WITHOUT CODE (2015 NCEBC). THE EXISTING BUILDING WAS BUILT TO
ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. CONFORM WITH THE 1967 NC BUILDING CODE (1967 NCBC).
2. INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES ARE SPECIFIED TO WHERE POSSIBLE, THIS DOCUMENT SHOWS COMPLIANCE

PANIC HARDWARE
EGRESS CAPACITY
BE CLASS B (FLAME SPREAD 26-75, SMOKE WITH THE 2012 NC BUILDING CODE (2012 NCBC) TO PROVIDE

EGRESS ACTUAL
DEVELOPMENT 450 OR LESS) OR BETTER, UNLESS NOTED A REDUCTION IN LIFE SAFETY HAZARDS.

DELAY EGRESS
Doors Leaf(s)
OTHERWISE.

FIRE RATING

HOLD OPEN
HARDWARE
2: MAXIMUM COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL DISTANCE IS 75'-0"

DOOR NO.

EXIT WIDTH
3. INTERIOR TRIM IS SPECIFIED TO BE CLASS C (FLAME (2012 NCBC 1014.3).
4 5 SPREAD 76 TO 200, SMOKE DEVELOPMENT OF 450 OR

ARCHITECTURE
DELAY
LESS) OR BETTER. 3: EXIT SEPARATION:
4. INTERIOR TRIM FOR CEILINGS IS SPECIFIED TO BE 10% OR MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL COMPLY WITH NCEBC 805.2
WTH HGT REMARKS (SEE SPECIFICATIONS)
LESS OF THE TOTAL CEILING AREA. INTERIOR TRIM OF EXCEPT WHERE THE WORK AREA AND THE MEANS OF EGRESS
WALLS IS SPECIFIED TO BE 20% OR LESS OF TOTAL WALL SERVING IT COMPLIES WITH NFPA 101 (805.2 EXCEPTION 1).
SUB-BASEMENT AREA.
LEVEL 2 WHERE MORE THAN 1 EXIT IS REQUIRED FROM A BUILDING
10'-8" SB01 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 61 Yes Yes No 5. THIS PROJECT DOES NOT INCLUDE STORAGE,
DISPENSING OR USE OF ANY FLAMMABLE OR OR PORTION THEREOF, SUCH EXITS SHALL BE REMOTELY
L001 EXIT EXIT L001 SB02 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 61 Yes Yes No
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS, FLAMMABLE GAS, OR LOCATED FROM EACH OTHER AND BE ARRANGD TO
SB03 2 6' - 0" 7' - 0" 12 90 MIN 68" 309 123 Yes Yes No MINIMIZE THE POSSIBILITY THAT MORE THAN 1 HAS THE
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES.
6. ALL WOOD BLOCKING, CLEATS, GROUNDS, SHEATHING POTENTIAL TO BE BLOCKED BY ANY ONE FIRE OR OTHER

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

BASEMENT AND OTHER MISC. CARPENTRY ITEMS SHALL BE FIRE EMERGENCY CONDITION (2015 NFPA 101 7.5.1.3.1)

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

101 102
B00 2 6' - 2" 7' - 2" 70" 318 15 Yes No REWORK DOORS TO INSTALL PANIC HARDWARE. RETARDANT TREATED.
L004 L004 7. FLOOR COVERING FOR CORRIDORS, LOBBIES, STAIRS, IN EXISTING BUILDINGS , WHERE MORE THAN 1 EXIT IS
B01 2 6' - 2" 7' - 2" 12 70" 318 123 Yes Yes No RELOCATED EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME. REWORK
OTHER EXIT PATHS OR EXIT AREAS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE REQUIRED, SUCH EXITS SHALL BE EXEMPT FROM THE
LEVEL 1 DOORS TO INSTALL PANIC HARDWARD

PLANNING
CLASS B OR BETTER. DIAGONAL REQUIREMENT SEPARATION DISTANCE CRITERIA
0"
B02 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 15 Yes Yes No OF 7.5.1.3.2 AND 7.5.1.3.1, PROVIDED THAT SUCH EXITS ARE
L001 EXIT EXIT L002 B03 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 123 Yes Yes No REMOTELY LOCATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 7.5.1.3.1. (2015
B04 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 15 Yes Yes No NFPA 101 7.5.1.3.5)

www.mhaworks.com
LIFE SAFETY PLAN SYMBOLS
B05 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 15 Yes No
4: EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE IS AS FOLLOWS:
B04 B03 B06 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 15 Yes No
(B) OCCUPANCY: 200'-0"

p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
B07 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 7 - 15 Yes No (TABLE 1016.1 UNSPRINKLED BUILDINGS)
COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL DISTANCE = 99'-0"
BASEMENT 5: DEAD END CORRIDOR LENGTH IS LIMITED TO 35'-0" WHERE
-10'-8" LEVEL 1 MORE THAN 1 EXIT IS PROVIDED. (805.6)
L003 EXIT EXIT L003 101 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 22 Yes Yes No COORDINATE KEYING WITH BB&T
DIAGONAL DISTANCE BETWEEN EXITS = 28' - 4" 6: EXISTING EGRESS COMPONENT CAPACITY NUMBERS TO BE
102 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 21 Yes Yes No COORDINATE KEYING WITH BB&T DETERMINED BY 2015 NCEBC TABLE 805.2 FOR BUILDINGS
WITHOUT A SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL
LEVEL 3 MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTANCE = 28' - 4" BE MEASURED IN UNITS OF EXIT WIDTH OF 22".
SB01 SB02 INTERPOLATION IS INCLUDED IN CALCULATIONS.
301 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 22 Yes Yes No
- STAIRWAYS : 60
302 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 21 Yes Yes No
- ALL OTHER EGRESS COMPONENTS: 100
SUB-BASEMENT TRAVEL DISTANCE = 99'-0"
-21'-4"
LEVEL 4 7: NEW EGRESS COMPONENT CAPACITY NUMBERS TO BE
DETERMINED PER 2012 NCBC SECTION 1005.1

505 S. DUKE STREET

401 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 22 Yes Yes No
SECONDARY TRAVEL DISTANCE = 99'-0" - STAIRWAYS : .3" PER OCCUPANT
402 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 21 Yes Yes No - ALL OTHER EGRESS COMPONENTS: .2" PER OCCUPANT
8: ALL EXTERIOR EGRESS DOOR HARDWARE TO BE OPERABLE
LEVEL 5
LIFE SAFETY - PARTIAL SECTION THROUGH STAIRS 501 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 22 Yes Yes No
OCCUPANCY TYPE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY AND WITHOUT
ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT.
1/8" = 1'-0" 3 502 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 21 Yes Yes No OCCUPANCY AREA
BUSINESS
9: ELEVATORS OPENING INTO AN EXIT PASSAGEWAY WERE

Durham, NC 27701
OCCUPANCY GROUP ALLOWED IN THE 1967 NCBC. IN THE CONSTRUCTION

505 S. Duke Street

AREA: 150 SF
SHEET NOTES - LIFE SAFETY (SECTION 302) Occ GROUP: B PHASE TO FOLLOW, SMOKE CURTAINS WILL BE INSTALLED
Occ LOAD: 2
ABOVE ELEVAOR DOORS AT BASEMENT LEVEL TO REDUCE
# SHEET NOTES - LIFE SAFETY OCCUPANCY COUNT
CURRENT LIFE SAFETY HAZARD.
(BASED ON TABLE 1004.1.1)
L001 REMOVE EXISTING EXIT SIGN 10: STAIRWAY ENCLOSURE IS REQUIRED TO BE RATED PER
L002 EXISTING EXIT SIGN TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH NEW SECTION 1022.
PRIMARY SECONDARY
L003 INSTALL NEW EXIT SIGN 11: REFER TO SHEET G210 FOR INTERIOR WALL TYPES.
EGRESS PATH EGRESS PATH
L004 REMOVE EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME; REPLACE W/ NEW 90 MIN.
RATE HOLLOW METAL DOOR & FRAME. DOOR TO SWING INTO STAIR 12: ALL EXISTING WALL INFILL TO MATCH ADJACENT
ENCLOSURE. CONSTRUCTION AND CARRY REQUIRED RATING.
L005 NEW DESIGNATED 30" X 48" AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE 2 HOUR FIRE SEPARATION WALL
ACCESSIBLE GENERAL NOTES:
L006 GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL AUDIBLE AND VISUAL TWO-WAY
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TIED TO CENTRAL COMMAND LEVEL AT 2 HOUR FIRE BARRIER WALL
BASEMENT LEVEL. 1) PILE THICKNESS OF SPECIFIED CARPETS DOES NOT EXCEED
½”.
L007 GC TO PROVIDE SIGNAGE PER 2012 NCBC 1007.9 AS APPLICATBLE.
2) FLOOR SURFACES SPECIFIED ARE SLIP-RESISTANT.
L008 CENTRAL CONTROL POINT FOR AUDIBLE AND VISUAL TWO-WAY EXIT SIGN
3) ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTE DO
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM. NOT EXCEED ½” IN HEIGHT. CHANGES BETWEEN 1/4" AND
L009 EXISTING BUILDING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL TO REMAIN DIRECTION ARROWS 1/2" ARE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO STEEPER THAN 1:2
L010 GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW SMOKE CURTAINS TIED INTO FIRE 4) LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE
ALARM SYSTEM. BASIS OF DESIGN SMOKE GUARD M400 OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY HARDWARE THAT
DOES NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR
L011 EXISTING FIRE HOSE CABINET TO REMAIN. GC TO REPAIR AND
TWISTING OF THE WRIST. DOOR OPENING HARDWARE IS
REPLACE EQUIPMENT, HOSET, AND CABINET AS NECESSARY.
SPECIFIED TO BE MOUNTED BETWEEN 34 AND 48 ABOVE
FLOOR FINISH.
CO

M 5) CLOSERS FOR FIRE-RATED DOORS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE

AX
M

IM POWER LEVEL 3 FOR INTERIOR DOORS 38 OR LESS IN

M

UM
O

WIDTH.
DI
N

AG 6) MAXIMUM PULL OR PUSH EFFORT TO OPERATE NON-FIRE-

PA

O RATED DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8.5 POUNDS FOR

TH

NA
LD EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS, w o r ks , P
O

HA rchit ect ura .

FT

I ST MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT

A
AN l
RA

.
C CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS.

Co
Regi t ered
VE

E=

rporat ion
OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY SPECIFIED CLOSERS TO BE ADJUSTED TO COMPLY.
L

99 50455

s
DI

'- 7) ALL DOORS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE NOT LESS THAN 3'-0 IN

GROUP B GROUP S-2
ST

8" WIDTH AND NOT LESS THAN 6'-8 IN HEIGHT. DOORS ARE
AN

BUILDING BUILDING CAPABLE OF OPENING AT LEAST 90 DEGREES AND CLEAR or

a
CE

li n

N
th
D Ca ro
WIDTH IS NOT LESS THAN 32". UR C
=

HA M , N
44

8) FLOOR AREAS ON EACH SIDE OF DOORS ARE SPECIFIED TO

'-4

EXISTING 2-HOUR FIRE BE LEVEL AND CLEAR. THE DIMENSIONS OF THE LEVEL AREAS
"

SEPARATION WALL ARE SPECIFIED TO MEET ANSI A117.3 2009, IAC AND ADA
(ASSUMED 18" CAST- CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS.
IN-PLACE CONCRETE) 9) FLOORS OR LANDINGS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE NOT MORE
BASEMENT 4'-0"
AREA: 3047 SF THAN ½” LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD OF THE DOORWAY.
Occ GROUP: B L010 L011 SIDEWALK CHANGE IN LEVEL BETWEEN 1/4" AND 1/2" IS SPECIFIED TO
Occ LOAD: 30
B02 BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO STEEPER THAN 1:2.
10) THE UPPER APPROACH AND THE LOWER TREAD OF EACH
SECONDARY TRAVEL DISTANCE = 97'-10" INTERIOR STAIR IS SPECIFIED TO BE MARKED WITH A STRIP OF
TRAVEL DISTANCE = 48'-0" CLEARLY CONTRASTING COLOR AT LEAST 2 WIDE, PLACED
L007

6'-2"
B05 T.D. BETWEEN EXITS = 55'-0" PARALLEL TO AND NOT MORE THAN 1 FROM THE NOSE OF
L006 THE STEP OR LANDING. THE STRIP IS SPECIFIED TO BE A
B03

TRAVEL DISTANCE = 48'-8" SB01

SB02 MATERIAL THAT IS AT LEAST AS SLIP RESISTANT AS THE OTHER
L005 TREADS OF THE STAIR.
DIAGONAL DISTANCE BETWEEN EXITS = 48' - 4" 11) ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE NOT
B04

SUB-BASEMENT 03/07/18
3 3 AREA: 442 SF SB03 LESS THAN 15 ABOVE THE FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM.
B01 B00 Occ GROUP: N/A
12) TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
G111 L008 L009 G111 Occ LOAD: 0
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
HORIZONTAL EXIT INTO FROM a. BOTTOM OF MIRROR REFLECTIVE SURFACE IS SPECIFIED THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
B06 OCCUPANCY GROUP B TO BE NO HIGHER THAN 40” FROM THE FLOOR. PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
BUILDING INTO OCCUPANCY b. TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS ARE MOUNTED BETWEEN 7” IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
GROUP S-2 BUILDING AND 9” FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THE TOILET SEAT. ©-MHAworks 2016
c. DISPENSING AND DISPOSAL FIXTURES (TOWEL, SANITARY
NAPKINS, WASTE, COIN SLOTS, ETC.) WITH OPERATING SHEET NAME:
B07 PARTS ARE MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN 48” FROM THE
THIS WHOLE FLOOR SERVES AS A HORIZONTAL EXIT. FLOOR. LIFE SAFETY PLANS -
13) THE HEIGHT OF THE WATER CLOSET (TOP OF SEAT) IS SUB-BASEMENT & BASEMENT
BETWEEN 17” AND 19”.
14) FLUSH CONTROLS ARE MOUNTED NO MORE THAN 44
ABOVE THE FLOOR, ON THE SIDE OF THE TOILET WITH THE
GREATEST CLEARANCE FROM ADJACENT WALL, TOILET PHASE:
PARTITION OR ANOTHER SURFACE.
15) GRAB BARS ARE PROVIDED IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANSI PERMIT SET
A117.1 2009.
a. GRAB BARS TO BE 33” ABOVE AND PARALLEL TO THE REVISIONS:
FLOOR.
b. DIAMETER OF GRAB BARS TO BE 1-1/4” TO 1-1/2”. # DESC: DATE
c. PROVIDE 1-1/2” CLEARANCE BETWEEN GRAB BARS
AND WALL.
d. GRAB BARS (INCLUDING CONNECTORS, FASTENERS,
SUPPORT BACKING, ETC.) SHALL SUPPORT A 250 POUND
EGRESS COMPLIANCE CALCULATIONS - SUB-BASEMENT
LOAD.
EGRESS COMPLIANCE CALCULATIONS - BASEMENT e. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS.
THIS ENTIRE FLOOR SERVES AS A HORIZONTAL EXIT AND THEREFORE HAS NO OCCUPANT LOAD. f. GRAB BARS AND ANY ADJACENT SURFACE SHALL BE
PER TABLE 1105.1 OF THE 1967 NCBC, 'B' OCCUPANCY ALLOWS 100 OCC./GSF
SB01 AND SB02: 34" DOORS/22" UNIT = 1.55 UNITS FREE OF SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS.
3047 SF/100 SF = 30 OCCUPANTS
1.55 UNITS x 100 OCCUPANTS = 155 OCCUPANTS PER DOOR ALLOWED (ACTUAL = 245 TOTAL BUILDING OCCUPANTS/2/2 = 61 OCCUPANTS) g. EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/8.
PER 1105.3 OF THE 1967 NCBC, THE CAPACITY OF THE MEANS OF EGRESS IS CALCULATED BY UNITS OF 22". OCCUPANTS PER UNIT WIDTH
SB03: 68" DOORS/22"/UNIT = 3.09 UNITS 16) CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 30” X 48” IS PROVIDED IN FRONT OF
OF CORRIDORS AND DOORS IS 100 OCCUPANTS AND OF STAIRS IS 60 OCCUPANTS.
3.09 UNITS X 100 OCCUPANTS = 309 OCCUPANTS ALLOWED (ACTUAL = 245 TOTAL BUILDING OCCUPANT/2 = 123 OCCUPANTS) LAVATORY TO PERMIT A FORWARD APPROACH, UNLESS
B03 & B04: 34" DOORS/22"/UNIT = 1.55 UNITS
74" CORRIDOR/22"/UNIT = 3.36 UNITS NOTED OTHERWISE.
1.55 UNITS x 100 OCCUPANTS = 155 OCCUPANTS PER DOOR ALLOWED
3.36 UNITS X 100 OCCUPANTS = 336 OCCUPANTS ALLOWED 17) SINKS AND LAVATORIES ARE MOUNTED TO COMPLY WITH
B00 & B01: 70" DOORS/22"/UNIT = 3.18 UNITS
44" STAIRS/22" UNIT = 2 UNITS KNEE SPACE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI A117.1 2009.
3.18 UNITS X 100 OCCUPANTS = 318 OCCUPANTS ALLOWED (ACTUAL = 245 TOTAL BUILDING OCCUPANTS/2 =123 OCCUPANTS)
74" CORRIDOR/22"/UNIT = 3.36 UNITS
2 UNITS x 60 PERSONS = 120 PERSONS PER STAIR ALLOWED 18) FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS ARE TO ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND NOT REQUIRE TIGHT
3.36 UNITS X 100 OCCUPANTS = 336 OCCUPANTS ALLOWED PROJECT #: 17144
GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE
44" STAIRS/22" UNIT = 2 UNITS
FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO DRAWN BY:
2 UNITS x 60 PERSONS = 120 PERSONS PER STAIR ALLOWED YL
GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS. SELF-CLOSING CONTROLS ARE
TRAVEL DISTANCE BETWEEN EXITS IS REQUIRED TO BE AT MINIMUM 1/2 THE TOTAL DIAGONAL DISTANCE OF THE FLOOR (2015 NFPA
7.5.1.3.5).
99'-8"/2 = 49'-10" [55'-0" PROVIDED (EXISTING CONDITIONS)]
N TO REMAIN OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS.
19) HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES ARE SHEET NUMBER
INSULATED OR OTHERWISE COVERED.
LIFE SAFETY - BASEMENT CORE LIFE SAFETY - SUB-BASEMENT CORE
G111
20) THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER

1/8" = 1'-0" 2 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 LAVATORIES.

 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
EGRESS DOOR SCHEDULE FIRE PREVENTION GENERAL NOTES: LIFE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS:
SIZE EXIT INFO HARDWARE REQ 1: LIFE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS ARE BASED ON 2015 NC EXISTING
1. EVERY EXIT DOOR IS SPECIFIED TO BE OPERABLE FROM

ELECTROMAGNETIC LOCK
THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY AND WITHOUT CODE (2015 NCEBC). THE EXISTING BUILDING WAS BUILT TO
ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. CONFORM WITH THE 1967 NC BUILDING CODE (1967 NCBC).
2. INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES ARE SPECIFIED TO WHERE POSSIBLE, THIS DOCUMENT SHOWS COMPLIANCE

PANIC HARDWARE
EGRESS CAPACITY
BE CLASS B (FLAME SPREAD 26-75, SMOKE WITH THE 2012 NC BUILDING CODE (2012 NCBC) TO PROVIDE

EGRESS ACTUAL
DEVELOPMENT 450 OR LESS) OR BETTER, UNLESS NOTED A REDUCTION IN LIFE SAFETY HAZARDS.

DELAY EGRESS
Doors Leaf(s)
OTHERWISE.

FIRE RATING

HOLD OPEN
"

HARDWARE
2: MAXIMUM COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL DISTANCE IS 75'-0"

'-0

DOOR NO.

EXIT WIDTH
3. INTERIOR TRIM IS SPECIFIED TO BE CLASS C (FLAME

40
(2012 NCBC 1014.3).
SPREAD 76 TO 200, SMOKE DEVELOPMENT OF 450 OR

ARCHITECTURE
E=

DELAY
LESS) OR BETTER. 3: EXIT SEPARATION:

NC
4. INTERIOR TRIM FOR CEILINGS IS SPECIFIED TO BE 10% OR MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL COMPLY WITH NCEBC 805.2
WTH HGT REMARKS (SEE SPECIFICATIONS)

TA
LESS OF THE TOTAL CEILING AREA. INTERIOR TRIM OF EXCEPT WHERE THE WORK AREA AND THE MEANS OF EGRESS

DIS
WALLS IS SPECIFIED TO BE 20% OR LESS OF TOTAL WALL SERVING IT COMPLIES WITH NFPA 101 (805.2 EXCEPTION 1).

EL
SUB-BASEMENT AREA.

AV
SB01 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 61 Yes Yes No 5. THIS PROJECT DOES NOT INCLUDE STORAGE, WHERE MORE THAN 1 EXIT IS REQUIRED FROM A BUILDING

TR
DISPENSING OR USE OF ANY FLAMMABLE OR OR PORTION THEREOF, SUCH EXITS SHALL BE REMOTELY
SB02 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 61 Yes Yes No

OF
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS, FLAMMABLE GAS, OR LOCATED FROM EACH OTHER AND BE ARRANGD TO
SB03 2 6' - 0" 7' - 0" 12 90 MIN 68" 309 123 Yes Yes No

TH
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. MINIMIZE THE POSSIBILITY THAT MORE THAN 1 HAS THE

PA
6. ALL WOOD BLOCKING, CLEATS, GROUNDS, SHEATHING POTENTIAL TO BE BLOCKED BY ANY ONE FIRE OR OTHER

ON

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

BASEMENT AND OTHER MISC. CARPENTRY ITEMS SHALL BE FIRE EMERGENCY CONDITION (2015 NFPA 101 7.5.1.3.1)

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

MM
LEVEL 5 B00 2 6' - 2" 7' - 2" 70" 318 15 Yes No REWORK DOORS TO INSTALL PANIC HARDWARE. RETARDANT TREATED.
IN EXISTING BUILDINGS , WHERE MORE THAN 1 EXIT IS

CO
AREA: 4311 SF B01 2 6' - 2" 7' - 2" 12 70" 318 123 Yes Yes No RELOCATED EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME. REWORK 7. FLOOR COVERING FOR CORRIDORS, LOBBIES, STAIRS,
Occ GROUP: B
OTHER EXIT PATHS OR EXIT AREAS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE REQUIRED, SUCH EXITS SHALL BE EXEMPT FROM THE
Occ LOAD: 43 DOORS TO INSTALL PANIC HARDWARD

PLANNING
CLASS B OR BETTER. DIAGONAL REQUIREMENT SEPARATION DISTANCE CRITERIA
B02 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 15 Yes Yes No OF 7.5.1.3.2 AND 7.5.1.3.1, PROVIDED THAT SUCH EXITS ARE
B03 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 123 Yes Yes No REMOTELY LOCATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 7.5.1.3.1. (2015
B04 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 15 Yes Yes No NFPA 101 7.5.1.3.5)

www.mhaworks.com
LIFE SAFETY PLAN SYMBOLS
B05 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 15 Yes No
4: EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE IS AS FOLLOWS:
L011 B06 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 15 Yes No
SECONDARY TRAVEL DISTANCE = 84'-5" (B) OCCUPANCY: 200'-0"

p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
B07 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 7 - 15 Yes No (TABLE 1016.1 UNSPRINKLED BUILDINGS)
COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL DISTANCE = 99'-0"

TRAVEL DISTANCE = 52'-6"

T.D. BETWEEN EXITS = 50'-10"
5: DEAD END CORRIDOR LENGTH IS LIMITED TO 35'-0" WHERE
LEVEL 1
MORE THAN 1 EXIT IS PROVIDED. (805.6)
101 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 22 Yes Yes No COORDINATE KEYING WITH BB&T
DIAGONAL DISTANCE BETWEEN EXITS = 28' - 4" 6: EXISTING EGRESS COMPONENT CAPACITY NUMBERS TO BE
102 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 21 Yes Yes No COORDINATE KEYING WITH BB&T
MAXIMU DETERMINED BY 2015 NCEBC TABLE 805.2 FOR BUILDINGS
501 M DIAGO
NAL DIST WITHOUT A SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL
ANCE =
30 ' - 1" LEVEL 3 MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTANCE = 28' - 4" BE MEASURED IN UNITS OF EXIT WIDTH OF 22".
" INTERPOLATION IS INCLUDED IN CALCULATIONS.
-5 301 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 22 Yes Yes No
0' - STAIRWAYS : 60
10 302 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 21 Yes Yes No
- ALL OTHER EGRESS COMPONENTS: 100
=
E TRAVEL DISTANCE = 99'-0"
A NC 7: NEW EGRESS COMPONENT CAPACITY NUMBERS TO BE
IST LEVEL 4
502 DETERMINED PER 2012 NCBC SECTION 1005.1
LD

505 S. DUKE STREET

401 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 22 Yes Yes No
NA SECONDARY TRAVEL DISTANCE = 99'-0" - STAIRWAYS : .3" PER OCCUPANT
O 402 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 21 Yes Yes No - ALL OTHER EGRESS COMPONENTS: .2" PER OCCUPANT
AG
DI
8: ALL EXTERIOR EGRESS DOOR HARDWARE TO BE OPERABLE
UM LEVEL 5
IM OCCUPANCY TYPE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY AND WITHOUT
AX 501 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 22 Yes Yes No ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT.
M
502 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 8 90 MIN 34" 155 21 Yes Yes No OCCUPANCY AREA
9: ELEVATORS OPENING INTO AN EXIT PASSAGEWAY WERE
BUSINESS

Durham, NC 27701
OCCUPANCY GROUP ALLOWED IN THE 1967 NCBC. IN THE CONSTRUCTION

505 S. Duke Street

AREA: 150 SF
SHEET NOTES - LIFE SAFETY (SECTION 302) Occ GROUP: B PHASE TO FOLLOW, SMOKE CURTAINS WILL BE INSTALLED
Occ LOAD: 2
OCCUPANCY COUNT ABOVE ELEVAOR DOORS AT BASEMENT LEVEL TO REDUCE
# SHEET NOTES - LIFE SAFETY CURRENT LIFE SAFETY HAZARD.
(BASED ON TABLE 1004.1.1)
L001 REMOVE EXISTING EXIT SIGN 10: STAIRWAY ENCLOSURE IS REQUIRED TO BE RATED PER
L002 EXISTING EXIT SIGN TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH NEW SECTION 1022.
EGRESS COMPLIANCE CALCULATIONS - LEVELS 3, 4, 5 (TYP.) PRIMARY SECONDARY
L003 INSTALL NEW EXIT SIGN 11: REFER TO SHEET G210 FOR INTERIOR WALL TYPES.
EGRESS PATH EGRESS PATH
PER TABLE 1105.1 OF THE 1967 NCBC, 'B' OCCUPANCY ALLOWS 100 OCC./GSF L004 REMOVE EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME; REPLACE W/ NEW 90 MIN.
4309 SF/100 SF = 43 OCCUPANTS RATE HOLLOW METAL DOOR & FRAME. DOOR TO SWING INTO STAIR 12: ALL EXISTING WALL INFILL TO MATCH ADJACENT
PER 1105.3 OF THE 1967 NCBC, THE CAPACITY OF THE MEANS OF EGRESS IS CALCULATED BY UNITS OF 22". OCCUPANTS PER UNIT WIDTH OF ENCLOSURE. CONSTRUCTION AND CARRY REQUIRED RATING.
CORRIDORS AND DOORS IS 100 OCCUPANTS AND OF STAIRS IS 60 OCCUPANTS. L005 NEW DESIGNATED 30" X 48" AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE 2 HOUR FIRE SEPARATION WALL
34" DOORS/22"/UNIT = 1.55 UNITS ACCESSIBLE GENERAL NOTES:
L006 GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL AUDIBLE AND VISUAL TWO-WAY
1.55 UNITS x 100 OCCUPANTS = 155 OCCUPANTS PER DOOR ALLOWED (ACTUAL = 22 OCCUPANTS) COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TIED TO CENTRAL COMMAND LEVEL AT
44" STAIRS/22"/UNIT = 2 UNITS 2 HOUR FIRE BARRIER WALL
BASEMENT LEVEL. 1) PILE THICKNESS OF SPECIFIED CARPETS DOES NOT EXCEED
2 UNITS x 60 PERSONS = 120 PERSONS PER STAIR ALLOWED (ACTUAL = 22 OCCUPANTS) ½”.
TRAVEL DISTANCE BETWEEN EXITS IS REQUIRED TO BE AT MINIMUM 1/2 THE TOTAL DIAGONAL DISTANCE OF THE FLOOR (2015 NFPA 7.5.1.3.5). L007 GC TO PROVIDE SIGNAGE PER 2012 NCBC 1007.9 AS APPLICATBLE.
2) FLOOR SURFACES SPECIFIED ARE SLIP-RESISTANT.
100'-5"/2 = 50'-3" [50'-10" PROVIDED (EXISTING)] L008 CENTRAL CONTROL POINT FOR AUDIBLE AND VISUAL TWO-WAY EXIT SIGN
3) ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTE DO
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM. NOT EXCEED ½” IN HEIGHT. CHANGES BETWEEN 1/4" AND
L009 EXISTING BUILDING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL TO REMAIN DIRECTION ARROWS 1/2" ARE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO STEEPER THAN 1:2
LIFE SAFETY - LEVEL 5 CORE L010 GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW SMOKE CURTAINS TIED INTO FIRE 4) LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE

1/8" = 1'-0" 2 ALARM SYSTEM. BASIS OF DESIGN SMOKE GUARD M400

L011 EXISTING FIRE HOSE CABINET TO REMAIN. GC TO REPAIR AND
OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY HARDWARE THAT
DOES NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR
TWISTING OF THE WRIST. DOOR OPENING HARDWARE IS
REPLACE EQUIPMENT, HOSET, AND CABINET AS NECESSARY.
SPECIFIED TO BE MOUNTED BETWEEN 34 AND 48 ABOVE
FLOOR FINISH.
5) CLOSERS FOR FIRE-RATED DOORS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE
POWER LEVEL 3 FOR INTERIOR DOORS 38 OR LESS IN
WIDTH.
6) MAXIMUM PULL OR PUSH EFFORT TO OPERATE NON-FIRE-
RATED DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8.5 POUNDS FOR
EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS, w o r ks , P
MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT HA rchit ect ura .

A
A l

.
CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS.

Co
Regi t ered

rporat ion
SPECIFIED CLOSERS TO BE ADJUSTED TO COMPLY.
50455

s
7) ALL DOORS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE NOT LESS THAN 3'-0 IN
"

"
'-0

'-0
WIDTH AND NOT LESS THAN 6'-8 IN HEIGHT. DOORS ARE
40

40
CAPABLE OF OPENING AT LEAST 90 DEGREES AND CLEAR or

a
li n

N
E=

E=
th
D Ca ro
WIDTH IS NOT LESS THAN 32". UR C
NC

NC
8) FLOOR AREAS ON EACH SIDE OF DOORS ARE SPECIFIED TO HA M , N
A

TA
IST

BE LEVEL AND CLEAR. THE DIMENSIONS OF THE LEVEL AREAS

DIS
LD

ARE SPECIFIED TO MEET ANSI A117.3 2009, IAC AND ADA

EL
E

CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS.
AV

AV
9) FLOORS OR LANDINGS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE NOT MORE
TR

TR
THAN ½” LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD OF THE DOORWAY.
OF

OF
CHANGE IN LEVEL BETWEEN 1/4" AND 1/2" IS SPECIFIED TO
TH

TH
BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO STEEPER THAN 1:2.
PA

PA
10) THE UPPER APPROACH AND THE LOWER TREAD OF EACH
ON

ON
INTERIOR STAIR IS SPECIFIED TO BE MARKED WITH A STRIP OF
MM

MM
CLEARLY CONTRASTING COLOR AT LEAST 2 WIDE, PLACED
CO

SECONDARY TRAVEL DISTANCE = 84'-5"
CO
PARALLEL TO AND NOT MORE THAN 1 FROM THE NOSE OF
THE STEP OR LANDING. THE STRIP IS SPECIFIED TO BE A
MATERIAL THAT IS AT LEAST AS SLIP RESISTANT AS THE OTHER
TREADS OF THE STAIR.
11) ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE NOT
LESS THAN 15 ABOVE THE FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. 03/07/18
12) TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
a. BOTTOM OF MIRROR REFLECTIVE SURFACE IS SPECIFIED ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
L011 L011 THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
SECONDARY TRAVEL DISTANCE = 84'-5" TO BE NO HIGHER THAN 40” FROM THE FLOOR.
TRAVEL DISTANCE = 52'-6"

PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED

b. TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS ARE MOUNTED BETWEEN 7” IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
LEVEL 4

TRAVEL DISTANCE = 52'-6"

PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
AREA: 4310 SF T.D. BETWEEN EXITS = 50'-10" T.D. BETWEEN EXITS = 50'-10" AND 9” FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THE TOILET SEAT. ©-MHAworks 2016
Occ GROUP: B LEVEL 3
Occ LOAD: 43 c. DISPENSING AND DISPOSAL FIXTURES (TOWEL, SANITARY
AREA: 4310 SF
Occ GROUP: B NAPKINS, WASTE, COIN SLOTS, ETC.) WITH OPERATING SHEET NAME:
Occ LOAD: 43
PARTS ARE MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN 48” FROM THE
MAXIMU
M DIAGO
MAXIMU
M DIAGO FLOOR. LIFE SAFETY PLAN - LEVELS 3,
401 NAL DIST 301 NAL DIST 13) THE HEIGHT OF THE WATER CLOSET (TOP OF SEAT) IS
ANCE =
30
ANCE =
30
4, 5
' - 3" ' - 3" BETWEEN 17” AND 19”.
" " 14) FLUSH CONTROLS ARE MOUNTED NO MORE THAN 44
-5 -5
0' 0' ABOVE THE FLOOR, ON THE SIDE OF THE TOILET WITH THE
10 10
= = GREATEST CLEARANCE FROM ADJACENT WALL, TOILET
C
E 402 C
E PHASE:
PARTITION OR ANOTHER SURFACE.
TAN TAN 302
IS IS 15) GRAB BARS ARE PROVIDED IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANSI PERMIT SET
LD LD A117.1 2009.
NA NA a. GRAB BARS TO BE 33” ABOVE AND PARALLEL TO THE
O O REVISIONS:
AG AG FLOOR.
DI DI # DESC: DATE
b. DIAMETER OF GRAB BARS TO BE 1-1/4” TO 1-1/2”.
UM UM
IM IM c. PROVIDE 1-1/2” CLEARANCE BETWEEN GRAB BARS
AX AX AND WALL.
M M
d. GRAB BARS (INCLUDING CONNECTORS, FASTENERS,
SUPPORT BACKING, ETC.) SHALL SUPPORT A 250 POUND
LOAD.
e. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS.
f. GRAB BARS AND ANY ADJACENT SURFACE SHALL BE
FREE OF SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS.
g. EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/8.
16) CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 30” X 48” IS PROVIDED IN FRONT OF
EGRESS COMPLIANCE CALCULATIONS - LEVELS 3, 4, 5 (TYP.) LAVATORY TO PERMIT A FORWARD APPROACH, UNLESS
EGRESS COMPLIANCE CALCULATIONS - LEVELS 3, 4, 5 (TYP.)
PER TABLE 1105.1 OF THE 1967 NCBC, 'B' OCCUPANCY ALLOWS 100 OCC./GSF NOTED OTHERWISE.
4309 SF/100 SF = 43 OCCUPANTS PER TABLE 1105.1 OF THE 1967 NCBC, 'B' OCCUPANCY ALLOWS 100 OCC./GSF 17) SINKS AND LAVATORIES ARE MOUNTED TO COMPLY WITH
PER 1105.3 OF THE 1967 NCBC, THE CAPACITY OF THE MEANS OF EGRESS IS CALCULATED BY UNITS OF 22". OCCUPANTS PER UNIT WIDTH OF 4309 SF/100 SF = 43 OCCUPANTS KNEE SPACE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI A117.1 2009.
CORRIDORS AND DOORS IS 100 OCCUPANTS AND OF STAIRS IS 60 OCCUPANTS. PER 1105.3 OF THE 1967 NCBC, THE CAPACITY OF THE MEANS OF EGRESS IS CALCULATED BY UNITS OF 22". OCCUPANTS PER UNIT WIDTH OF 18) FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS ARE TO ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
34" DOORS/22"/UNIT = 1.55 UNITS CORRIDORS AND DOORS IS 100 OCCUPANTS AND OF STAIRS IS 60 OCCUPANTS. BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND NOT REQUIRE TIGHT
1.55 UNITS x 100 OCCUPANTS = 155 OCCUPANTS PER DOOR ALLOWED (ACTUAL = 22 OCCUPANTS) 34" DOORS/22"/UNIT = 1.55 UNITS GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE PROJECT #: 17144
FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO
44" STAIRS/22"/UNIT = 2 UNITS 1.55 UNITS x 100 OCCUPANTS = 155 OCCUPANTS PER DOOR ALLOWED (ACTUAL = 22 OCCUPANTS)
GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS. SELF-CLOSING CONTROLS ARE
DRAWN BY: YL
2 UNITS x 60 PERSONS = 120 PERSONS PER STAIR ALLOWED (ACTUAL = 22 OCCUPANTS) 44" STAIRS/22"/UNIT = 2 UNITS
TRAVEL DISTANCE BETWEEN EXITS IS REQUIRED TO BE AT MINIMUM 1/2 THE TOTAL DIAGONAL DISTANCE OF THE FLOOR (2015 NFPA 7.5.1.3.5). 2 UNITS x 60 PERSONS = 120 PERSONS PER STAIR ALLOWED (ACTUAL = 22 OCCUPANTS) TO REMAIN OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS.
100'-5"/2 = 50'-3" [50'-10" PROVIDED (EXISTING)] TRAVEL DISTANCE BETWEEN EXITS IS REQUIRED TO BE AT MINIMUM 1/2 THE TOTAL DIAGONAL DISTANCE OF THE FLOOR (2015 NFPA 7.5.1.3.5). 19) HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES ARE SHEET NUMBER
100'-5"/2 = 50'-3" [50'-10" PROVIDED (EXISTING)] INSULATED OR OTHERWISE COVERED.

G112
20) THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER
LIFE SAFETY - LEVEL 4 CORE LIFE SAFETY - LEVEL 3 CORE LAVATORIES.

1/8" = 1'-0" 1 1/8" = 1'-0" 3

 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

1. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM

DAMAGE.
2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS
GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, CONSULT THE
ARCHITECT FOR DIRECTION.
3. INTERIOR PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISH
FACE TO FINISH FACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
MAINTAIN DIMENSIONS MARKED “CLEAR”. ALLOW FOR
THICKNESS OF FINISHED WALL MATERIAL WHEN LAYING

ARCHITECTURE
OUT WALLS. REFER TO INTERIOR FINISH INFORMATION
FOR WALL FINISH.
4. ALL INTERIOR DOORS TO BE LOCATED 6” OFF
PERPENDICULAR WALL, UNO. DIMENSION TO INCLUDE
INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS. ALL DOOR CLEARANCES TO
MEET ANSI A117.1 2009 ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCES.
5. REFER TO THE OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED LIST
FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY OWNER’S
CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE CONCEALED BLOCKING AS
REQUIRED FOR WORK BY OWNER’S OTHER

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

CONTRACTORS. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER’S

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

CONTRACTORS THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND BLOCKING
REQUIREMENTS.
6. PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES SHOWN IN

PLANNING
THE P AND E SERIES ONLY EXTENDS 5’-0” OUTSIDE OF THE
BUILDING. GC RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL COORDINATION
OF THESE ELEMENTS IF SITE CONDITIONS VARY FROM THE
CIVIL / LANDSCAPE DESIGN DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY

www.mhaworks.com
ARCHITECT WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES OR ALTERATIONS
TO THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS THAT RESULT FROM SITE
CONDITIONS.

p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
DRAWING REFERENCES:
07 9200.B01
07 9200.C01 1. REFER TO G006 FOR TYPICAL INTERIOR MOUNTING
09 2116.A02 09 2900.A04 HEIGHTS FOR TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL
09 2116.A03 09 2216.A00 OUTLETS, DATA OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM, FIRE STROBE,
07 2100.B00 THERMOSTATS, ETC.
09 2116.A01 09 8100.A01
09 2116.A01 2. REFER TO SHEET G210 FOR INTERIOR WALL TYPE
09 2900.A04 07 2100.B00
09 2900.A04 INFORMATION. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL INTERIOR
T005 09 2116.A03 WALLS TO BE B1 U.N.O.
T005 3. REFER TO SHEET G015 SERIES FOR INTERIOR FINISH
09 2900.A04 INFORMATION.

505 S. DUKE STREET

07 9200.C01 09 2116.A02
REFER TO HW-D-0131 FOR HEAD OF WALL 09 2900.A04
INFORMATION AND UL DESIGN #U415 T005 T010 T010 T005

Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
*REFER TO BW-S-0037 FOR BOTTOM OF
*FOR RATED CONSTRUCTION REFER TO UL DESIGN WALL INFORMATION AND UL #U415
HW-D-0264 AND UL DESIGN #U419

SHAFT WALL - HEAD WALL HEAD TYPE 7 SHAFT WALL - BASE KEYNOTES
3" = 1'-0" 12 3" = 1'-0" 11 3" = 1'-0" 10 # DESCRIPTION
07 2100.B00 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION
07 2100.B01 3 1/2" UNFACED GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION
07 9200.B01 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANT
07 9200.C01 FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SEALANT - REFER TO UL
DESIGN
09 2116.A01 METAL C-H STUD - REFER TO UL DETAIL
09 2116.A02 METAL J-RUNNER TRACK - REFER TO UL DETAIL
09 2116.A03 1" TYPE X GYPSUM SHAFTLINER BOARD - REFER TO
UL DETAIL
09 2216.A00 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING @ 16"
O.C. - REFER TO PARTITION TAG FOR SIZE
09 2216.B00 METAL RUNNER CHANNEL - REFER TO PARTITION
TAG FOR SIZE
09 2216.C01 7/8" HAT-SHAPED FURRING CHANNELS
09 2900.A04 5/8" TYPE X GYPSUM BOARD
09 8100.A01 09 6513.A00 RESILIENT BASE - REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE
07 9200.B01 07 9200.B01 07 9200.B01
09 6513.A00 09 6519.A01 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING - REFER TO ROOM FINISH
09 2900.A04 09 2900.A04 09 2900.A04 SCHEDULE w o r ks , P
09 2900.A04
09 2216.C01 09 2216.A00 09 2216.A00 HA rchit ect ura .
09 8100.A01 3 1/2" ACOUSTIC BATT INSULATION

A
A l

.
09 8100.A01 09 8100.A01

Co
Regi t ered
09 2216.A00

rporat ion
50455

s
T001 T005 09 2900.A04
or

a
09 2216.B00 li n

N
th
D Ca ro
UR C
07 9200.B01 HA M , N
09 6519.A01
T010 T005 T010 T005 T010 T005 T010

T004

SHEET NOTES - WALL TYPES

# SHEET NOTES - WALL TYPES
T000 TYPICAL WALL TYPE SHEET NOTE
*FOR RATED CONSTRUCTION REFER TO UL DESIGN *FOR RATED CONSTRUCTION T001 REFER TO ROOF FINISH INFORMATION FOR FLOORING, BASE,
BW-S-002 AND UL DESIGN #U419 REFER TO UL DESIGN HW-D-0264 AND WALL FINISH MATERIAL.
T002 PROVIDE A STRUCTURAL COLUMN WITH BASE PLATE TO

WALL BASE TYPE 7 WALL HEAD TYPE 5 WALL HEAD TYPE 4 WALL HEAD TYPE 2 SUPPORT HALF HEIGHT WALL. PROVIDE AT MINIMUM A 3"
SQUARE TUBE SECTION WITH BASEPLATE. BASEPLATE TO FIT
3" = 1'-0" 9 3" = 1'-0" 8 3" = 1'-0" 7 3" = 1'-0" 6 WITHIN STUD CAVITY. GC TO PROVIDE ENGINEERED
CALCULATIONS AND CONNECTIONS FOR COLUMN.
03/07/18
THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
T003 REFER TO FINISH INFORMATION FOR WALL CAP MATERIAL. PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATION FOR HEIGHT OF WALL. IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
T004 EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION ©-MHAworks 2016

T005 REPLACE 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD WITH 5/8"

CEMENTITIOUS BACKERBOARD AT WET LOCATIONS AND SHEET NAME:
LOCATIONS TO RECEIVE WALL TILE. BACKERBOARD TO
COMPLY WITH UL DESIGN NO. 419 INTERIOR WALL TYPES
T010 REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR CEILING HEIGHT
AND TYPE.

PHASE:
INTERIOR WALL SCHEDULE PERMIT SET

STUD SIZE
07 9200.B01 09 8100.A01 DETAILS

RATING
REVISIONS:
09 2900.A04 09 6513.A00

STC
# DESC: DATE
09 2216.A00 09 6513.A00 # BOTTOM TOP DESCRIPTION
09 6513.A00 09 2900.A04 09 2900.A04
09 2900.A04 09 2900.A04 07 2100.B01
09 6513.A00 09 2216.A00 A1 7/8" - 5/G210 11/G210
09 2216.C01 09 8100.A01 A2 3 5/8" - 4/G210 7/G210
T001 T005 09 2216.A00 T001 T005 09 2900.A04 T001 T005 09 2216.A00
T005 T001 B1 3 5/8" 2/G210 6/G210
09 2216.B00 09 2216.B00
09 2216.B00 B4 3 5/8" 2HR 9/G210 11/G210 UL DES NO 419
T004
07 9200.B01 07 9200.B01 C1 4" 2HR 10/G210 12/G210 UL DES NO 415
07 9200.B01
09 6519.A01 07 9200.B01 09 6519.A01
09 6519.A01 TL01 0" - - - WALL TILE
T010 T005 09 6519.A01

ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18

PROJECT #: 17144
*FOR RATED CONSTRUCTION DRAWN BY: YL
REFER TO UL DESIGN BW-S-002
SHEET NUMBER
WALL BASE TYPE 5 WALL BASE TYPE 4 WALL HEAD TYPE 3 WALL BASE TYPE 2 WALL BASE TYPE 3
3" = 1'-0" 5 3" = 1'-0" 4 3" = 1'-0" 3 3" = 1'-0" 2 3" = 1'-0" 1
G210
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works ARCHITECTURE

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G
PLANNING

www.mhaworks.com
p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
505 S. DUKE STREET
Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
w o r ks , P
HA rchit ect ura .

A
A l

.
Co
Regi t ered

rporat ion
50455

s
or

a
li n

N
th
D Ca ro
UR C
HA M , N

03/07/18
THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
©-MHAworks 2016

SHEET NAME:
FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES -
WALL PARTITION

PHASE:
PERMIT SET

REVISIONS:
# DESC: DATE

ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18

PROJECT #: 17144
DRAWN BY: YL

SHEET NUMBER
U419 - RATED PARTITION
12" = 1'-0" 1
G500
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works ARCHITECTURE

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G
PLANNING

www.mhaworks.com
p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
505 S. DUKE STREET
Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
w o r ks , P
HA rchit ect ura .

A
A l

.
Co
Regi t ered

rporat ion
50455

s
or

a
li n

N
th
D Ca ro
UR C
HA M , N

03/07/18
THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
©-MHAworks 2016

SHEET NAME:
FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES -
WALL PARTITION

PHASE:
PERMIT SET

REVISIONS:
# DESC: DATE

ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18

PROJECT #: 17144
DRAWN BY: YL

SHEET NUMBER
BW-S-002 - RATED PARTITION HW-D-0264 - RATED PARTITION
12" = 1'-0" 2 12" = 1'-0" 1 G501
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works ARCHITECTURE

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G
PLANNING

www.mhaworks.com
p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
505 S. DUKE STREET
Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
w o r ks , P
HA rchit ect ura .

A
A l

.
Co
Regi t ered

rporat ion
50455

s
or

a
li n

N
th
D Ca ro
UR C
HA M , N

03/07/18
THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
©-MHAworks 2016

SHEET NAME:
FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES -
SHAFT WALL

PHASE:
PERMIT SET

REVISIONS:
# DESC: DATE

ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18

PROJECT #: 17144
DRAWN BY: YL

SHEET NUMBER
U415 - RATED SHAFT WALL
12" = 1'-0" 1
G503
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works ARCHITECTURE

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G
PLANNING

www.mhaworks.com
p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
505 S. DUKE STREET
Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
w o r ks , P
HA rchit ect ura .

A
A l

.
Co
Regi t ered

rporat ion
50455

s
or

a
li n

N
th
D Ca ro
UR C
HA M , N

03/07/18
THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
©-MHAworks 2016

SHEET NAME:
FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES -
SHAFT WALL

PHASE:
PERMIT SET

REVISIONS:
# DESC: DATE

ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18

PROJECT #: 17144
DRAWN BY: YL

SHEET NUMBER
HW-D-0496 - SHAFT WALL' HW-D-0131 - SHAFT WALL
12" = 1'-0" 2 12" = 1'-0" 1
G505

GENERAL SCOPE: DEMOLITION
ITEMS REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED ARE AS FOLLOWS:
a. REMOVE ALL PARTITIONS, DOORS, FRAMES, FLOORING,
CEILINGS, AND ALL ASSOCIATED LIGHT FIXTURES AS
INDICATED ON DEMOLITION PLAN.
b. REMOVE ALL WALL BASE WITHIN THE PROJECT AREA.
c. MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL TRADES
SHALL REMOVE ALL DEVICES AND ITEMS PERTAINING TO
THEIR RESPECTIVE TRADES FROM ALL EXISTING
PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, ETC. BEING REMOVED.
COORDINATE DEMOLITION WITH CONCURRENT
GENERAL DEMOLITION. UNLESS NOTED TO BE
ABANDONED, ALL PLUMBING, MECHANICAL AND
ELECTRICAL WHICH PASS THROUGH OR ARE AFFECTED
BY THE DEMOLITION SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A
COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIONAL CONDITION OR,
WHERE NOTED, BE APPROPRIATELY CAPPED OFF.
PROVIDE TEMPORARY SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED TO
MAINTAIN FULL OPERATION OUTSIDE THE AREA OF
DEMOLITION.
d. WHENEVER EXISTING EQUIPMENT, PIPING, ETC. ARE
REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED, SUCH REMOVAL SHALL
INCLUDE ALL ANCHORS, HANGERS, FOUNDATIONS, ETC.
AFTER REMOVAL, ANY AFFECTED CONSTRUCTION AND
SURFACES SUCH AS FLOORS, WALLS, BASES AND
CEILINGS SHALL BE FINISHED TO MATCH ADJACENT
SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
e. CAP ALL PLUMBING BELOW FLOOR LEVEL OR INSIDE
ASSOCIATED WALL.
f. GC TO REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR
MECHANICAL DEMOLITION SCOPE.
g. GC TO REFER TO FIRE ALARM DRAWINGS FOR SMOKE
ALARM AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEMOLITION SCOPE.
h. ELECTRICAL PANELS TO REMAIN.
i. CLEAN, PATCH, AND REPAIR ALL WALLS TO REMAIN
j. CLEAN, PATCH, AND REPAIR EXPOSED STRUCTURAL
MEMBERS.
k. AT EXISTING RATED CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR TO
PATCH AND REPAIR ALL FIRE BARRIER AND FIRE WALL
PENETRATIONS WITH APPROPRIATE METHODS TO
COMPLY WITH ASSOCIATED RATINGS.
l. GC TO COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER AND BB&T ALL
WORK THAT REQUIRES ACCESS TO THE BB&T SPACE ON
LEVELS 1 OR 2 WITH BB&T. GC TO PROVIDE BB&T WITH A
DIRECT CONTACT FOR ONSITE WORK IN THE EVENT THAT
ISSUES ARISE.
m. GC TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY PARTITIONS AND DUST
CONTROLS AROUND THE NEW WALL OPENINGS.
n. REMOVE LIGHT SWITCHES TIED TO PREVIOUSLY
REMOVED LIGHT FIXTURES IN CORE CORRIDOR ON
LEVELS 3, 4, AND 5. PATCH WALL TO MATCH EXISTING.
4 5 6 7 8
D 03/07/18
D012
D012
D012
D008 D008
D012
D012 D013
D008
D006 D007
D012 D013 D012
E FLOOR. REMOVE ASSOCIATED WALL BASE.
N D020 REMOVE TEMPORARY WALL AT SHAFT.
SUB-BASEMENT - DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0" 1 A001
INTERIORS
-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
GENERAL NOTES - DEMOLITION
1. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS
AND FINISHES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID AND START OF
ANY WORK. DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE
ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER FOR
EVALUATION BEFORE SUBMITTING A BID OR CONTINUING
WITH WORK.
2. FIELD VERIFY THE LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO THE
START OF ANY WORK. CONDITIONS THAT PROHIBIT THE
WORK FROM BEING PERFORMED AS SHOWN SHALL BE
ARCHITECTURE
BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT FOR
EVALUATION BEFORE CONTINUING WITH WORK.
3. VERIFY WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK
THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED. ALL
DEMOLITION IS TO BE LIMITED TO THE ITEMS INDICATED
OR ILLUSTRATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
PROTECT ALL ITEMS AND EXISTING SURFACES TO REMAIN
FROM DAMAGE AS REQUIRED.
4. ITEMS NOT BEING SALVAGED SHALL BE TRANSPORTED AND
DISPOSED OF IN A LEGAL MANNER IN ACCORDANCE
DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701
WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. RETAIN ALL DISPOSAL
501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G
RECORDS.
5. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND THE
OWNER IMMEDIATELY WHEN CONCEALED OR UNKNOWN
PLANNING
CONDITIONS ARE DISCOVERED WHICH DIFFER FROM
THOSE INDICATED OR REASONABLY IMPLIED BY THE
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
6. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND THE
www.mhaworks.com
OWNER IMMEDIATELY WHEN UNUSUAL STRUCTURAL
CONDITIONS ARE DISCOVERED DURING DEMOLITION.
7. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND THE
p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
OWNER IMMEDIATELY IF ENCOUNTERED WITH ANY
MATERIAL IDENTIFIED OR SUSPECTED TO CONTAIN
ASBESTOS FIBERS. NOTE THAT THE OWNER WILL CONTRACT
DIRECTLY WITH A LICENSED ASBESTOS REMOVAL
CONTRACTOR FOR THE NECESSARY WORK INVOLVING
CONTAINMENT AND ABATEMENT OF THE ASBESTOS.
8. ALL ASSOCIATED DEMOLITION WORK OF PLUMBING,
MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE
PERFORMED IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE
CODES.
9. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS,
LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE, UTILITY DISRUPTIONS, AND WORK
HOURS.
10. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR
505 S. DUKE STREET
THE PROTECTION OF ALL EXISTING ITEMS TO REMAIN AS
REQUIRED FOR THE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION,
PARTICULARLY THOSE ITEMS SENSITIVE TO HUMIDITY,
TEMPERATURE, AND MOISTURE.
11. PERFORM DEMOLITION WORK IN A MANNER SO AS TO
MINIMIZE DAMAGE TO EXISTING SURROUNDING ITEMS TO
REMAIN. ANY ADJACENT SURFACE THAT IS DISTURBED BY
Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE PATCHED, REPAIRED,
PRIMED, PAINTED, ETC. TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT
SURFACES.
12. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY AND ALL
ITEMS OUTSIDE OF THE SCOPE OF WORK WHICH ARE
DAMAGED DURING THE COURSE OF DEMOLITION. SUCH
WORK SHALL BE AT THE OWNER’S AND ARCHITECT’S
DISCRETION UNLESS THE CONTRACTOR HAS
UNEQUIVOCAL PHOTOGRAPHIC OR VIDEO
DOCUMENTATION PROVING THAT THE ITEMS IN QUESTION
WERE NOT DAMAGED AS A FUNCTION OF WORK
ASSOCIATED WITH THIS SCOPE OF WORK.
13. SHOULD ANY ENTITY OTHER THAN THOSE UNDER
CONTRACT FOR THIS SCOPE OF WORK DAMAGE ANY
ITEMS WITHIN THE LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE FOR THIS
PROJECT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER
AND ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY.
14. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED
FLOOR/CEILING AND WALL ASSEMBLIES AS REQUIRED BY
THE CURRENT NC BUILDING CODE. SHOULD THE
CONTRACTOR DISCOVER CONCEALED CONDITIONS
WHICH ARE NOT CORRECTLY ADDRESSED, THOSE ITEMS
SHALL BE DOCUMENTED AND SEALED USING A UL LISTED
METHOD APPROPRIATE TO THE RATING.
15. MATCH EXISTING IMPLIES MATERIAL TYPE, QUALITY,
COLOR, PATTERN, TEXTURE, ETC. VERIFY ALL EXISTING
FINISHES AT SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID DOCUMENTS
UNLESS INDICATED DIFFERENTLY BY FINISH SCHEDULE.
16. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ALL REQUIRED
DEMOLITION WORK ACROSS ALL TRADES.
17. CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE ALL DESIGNATED PARTITIONS,
w o r ks , P
CEILING COMPONENTS, BUILDING EQUIPMENT, HA rchit ect ura .
A
FURNITURE, ETC. IN ITS ENTIRETY A l
.
Co
Regi t ered
18. REMOVE ABANDONED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCT
rporat ion
WORK, CONTROL SYSTEMS, REGISTERS, GRILLES, AND ALL 50455
s
ASSOCIATED HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES.
19. REMOVE ABANDONED ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, DATA, or
a
li n
N
th
SECURITY AND SIMILAR CABLING, CONDUIT, EQUIPMENT D Ca ro
UR C
AND DEVICES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED HA M , N
20. REMOVE ABANDONED PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, VALVES,
PIPING AND ALL ASSOCIATED HARDWARE AND
ACCESSORIES.
DEMOLITION LEGEND:
EXISTING ITEM/WALL TO REMAIN
EXISTING ITEM/WALL TO BE REMOVED
DX DEMOLITION SHEET NOTE
SHEET NOTES - DEMOLITION THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
# SHEET NOTES - DEMOLITION PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
D001 EXTENT OF SLAB TO BE REMOVED. COORDINATE WITH PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
©-MHAworks 2016
PLUMBING DRAWINGS TO AVOID EXISTING FLOOR DRAINS.
D002 REMOVE PLUMBING FIXTURES. CUT & CAP PIPING.
D003 REMOVE RESTROOM PARTITION
SHEET NAME:
D004 REMOVE ALL BATHROOM ACCESSORIES DEMOLITION PLAN - SUB
D005 REMOVE EXIT SIGN BASEMENT
D006 REMOVE EXISTING FLOORING AND BASE
D007 REMOVE EXISTING CEILING
D008 REMOVE EXISTIG DOOR AND FRAME PHASE:
D010 REMOVE EXISTING STANDPIPE AT LEVELS 3, 4, AND 5.
MAINTAIN SERVICE TO LEVELS BELOW. COORDINATE PERMIT SET
RELOCATION OF STANDPIPE WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND FP
NEW CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS. REVISIONS:
D011 REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL AND DATA OUTLETS AND # DESC: DATE
LIGHT SWITCHES ON COLUMNS AND ALONG CORE AND
PERIMETER WALLS. PATCH WITH BLANK WALLPLATES, COLOR
TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL.
D012 REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR WALL FINISH.
D013 REMOVE EXISTING FINISHES ON STAIR TREADS AND LANDING
D014 REMOVE BRICK HEADER OF STOREFRONT REMOVED IN
PREVIOUS INTERIOR DEMOLITION PHASE.
D015 DIAMOND GRIND EXISTING FLOORING SUBSTRATE TO
PREPARE FOR NEW FLOOR FINISH. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE
ON A130 FOR FINISH THICKNESS. FINAL NEW FINISHED FLOOR
LEVEL TO HAVE A MAXIMUM DIFFERENCE OF 1/2" FROM
ADJACENT FINISHED FLOOR.
D016 REMOVE FURRING FROM COLUMN. ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
D017 REMOVE ELEVATOR CAB FLOOR FINISH.
D018 RELOCATE SWITCH, FA STROBE AND PULL TO WEST SIDE OF FA
PROJECT #: 17144
PANEL. DRAWN BY: JBT
D019 REMOVE MAIL BOX AND CHUTE. CAP CHUTE AT SLAB.
RETURN MAILBOX TO OWNER. SHEET NUMBER
 INTERIORS

GENERAL SCOPE: DEMOLITION
ITEMS REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED ARE AS FOLLOWS: 1.
a. REMOVE ALL PARTITIONS, DOORS, FRAMES, FLOORING,
CEILINGS, AND ALL ASSOCIATED LIGHT FIXTURES AS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 INDICATED ON DEMOLITION PLAN.
b. REMOVE ALL WALL BASE WITHIN THE PROJECT AREA.
c. MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL TRADES 2.
SHALL REMOVE ALL DEVICES AND ITEMS PERTAINING TO
THEIR RESPECTIVE TRADES FROM ALL EXISTING
-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
GENERAL NOTES - DEMOLITION
FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS
AND FINISHES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID AND START OF
ANY WORK. DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE
ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER FOR
EVALUATION BEFORE SUBMITTING A BID OR CONTINUING
WITH WORK.
FIELD VERIFY THE LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO THE
START OF ANY WORK. CONDITIONS THAT PROHIBIT THE
WORK FROM BEING PERFORMED AS SHOWN SHALL BE

PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, ETC. BEING REMOVED.
COORDINATE DEMOLITION WITH CONCURRENT
GENERAL DEMOLITION. UNLESS NOTED TO BE
ABANDONED, ALL PLUMBING, MECHANICAL AND
ELECTRICAL WHICH PASS THROUGH OR ARE AFFECTED
BY THE DEMOLITION SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A
COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIONAL CONDITION OR,
WHERE NOTED, BE APPROPRIATELY CAPPED OFF.
PROVIDE TEMPORARY SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED TO
MAINTAIN FULL OPERATION OUTSIDE THE AREA OF
ARCHITECTURE
BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT FOR
EVALUATION BEFORE CONTINUING WITH WORK.
3. VERIFY WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK
THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED. ALL
DEMOLITION IS TO BE LIMITED TO THE ITEMS INDICATED
OR ILLUSTRATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
PROTECT ALL ITEMS AND EXISTING SURFACES TO REMAIN
FROM DAMAGE AS REQUIRED.
4. ITEMS NOT BEING SALVAGED SHALL BE TRANSPORTED AND
DISPOSED OF IN A LEGAL MANNER IN ACCORDANCE

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

DEMOLITION. WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. RETAIN ALL DISPOSAL

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

d. WHENEVER EXISTING EQUIPMENT, PIPING, ETC. ARE RECORDS.
REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED, SUCH REMOVAL SHALL 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND THE
A INCLUDE ALL ANCHORS, HANGERS, FOUNDATIONS, ETC. OWNER IMMEDIATELY WHEN CONCEALED OR UNKNOWN

AFTER REMOVAL, ANY AFFECTED CONSTRUCTION AND
B SURFACES SUCH AS FLOORS, WALLS, BASES AND
CEILINGS SHALL BE FINISHED TO MATCH ADJACENT
SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
PLANNING
CONDITIONS ARE DISCOVERED WHICH DIFFER FROM
THOSE INDICATED OR REASONABLY IMPLIED BY THE
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
6. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND THE

www.mhaworks.com
e. CAP ALL PLUMBING BELOW FLOOR LEVEL OR INSIDE OWNER IMMEDIATELY WHEN UNUSUAL STRUCTURAL
D011 ASSOCIATED WALL. CONDITIONS ARE DISCOVERED DURING DEMOLITION.
D011 f. GC TO REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND THE

D012
MECHANICAL DEMOLITION SCOPE.
D012 g. GC TO REFER TO FIRE ALARM DRAWINGS FOR SMOKE
ALARM AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEMOLITION SCOPE.
h. ELECTRICAL PANELS TO REMAIN.
i. CLEAN, PATCH, AND REPAIR ALL WALLS TO REMAIN
j. CLEAN, PATCH, AND REPAIR EXPOSED STRUCTURAL
MEMBERS.
k. AT EXISTING RATED CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR TO
PATCH AND REPAIR ALL FIRE BARRIER AND FIRE WALL
PENETRATIONS WITH APPROPRIATE METHODS TO
COMPLY WITH ASSOCIATED RATINGS.
l. GC TO COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER AND BB&T ALL
WORK THAT REQUIRES ACCESS TO THE BB&T SPACE ON
D011 D012 LEVELS 1 OR 2 WITH BB&T. GC TO PROVIDE BB&T WITH A
p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
OWNER IMMEDIATELY IF ENCOUNTERED WITH ANY
MATERIAL IDENTIFIED OR SUSPECTED TO CONTAIN
ASBESTOS FIBERS. NOTE THAT THE OWNER WILL CONTRACT
DIRECTLY WITH A LICENSED ASBESTOS REMOVAL
CONTRACTOR FOR THE NECESSARY WORK INVOLVING
CONTAINMENT AND ABATEMENT OF THE ASBESTOS.
8. ALL ASSOCIATED DEMOLITION WORK OF PLUMBING,
MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE
PERFORMED IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE
CODES.
9. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS,
LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE, UTILITY DISRUPTIONS, AND WORK
HOURS.
10. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR

505 S. DUKE STREET

DIRECT CONTACT FOR ONSITE WORK IN THE EVENT THAT
ISSUES ARISE.
m. GC TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY PARTITIONS AND DUST
CONTROLS AROUND THE NEW WALL OPENINGS.
D016 D011 n. REMOVE LIGHT SWITCHES TIED TO PREVIOUSLY
REMOVED LIGHT FIXTURES IN CORE CORRIDOR ON
D002 D004 LEVELS 3, 4, AND 5. PATCH WALL TO MATCH EXISTING.
THE PROTECTION OF ALL EXISTING ITEMS TO REMAIN AS
REQUIRED FOR THE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION,
PARTICULARLY THOSE ITEMS SENSITIVE TO HUMIDITY,
TEMPERATURE, AND MOISTURE.
11. PERFORM DEMOLITION WORK IN A MANNER SO AS TO
MINIMIZE DAMAGE TO EXISTING SURROUNDING ITEMS TO
REMAIN. ANY ADJACENT SURFACE THAT IS DISTURBED BY

Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
C DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE PATCHED, REPAIRED,
PRIMED, PAINTED, ETC. TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT
SURFACES.
D007 D006 D003 D001 12. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY AND ALL
ITEMS OUTSIDE OF THE SCOPE OF WORK WHICH ARE
DAMAGED DURING THE COURSE OF DEMOLITION. SUCH
D015 D002
WORK SHALL BE AT THE OWNER’S AND ARCHITECT’S
D008 D002 DISCRETION UNLESS THE CONTRACTOR HAS
UNEQUIVOCAL PHOTOGRAPHIC OR VIDEO
DOCUMENTATION PROVING THAT THE ITEMS IN QUESTION
D006 D007 WERE NOT DAMAGED AS A FUNCTION OF WORK
D006 ASSOCIATED WITH THIS SCOPE OF WORK.
13. SHOULD ANY ENTITY OTHER THAN THOSE UNDER
D008 CONTRACT FOR THIS SCOPE OF WORK DAMAGE ANY
ITEMS WITHIN THE LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE FOR THIS
D002 PROJECT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER
D002 AND ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY.
D015 14. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED
FLOOR/CEILING AND WALL ASSEMBLIES AS REQUIRED BY
D011 D012
THE CURRENT NC BUILDING CODE. SHOULD THE
CONTRACTOR DISCOVER CONCEALED CONDITIONS
D006 D007 WHICH ARE NOT CORRECTLY ADDRESSED, THOSE ITEMS
SHALL BE DOCUMENTED AND SEALED USING A UL LISTED
METHOD APPROPRIATE TO THE RATING.
D016 D011 D002 D004 D001 15. MATCH EXISTING IMPLIES MATERIAL TYPE, QUALITY,
D017 D017 COLOR, PATTERN, TEXTURE, ETC. VERIFY ALL EXISTING
D003
FINISHES AT SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID DOCUMENTS
UNLESS INDICATED DIFFERENTLY BY FINISH SCHEDULE.
D D008
16. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ALL REQUIRED
DEMOLITION WORK ACROSS ALL TRADES.
17. CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE ALL DESIGNATED PARTITIONS,
w o r ks , P
CEILING COMPONENTS, BUILDING EQUIPMENT, HA rchit ect ura .

A
D008 D019 FURNITURE, ETC. IN ITS ENTIRETY A l

.
Co
Regi t ered
18. REMOVE ABANDONED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCT

rporat ion
WORK, CONTROL SYSTEMS, REGISTERS, GRILLES, AND ALL 50455

s
D014 ASSOCIATED HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES.
19. REMOVE ABANDONED ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, DATA, or

a
li n

N
th
D005 SECURITY AND SIMILAR CABLING, CONDUIT, EQUIPMENT D Ca ro
UR C
D008 D008 AND DEVICES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED HA M , N
20. REMOVE ABANDONED PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, VALVES,
D005 PIPING AND ALL ASSOCIATED HARDWARE AND
ACCESSORIES.
D007 D006
DEMOLITION LEGEND:
D012 D013 D005
D005

EXISTING ITEM/WALL TO REMAIN

D018 EXISTING ITEM/WALL TO BE REMOVED

DX DEMOLITION SHEET NOTE
D016 D011 D012 D013 D008

03/07/18
E D005 SHEET NOTES - DEMOLITION THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
# SHEET NOTES - DEMOLITION PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
D011 IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
D001 EXTENT OF SLAB TO BE REMOVED. COORDINATE WITH PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
PLUMBING DRAWINGS TO AVOID EXISTING FLOOR DRAINS. ©-MHAworks 2016
D012
D002 REMOVE PLUMBING FIXTURES. CUT & CAP PIPING.
D003 REMOVE RESTROOM PARTITION
SHEET NAME:
D004 REMOVE ALL BATHROOM ACCESSORIES DEMOLITION PLAN -
D005 REMOVE EXIT SIGN BASEMENT
D006 REMOVE EXISTING FLOORING AND BASE
D007 D006 D012 D011 D007 REMOVE EXISTING CEILING
D008 REMOVE EXISTIG DOOR AND FRAME PHASE:
D010 REMOVE EXISTING STANDPIPE AT LEVELS 3, 4, AND 5.
MAINTAIN SERVICE TO LEVELS BELOW. COORDINATE PERMIT SET
RELOCATION OF STANDPIPE WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND FP
NEW CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS. REVISIONS:
D011 REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL AND DATA OUTLETS AND
# DESC: DATE
LIGHT SWITCHES ON COLUMNS AND ALONG CORE AND
D012 PERIMETER WALLS. PATCH WITH BLANK WALLPLATES, COLOR
TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL.
D011 D012 REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR WALL FINISH.
D013 REMOVE EXISTING FINISHES ON STAIR TREADS AND LANDING
FLOOR. REMOVE ASSOCIATED WALL BASE.
F D014 REMOVE BRICK HEADER OF STOREFRONT REMOVED IN
PREVIOUS INTERIOR DEMOLITION PHASE.

G D015 DIAMOND GRIND EXISTING FLOORING SUBSTRATE TO

PREPARE FOR NEW FLOOR FINISH. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE
ON A130 FOR FINISH THICKNESS. FINAL NEW FINISHED FLOOR
LEVEL TO HAVE A MAXIMUM DIFFERENCE OF 1/2" FROM
ADJACENT FINISHED FLOOR.
D016 REMOVE FURRING FROM COLUMN. ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
D017 REMOVE ELEVATOR CAB FLOOR FINISH.
D018 RELOCATE SWITCH, FA STROBE AND PULL TO WEST SIDE OF FA PROJECT #: 17144
PANEL. DRAWN BY: JBT
D019 REMOVE MAIL BOX AND CHUTE. CAP CHUTE AT SLAB.
RETURN MAILBOX TO OWNER. SHEET NUMBER
D020 REMOVE TEMPORARY WALL AT SHAFT.

BASEMENT - DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN

1/4" = 1'-0" 1 A002

GENERAL SCOPE: DEMOLITION
ITEMS REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED ARE AS FOLLOWS:
a. REMOVE ALL PARTITIONS, DOORS, FRAMES, FLOORING,
CEILINGS, AND ALL ASSOCIATED LIGHT FIXTURES AS
INDICATED ON DEMOLITION PLAN.
b. REMOVE ALL WALL BASE WITHIN THE PROJECT AREA.
c. MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL TRADES
SHALL REMOVE ALL DEVICES AND ITEMS PERTAINING TO
THEIR RESPECTIVE TRADES FROM ALL EXISTING
PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, ETC. BEING REMOVED.
COORDINATE DEMOLITION WITH CONCURRENT
GENERAL DEMOLITION. UNLESS NOTED TO BE
ABANDONED, ALL PLUMBING, MECHANICAL AND
ELECTRICAL WHICH PASS THROUGH OR ARE AFFECTED
BY THE DEMOLITION SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A
COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIONAL CONDITION OR,
WHERE NOTED, BE APPROPRIATELY CAPPED OFF.
PROVIDE TEMPORARY SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED TO
MAINTAIN FULL OPERATION OUTSIDE THE AREA OF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DEMOLITION.
d. WHENEVER EXISTING EQUIPMENT, PIPING, ETC. ARE
REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED, SUCH REMOVAL SHALL
INCLUDE ALL ANCHORS, HANGERS, FOUNDATIONS, ETC.
AFTER REMOVAL, ANY AFFECTED CONSTRUCTION AND
SURFACES SUCH AS FLOORS, WALLS, BASES AND
CEILINGS SHALL BE FINISHED TO MATCH ADJACENT
A SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
e. CAP ALL PLUMBING BELOW FLOOR LEVEL OR INSIDE
B ASSOCIATED WALL.
f. GC TO REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR
MECHANICAL DEMOLITION SCOPE.
D011 g. GC TO REFER TO FIRE ALARM DRAWINGS FOR SMOKE
ALARM AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEMOLITION SCOPE.
D012 h. ELECTRICAL PANELS TO REMAIN.
i. CLEAN, PATCH, AND REPAIR ALL WALLS TO REMAIN
j. CLEAN, PATCH, AND REPAIR EXPOSED STRUCTURAL
MEMBERS.
k. AT EXISTING RATED CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR TO
PATCH AND REPAIR ALL FIRE BARRIER AND FIRE WALL
PENETRATIONS WITH APPROPRIATE METHODS TO
COMPLY WITH ASSOCIATED RATINGS.
l. GC TO COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER AND BB&T ALL
WORK THAT REQUIRES ACCESS TO THE BB&T SPACE ON
LEVELS 1 OR 2 WITH BB&T. GC TO PROVIDE BB&T WITH A
DIRECT CONTACT FOR ONSITE WORK IN THE EVENT THAT
ISSUES ARISE.
m. GC TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY PARTITIONS AND DUST
CONTROLS AROUND THE NEW WALL OPENINGS.
n. REMOVE LIGHT SWITCHES TIED TO PREVIOUSLY
REMOVED LIGHT FIXTURES IN CORE CORRIDOR ON
LEVELS 3, 4, AND 5. PATCH WALL TO MATCH EXISTING.
C ITEMS OUTSIDE OF THE SCOPE OF WORK WHICH ARE
D004 D004
D020 D020
D010
D008 D008
D012 D011
D008 D008
D011 D012
D
D019
D005
D005
D008
D005
D012 D013 D008
E D001 EXTENT OF SLAB TO BE REMOVED. COORDINATE WITH
D012
D011
F ON A130 FOR FINISH THICKNESS. FINAL NEW FINISHED FLOOR
G D016 REMOVE FURRING FROM COLUMN.
LEVEL 3, 4, 5 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0" 1
INTERIORS
-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
GENERAL NOTES - DEMOLITION
1. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS
AND FINISHES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID AND START OF
ANY WORK. DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE
ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER FOR
EVALUATION BEFORE SUBMITTING A BID OR CONTINUING
WITH WORK.
2. FIELD VERIFY THE LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO THE
START OF ANY WORK. CONDITIONS THAT PROHIBIT THE
WORK FROM BEING PERFORMED AS SHOWN SHALL BE
ARCHITECTURE
BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT FOR
EVALUATION BEFORE CONTINUING WITH WORK.
3. VERIFY WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK
THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED. ALL
DEMOLITION IS TO BE LIMITED TO THE ITEMS INDICATED
OR ILLUSTRATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
PROTECT ALL ITEMS AND EXISTING SURFACES TO REMAIN
FROM DAMAGE AS REQUIRED.
4. ITEMS NOT BEING SALVAGED SHALL BE TRANSPORTED AND
DISPOSED OF IN A LEGAL MANNER IN ACCORDANCE
DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701
WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. RETAIN ALL DISPOSAL
501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G
RECORDS.
5. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND THE
OWNER IMMEDIATELY WHEN CONCEALED OR UNKNOWN
PLANNING
CONDITIONS ARE DISCOVERED WHICH DIFFER FROM
THOSE INDICATED OR REASONABLY IMPLIED BY THE
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
6. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND THE
www.mhaworks.com
OWNER IMMEDIATELY WHEN UNUSUAL STRUCTURAL
7.
CONDITIONS ARE DISCOVERED DURING DEMOLITION.
CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND THE
p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
OWNER IMMEDIATELY IF ENCOUNTERED WITH ANY
MATERIAL IDENTIFIED OR SUSPECTED TO CONTAIN
ASBESTOS FIBERS. NOTE THAT THE OWNER WILL CONTRACT
DIRECTLY WITH A LICENSED ASBESTOS REMOVAL
CONTRACTOR FOR THE NECESSARY WORK INVOLVING
CONTAINMENT AND ABATEMENT OF THE ASBESTOS.
8. ALL ASSOCIATED DEMOLITION WORK OF PLUMBING,
MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE
PERFORMED IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE
CODES.
9. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS,
LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE, UTILITY DISRUPTIONS, AND WORK
HOURS.
10. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR
505 S. DUKE STREET
THE PROTECTION OF ALL EXISTING ITEMS TO REMAIN AS
REQUIRED FOR THE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION,
PARTICULARLY THOSE ITEMS SENSITIVE TO HUMIDITY,
TEMPERATURE, AND MOISTURE.
11. PERFORM DEMOLITION WORK IN A MANNER SO AS TO
MINIMIZE DAMAGE TO EXISTING SURROUNDING ITEMS TO
REMAIN. ANY ADJACENT SURFACE THAT IS DISTURBED BY
Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE PATCHED, REPAIRED,
PRIMED, PAINTED, ETC. TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT
SURFACES.
12. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY AND ALL
DAMAGED DURING THE COURSE OF DEMOLITION. SUCH
WORK SHALL BE AT THE OWNER’S AND ARCHITECT’S
DISCRETION UNLESS THE CONTRACTOR HAS
UNEQUIVOCAL PHOTOGRAPHIC OR VIDEO
DOCUMENTATION PROVING THAT THE ITEMS IN QUESTION
WERE NOT DAMAGED AS A FUNCTION OF WORK
ASSOCIATED WITH THIS SCOPE OF WORK.
13. SHOULD ANY ENTITY OTHER THAN THOSE UNDER
CONTRACT FOR THIS SCOPE OF WORK DAMAGE ANY
ITEMS WITHIN THE LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE FOR THIS
PROJECT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER
AND ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY.
14. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED
FLOOR/CEILING AND WALL ASSEMBLIES AS REQUIRED BY
THE CURRENT NC BUILDING CODE. SHOULD THE
CONTRACTOR DISCOVER CONCEALED CONDITIONS
WHICH ARE NOT CORRECTLY ADDRESSED, THOSE ITEMS
SHALL BE DOCUMENTED AND SEALED USING A UL LISTED
METHOD APPROPRIATE TO THE RATING.
15. MATCH EXISTING IMPLIES MATERIAL TYPE, QUALITY,
COLOR, PATTERN, TEXTURE, ETC. VERIFY ALL EXISTING
FINISHES AT SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID DOCUMENTS
UNLESS INDICATED DIFFERENTLY BY FINISH SCHEDULE.
16. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ALL REQUIRED
DEMOLITION WORK ACROSS ALL TRADES.
17. CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE ALL DESIGNATED PARTITIONS,
w o r ks , P
CEILING COMPONENTS, BUILDING EQUIPMENT, HA rchit ect ura .
A
FURNITURE, ETC. IN ITS ENTIRETY A l
.
Co
Regi t ered
18. REMOVE ABANDONED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCT
rporat ion
WORK, CONTROL SYSTEMS, REGISTERS, GRILLES, AND ALL 50455
s
ASSOCIATED HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES.
19. REMOVE ABANDONED ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, DATA, or
a
li n
N
th
SECURITY AND SIMILAR CABLING, CONDUIT, EQUIPMENT D Ca ro
UR C
AND DEVICES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED HA M , N
20. REMOVE ABANDONED PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, VALVES,
PIPING AND ALL ASSOCIATED HARDWARE AND
ACCESSORIES.
DEMOLITION LEGEND:
EXISTING ITEM/WALL TO REMAIN
EXISTING ITEM/WALL TO BE REMOVED
DX DEMOLITION SHEET NOTE
03/07/18
SHEET NOTES - DEMOLITION THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
# SHEET NOTES - DEMOLITION PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
PLUMBING DRAWINGS TO AVOID EXISTING FLOOR DRAINS.
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
©-MHAworks 2016
D002 REMOVE PLUMBING FIXTURES. CUT & CAP PIPING.
D003 REMOVE RESTROOM PARTITION SHEET NAME:
D004 REMOVE ALL BATHROOM ACCESSORIES DEMOLITION PLAN - LEVEL 3,
D005 REMOVE EXIT SIGN 4, 5
D006 REMOVE EXISTING FLOORING AND BASE
D007 REMOVE EXISTING CEILING
D008 REMOVE EXISTIG DOOR AND FRAME
PHASE:
D010 REMOVE EXISTING STANDPIPE AT LEVELS 3, 4, AND 5.
MAINTAIN SERVICE TO LEVELS BELOW. COORDINATE PERMIT SET
RELOCATION OF STANDPIPE WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND FP
NEW CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS. REVISIONS:
D011 REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL AND DATA OUTLETS AND
# DESC: DATE
LIGHT SWITCHES ON COLUMNS AND ALONG CORE AND
PERIMETER WALLS. PATCH WITH BLANK WALLPLATES, COLOR
TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL.
D012 REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR WALL FINISH.
D013 REMOVE EXISTING FINISHES ON STAIR TREADS AND LANDING
FLOOR. REMOVE ASSOCIATED WALL BASE.
D014 REMOVE BRICK HEADER OF STOREFRONT REMOVED IN
PREVIOUS INTERIOR DEMOLITION PHASE.
D015 DIAMOND GRIND EXISTING FLOORING SUBSTRATE TO
PREPARE FOR NEW FLOOR FINISH. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE
LEVEL TO HAVE A MAXIMUM DIFFERENCE OF 1/2" FROM
ADJACENT FINISHED FLOOR.
ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
D017 REMOVE ELEVATOR CAB FLOOR FINISH.
D018 RELOCATE SWITCH, FA STROBE AND PULL TO WEST SIDE OF FA PROJECT #: 17144
PANEL. DRAWN BY: JBT
D019 REMOVE MAIL BOX AND CHUTE. CAP CHUTE AT SLAB.
RETURN MAILBOX TO OWNER.
SHEET NUMBER
D020 REMOVE TEMPORARY WALL AT SHAFT.
A003
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

1. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM

DAMAGE.
2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS
GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, CONSULT THE
ARCHITECT FOR DIRECTION.
3. INTERIOR PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISH
FACE TO FINISH FACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
MAINTAIN DIMENSIONS MARKED “CLEAR”. ALLOW FOR
THICKNESS OF FINISHED WALL MATERIAL WHEN LAYING

ARCHITECTURE
OUT WALLS. REFER TO INTERIOR FINISH INFORMATION
FOR WALL FINISH.
4. ALL INTERIOR DOORS TO BE LOCATED 6” OFF
PERPENDICULAR WALL, UNO. DIMENSION TO INCLUDE
INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS. ALL DOOR CLEARANCES TO
MEET ANSI A117.1 2009 ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCES.
5. REFER TO THE OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED LIST
FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY OWNER’S
CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE CONCEALED BLOCKING AS
REQUIRED FOR WORK BY OWNER’S OTHER

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

CONTRACTORS. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER’S

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

CONTRACTORS THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND BLOCKING
REQUIREMENTS.
6. PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES SHOWN IN

PLANNING
THE P AND E SERIES ONLY EXTENDS 5’-0” OUTSIDE OF THE
BUILDING. GC RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL COORDINATION
OF THESE ELEMENTS IF SITE CONDITIONS VARY FROM THE
CIVIL / LANDSCAPE DESIGN DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY

www.mhaworks.com
ARCHITECT WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES OR ALTERATIONS
TO THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS THAT RESULT FROM SITE
CONDITIONS.

p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
DRAWING REFERENCES:

1. REFER TO G006 FOR TYPICAL INTERIOR MOUNTING

HEIGHTS FOR TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL
OUTLETS, DATA OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM, FIRE STROBE,
THERMOSTATS, ETC.
2. REFER TO SHEET G210 FOR INTERIOR WALL TYPE
INFORMATION. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL INTERIOR
WALLS TO BE B1 U.N.O.
3. REFER TO SHEET G015 SERIES FOR INTERIOR FINISH
INFORMATION.

505 S. DUKE STREET

FINISH SCHEDULE:

BASE WALL

FLOOR A 2 A 2 CEILING

Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
FLOOR BASE WALL CEILING

A TR-01 1 4" RB01 A PT 1 ACT

B PFT-01 PT/WW WOOD PANEL/

2 4" BN TILE B 2
ACT

C PFT-02 3 EXISTING C PT01/WW/ 3 GWB

MOSS

D RT-01 D PWT 4 ACT/GWB

E RT-01/RT-02/ E PT/WP 5 EXISTING

RT-03

F TR-01/CPT-01 F EXISTING

G EXISTING

WD WOOD WALL PANEL

NOTES:
STAIRWELL -
1. ALL STAIRWELLS ON ALL LEVELS TO RECEIVE NEW
FLOORING, TREADS AND NOSING. REFER TO SHEET G015
FOR FINISH DESIGNATION.
2. RISERS ARE EXISTING METAL AND ARE TO BE PAINTED PT-04.
3. ALL STAIRWELL RAILINGS TO BE CLEANED.
4. ALL WALLS IN STAIRWELLS TO BE PAINTED PT-01.
5. REPLACE ALL RUBBER BASE WITH NEW RUBBER BASE, RB-01. w o r ks , P
HA rchit ect ura .

A
A l

.
Co
Regi t ered

rporat ion
SHEET NOTES - FLOOR PLANS 50455

s
# SHEET NOTES - FLOOR PLANS or

a
li n

N
th
F001 INTERCOM - O/GC D Ca ro
UR C
F002 DIRECTORY - O/GC HA M , N
F003 FHC - EXISTING TO REMAIN
F004 RELOCATED STOREFRONT REMOVED AND SAVED FROM
PREVIOUS DEMOLITION PHASE. GC TO CLEAN, REPAIR,
AND REFINISH PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. DOOR HARDWARE
TO BE REWORKED TO RECEIVE PANIC HARDWARE.
F005 INFILL WALL WHERE MAIL BOX WAS REMOVED, MAINTAIN
FIRE RATING
F006 GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL AUDIBLE AND VISUAL
CORRIDOR TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM. TIE INTO CONTROL
CO2C POINT ON BASEMENT LEVEL. PROVIDE SIGNAGE AS
D 1 A 1 REQUIRED BY NCBC 1007.9.
F006 F007 GC TO PAINT EXISTING RADIATOR TO MATCH ADJACENT
WALL.
F008 GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL CENTRAL CONTROL POINT 03/07/18
FOR AUDIBLE AND VISUAL TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION
THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
SB01 SB02 SYSTEM. ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
F009 GC TO REWORK DOOR B00 TO INSTALL PANIC HARDWARE. PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
F010 RELOCATED FA STROBE AND PULL BOX. PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
©-MHAworks 2016
F011 RELOCATED STANDPIPE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION
WITH FP DRAWINGS.
F007
F012 PATCH FLOOR AT EXISTING SHAFT. MATCH EXISTING FLOOR SHEET NAME:
STAIRWELL FIRE RATING. RENOVATION PLAN - SUB
SB03
STAIR F013 MOP SINK - EXISTING TO REMAIN BASEMENT
D 1 A 5 F014 ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM
F015 COORDINATE FD, TD AND SD WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS
AND TILE LAYOUT.
F016 GC TO LOCATE ALL PLUMBING, LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL PHASE:
ITEMS IN WALL AND FLOOR FOR OWNER AND ARCHITECT
PERMIT SET
TO REVIEW PRIOR TO TILE INSTALLATION.
F017 FOLDING SHOWER SEAT
REVISIONS:
INTERIOR WALL SCHEDULE # DESC: DATE

STUD SIZE
DETAILS

RATING

STC
# BOTTOM TOP DESCRIPTION

A1 7/8" - 5/G210 11/G210

A2 3 5/8" - 4/G210 7/G210
B1 3 5/8" 2/G210 6/G210
B4 3 5/8" 2HR 9/G210 11/G210 UL DES NO 419
C1 4" 2HR 10/G210 12/G210 UL DES NO 415
TL01 0" - - - WALL TILE

ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18

PROJECT #: 17144
SUB-BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0" 1 DRAWN BY: YL

SHEET NUMBER

A100
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

1. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM

DAMAGE.
2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS
GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, CONSULT THE
ARCHITECT FOR DIRECTION.
3. INTERIOR PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISH
FACE TO FINISH FACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
MAINTAIN DIMENSIONS MARKED “CLEAR”. ALLOW FOR
THICKNESS OF FINISHED WALL MATERIAL WHEN LAYING

ARCHITECTURE
OUT WALLS. REFER TO INTERIOR FINISH INFORMATION
FOR WALL FINISH.
4. ALL INTERIOR DOORS TO BE LOCATED 6” OFF
PERPENDICULAR WALL, UNO. DIMENSION TO INCLUDE
INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS. ALL DOOR CLEARANCES TO
MEET ANSI A117.1 2009 ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCES.
5. REFER TO THE OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED LIST
FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY OWNER’S
CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE CONCEALED BLOCKING AS
REQUIRED FOR WORK BY OWNER’S OTHER

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

CONTRACTORS. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER’S

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

CONTRACTORS THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND BLOCKING
REQUIREMENTS.
6. PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES SHOWN IN

PLANNING
THE P AND E SERIES ONLY EXTENDS 5’-0” OUTSIDE OF THE
BUILDING. GC RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL COORDINATION
OF THESE ELEMENTS IF SITE CONDITIONS VARY FROM THE
CIVIL / LANDSCAPE DESIGN DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY

www.mhaworks.com
ARCHITECT WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES OR ALTERATIONS
TO THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS THAT RESULT FROM SITE
CONDITIONS.

p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
DRAWING REFERENCES:
BEV. BEV. SNACK $$
MICRO MARKET 1. REFER TO G006 FOR TYPICAL INTERIOR MOUNTING
O/GC O/O O/O HEIGHTS FOR TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL
OUTLETS, DATA OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM, FIRE STROBE,
THERMOSTATS, ETC.
STORAGE ROOM 2. REFER TO SHEET G210 FOR INTERIOR WALL TYPE
B039 BREAK ROOM INFORMATION. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL INTERIOR
B011 WALLS TO BE B1 U.N.O.
3. REFER TO SHEET G015 SERIES FOR INTERIOR FINISH
NOT IN SCOPE A 2 A 4
INFORMATION.

505 S. DUKE STREET

A420
SHEET NOTES - FLOOR PLANS
PT-02
TERRAZZO DIVIDER F014 1 # SHEET NOTES - FLOOR PLANS
STRIP, TYP. B13 F001 INTERCOM - O/GC
RECYCLE
F002 DIRECTORY - O/GC

Durham, NC 27701
REF.

505 S. Duke Street

B1 COFFEE F003 FHC - EXISTING TO REMAIN
ALIGN GC/GC
O/GC F004 RELOCATED STOREFRONT REMOVED AND SAVED FROM
CORRIDOR PREVIOUS DEMOLITION PHASE. GC TO CLEAN, REPAIR,
CO2B AND REFINISH PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. DOOR HARDWARE
A2 TO BE REWORKED TO RECEIVE PANIC HARDWARE.
A 2 A 4
F005 INFILL WALL WHERE MAIL BOX WAS REMOVED, MAINTAIN
A2 FIRE RATING
B1 MEN'S F006 GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL AUDIBLE AND VISUAL
SHOWER TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM. TIE INTO CONTROL
A1 B142
B1 POINT ON BASEMENT LEVEL. PROVIDE SIGNAGE AS
B 2 D 4
REQUIRED BY NCBC 1007.9.
A2 A1
B12 F007 GC TO PAINT EXISTING RADIATOR TO MATCH ADJACENT
WALL.
F008 GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL CENTRAL CONTROL POINT
A2 FOR AUDIBLE AND VISUAL TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION
ELEC. COMM JANITOR B1 A2 SYSTEM.
B101 B102 B103
43 SF F009 GC TO REWORK DOOR B00 TO INSTALL PANIC HARDWARE.
G 3 A 5 1
NOT IN SCOPE F010 RELOCATED FA STROBE AND PULL BOX.
A2 A400
F011 RELOCATED STANDPIPE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION
WITH FP DRAWINGS.
F012 PATCH FLOOR AT EXISTING SHAFT. MATCH EXISTING FLOOR
A2 A2 FIRE RATING.
B1
F013 MOP SINK - EXISTING TO REMAIN
WOMENS F014 ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM
F015 COORDINATE FD, TD AND SD WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS
B141
B11 AND TILE LAYOUT.
COMM B 2 D 4
B105 F013 B1 F016 GC TO LOCATE ALL PLUMBING, LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL
A2 ITEMS IN WALL AND FLOOR FOR OWNER AND ARCHITECT
39 SF w o r ks , P
SHOWER TO REVIEW PRIOR TO TILE INSTALLATION. HA rchit ect ura .

A
B02 A l
F017 FOLDING SHOWER SEAT

.
Co
Regi t ered
A2

rporat ion
FINISH SCHEDULE: 50455

s
3'-7"
B4 A2
WD
or

a
li n

N
th
D Ca ro

7"
C1 BASE WALL UR C
WD F002 F003 HA M , N
B05 FLOOR A 2 A 2 CEILING
F005 3 VESTIBULE 3
B001 F009
A440
PT-03 F 2 A 2 FLOOR BASE WALL CEILING
A420 LOBBY
A2 B145 B00
A 2 C 2 A TR-01 1 4" RB01 A PT 1 ACT
2
B PFT-01 PT/WW WOOD PANEL/
B03 2 4" BN TILE B 2

1'-1"
B04 ACT
B01
8" C PFT-02 3 EXISTING C PT01/WW/ 3 GWB
MOSS
F004
D RT-01 D PWT 4 ACT/GWB
4 A420 03/07/18
E RT-01/RT-02/ E PT/WP 5 EXISTING
STAIR RT-03 THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
11'-8 1/2" ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
D 1 A 5
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
F TR-01/CPT-01 F EXISTING PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
F008 F010 F001 PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
G EXISTING ©-MHAworks 2016
B06
WD WOOD WALL PANEL
SHEET NAME:
NOTES:
STAIRWELL - RENOVATION PLAN -
1. ALL STAIRWELLS ON ALL LEVELS TO RECEIVE NEW BASEMENT
FLOORING, TREADS AND NOSING. REFER TO SHEET G015
B07 CORRIDOR
B14 FOR FINISH DESIGNATION.
BO1B 2. RISERS ARE EXISTING METAL AND ARE TO BE PAINTED PT-04.
D 1 A 1 3. ALL STAIRWELL RAILINGS TO BE CLEANED. PHASE:
4. ALL WALLS IN STAIRWELLS TO BE PAINTED PT-01.
WELLNESS ROOM 5. REPLACE ALL RUBBER BASE WITH NEW RUBBER BASE, RB-01. PERMIT SET
B15 B26
D 1 A 1 INTERIOR WALL SCHEDULE REVISIONS:

PT-02
# DESC: DATE

STUD SIZE
DETAILS

RATING
B1

STC
MAIL/PACKAGE # BOTTOM TOP DESCRIPTION
B23
D 1 A 1 B1 A1 7/8" - 5/G210 11/G210
9'-11"

B1
A2 3 5/8" - 4/G210 7/G210
10'-8 3/8" 16'-0" B1 3 5/8" 2/G210 6/G210
B4 3 5/8" 2HR 9/G210 11/G210 UL DES NO 419
C1 4" 2HR 10/G210 12/G210 UL DES NO 415
TL01 0" - - - WALL TILE

EQUIPMENT TYPES LEGEND

DESCRIPTION
ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
REF REFRIGERATOR GC/GC PROJECT #: 17144
BASIS OF DESIGN FRIGIDAIRE MODEL
#LGHX2636TF. GALLERY 25.5-CU FT SIDE-BY-SIDE
DRAWN BY: JBT/SAM
REFRIGERATOR WITH ICE MAKER. SMUDGE-
SHEET NUMBER
BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN PROOF STAINLESS STEEL FINISH.

1 MICRO- MICROWAVE O/O

1/4" = 1'-0" WAVE
COFFEE
MACHINE
COFFEE MACHINE O/O A101
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

1. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM

DAMAGE.
2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS
GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, CONSULT THE
ARCHITECT FOR DIRECTION.
3. INTERIOR PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISH
FACE TO FINISH FACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
MAINTAIN DIMENSIONS MARKED “CLEAR”. ALLOW FOR
THICKNESS OF FINISHED WALL MATERIAL WHEN LAYING

ARCHITECTURE
OUT WALLS. REFER TO INTERIOR FINISH INFORMATION
FOR WALL FINISH.
4. ALL INTERIOR DOORS TO BE LOCATED 6” OFF
PERPENDICULAR WALL, UNO. DIMENSION TO INCLUDE
INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS. ALL DOOR CLEARANCES TO
MEET ANSI A117.1 2009 ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCES.
5. REFER TO THE OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED LIST
FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY OWNER’S
CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE CONCEALED BLOCKING AS
REQUIRED FOR WORK BY OWNER’S OTHER

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

CONTRACTORS. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER’S

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

CONTRACTORS THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND BLOCKING
REQUIREMENTS.
6. PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES SHOWN IN

PLANNING
THE P AND E SERIES ONLY EXTENDS 5’-0” OUTSIDE OF THE
BUILDING. GC RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL COORDINATION
OF THESE ELEMENTS IF SITE CONDITIONS VARY FROM THE
CIVIL / LANDSCAPE DESIGN DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY

www.mhaworks.com
ARCHITECT WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES OR ALTERATIONS
TO THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS THAT RESULT FROM SITE
CONDITIONS.

p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
DRAWING REFERENCES:

1. REFER TO G006 FOR TYPICAL INTERIOR MOUNTING

HEIGHTS FOR TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL
OUTLETS, DATA OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM, FIRE STROBE,
THERMOSTATS, ETC.
2. REFER TO SHEET G210 FOR INTERIOR WALL TYPE
A2 A2 A2 A2 INFORMATION. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL INTERIOR
WALLS TO BE B1 U.N.O.
3. REFER TO SHEET G015 SERIES FOR INTERIOR FINISH
INFORMATION.

505 S. DUKE STREET

1
A401 SHEET NOTES - FLOOR PLANS
# SHEET NOTES - FLOOR PLANS
F001 INTERCOM - O/GC
C1 A2 A2
F002 DIRECTORY - O/GC

Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
WOMEN'S MEN'S F003 FHC - EXISTING TO REMAIN
WTR MTR C1 F004 RELOCATED STOREFRONT REMOVED AND SAVED FROM

2'-4 1/4"
11 B 2 D 4 B 2 D 4 C1 PREVIOUS DEMOLITION PHASE. GC TO CLEAN, REPAIR,

18" MIN.
B1 AND REFINISH PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. DOOR HARDWARE
A440
B1 TO BE REWORKED TO RECEIVE PANIC HARDWARE.
C1
F005 INFILL WALL WHERE MAIL BOX WAS REMOVED, MAINTAIN
FIRE RATING
WTR3 MTR3 F006 GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL AUDIBLE AND VISUAL
A2 A2 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM. TIE INTO CONTROL
POINT ON BASEMENT LEVEL. PROVIDE SIGNAGE AS
REQUIRED BY NCBC 1007.9.
F007 GC TO PAINT EXISTING RADIATOR TO MATCH ADJACENT
ELEV. ELEV. JANITORS CLOSET WALL.
JC F008 GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL CENTRAL CONTROL POINT
ELEC. ROOM
ER3 G 3 A 5 FOR AUDIBLE AND VISUAL TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION
ER
SYSTEM.
F009 GC TO REWORK DOOR B00 TO INSTALL PANIC HARDWARE.
F010 RELOCATED FA STROBE AND PULL BOX.
F011 RELOCATED STANDPIPE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION
WITH FP DRAWINGS.
F012 PATCH FLOOR AT EXISTING SHAFT. MATCH EXISTING FLOOR
FIRE RATING.
F013 MOP SINK - EXISTING TO REMAIN
F014 ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM
F015 COORDINATE FD, TD AND SD WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS
AND TILE LAYOUT.
F016 GC TO LOCATE ALL PLUMBING, LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL
ITEMS IN WALL AND FLOOR FOR OWNER AND ARCHITECT
w o r ks , P
TO REVIEW PRIOR TO TILE INSTALLATION. HA rchit ect ura .

A
A l
F017 FOLDING SHOWER SEAT

.
Co
Regi t ered

rporat ion
INTERIOR WALL SCHEDULE 50455

s
301

STUD SIZE
DETAILS or

a
li n

N
RATING
th
STAIR D Ca ro
UR C
HA M , N

STC
D 1 A 5
# BOTTOM TOP DESCRIPTION

302 A1 7/8" - 5/G210 11/G210

A2 3 5/8" - 4/G210 7/G210
B1 3 5/8" 2/G210 6/G210
B4 3 5/8" 2HR 9/G210 11/G210 UL DES NO 419
C1 4" 2HR 10/G210 12/G210 UL DES NO 415
TL01 0" - - - WALL TILE

FINISH SCHEDULE:

BASE WALL

FLOOR A 2 A 2 CEILING 03/07/18

THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
FLOOR BASE WALL CEILING PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
©-MHAworks 2016
A TR-01 1 4" RB01 A PT 1 ACT

B PFT-01 2 4" BN TILE B

PT/WW 2 WOOD PANEL/ SHEET NAME:
ACT
RENOVATION PLAN - LEVELS
C PFT-02 3 EXISTING C PT01/WW/ 3 GWB 3, 4, & 5
MOSS

D RT-01 D PWT 4 ACT/GWB

PHASE:
E RT-01/RT-02/ E PT/WP 5 EXISTING
RT-03 PERMIT SET

F TR-01/CPT-01 F EXISTING REVISIONS:

G EXISTING # DESC: DATE

WD WOOD WALL PANEL

NOTES:
TYPICAL CORE BUILDING FLOOR PLAN 3, 4 + 5 STAIRWELL -

1/4" = 1'-0" 1 1. ALL STAIRWELLS ON ALL LEVELS TO RECEIVE NEW

FLOORING, TREADS AND NOSING. REFER TO SHEET G015
FOR FINISH DESIGNATION.
2. RISERS ARE EXISTING METAL AND ARE TO BE PAINTED PT-04.
3. ALL STAIRWELL RAILINGS TO BE CLEANED.
4. ALL WALLS IN STAIRWELLS TO BE PAINTED PT-01.
5. REPLACE ALL RUBBER BASE WITH NEW RUBBER BASE, RB-01.

ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18

PROJECT #: 17144
DRAWN BY: JBT/SAM

SHEET NUMBER

A103
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
REFLECTED CEILING GENERAL NOTES:

1. FOR AREAS OF THE PROJECT WHERE PARTITIONS ARE

ATTACHED TO THE CEILING SYSTEM (UNDER-PINNED), OR
WHERE CEILING LOADS EXCEED 5LBS PER SQ. FT., DESIGN
SUSPENDED CEILING FRAMING SYSTEMS TO RESIST A
LATERAL FORCE OF 20% OF THE WEIGHT OF THE CEILING
ASSEMBLY PLUS ALL LOADS TRIBUTARY TO THE SYSTEM.
FOR UNDER-PINNED PARTITIONS, USE A MINIMUM OF 5LBS
PER SQ FT UNIFORM LATERAL LOAD ON WALL TO
CALCULATE TRIBUTARY LOAD TO THE CEILING SYSTEM.

ARCHITECTURE
2. FOR AREAS OF THE PROJECT WHERE CEILING LOADS DO
NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT AND WHERE
PARTITIONS ARE NOT CONNECTED TO THE CEILING
SYSTEM, THE FOLLOWING MAY BE EMPLOYED: 1) ALLOW
FOR LATERAL MOVEMENT OF THE SYSTEM. ATTACH MAIN
RUNNERS AND CROSS RUNNERS AT TWO ADJACENT WALLS;
MAINTAIN CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE
RUNNERS AT THE OTHER TWO WALLS.
3. PROVIDE VERTICAL SUPPORT AS REQUIRED IN BUILDING
CODES. IN ADDITION, VERTICALLY SUPPORT ENDS OF

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

RUNNERS WITHIN 8 OF DISCONTINUITIES SUCH AS MAY

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

OCCUR WHERE THE CEILING IS INTERRUPTED BY A WALL,
OR WHERE A FLOATING CEILING TERMINATES.
4. SUPPORT LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR DIFFUSERS DIRECTLY BY

PLANNING
WIRES TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE.
5. LOCATE REGISTERS AND LIGHTING FIXTURES WITHIN GRID
LINES. CENTER SPRINKLER HEADS, SPEAKERS, RECESSED
FIXTURES, AND SIMILAR CEILING ELEMENTS IN ACOUSTICAL

www.mhaworks.com
UNITS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
6. FINISH HVAC DIFFUSERS, DRAPERY/SHADE POCKETS,
SPEAKER GRILLES AND OTHER ITEMS LOCATED IN CEILING

p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
7. LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, AND PLUMBING
FIXTURES INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL BACKGROUNDS
ARE FOR LOCATIONS PURPOSES ONLY. REFER TO
ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR FINAL TYPES AND
QUANTITIES.
8. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL EXPOSED CONDUIT AND
PIPING PERMITTED TO BE PAINTED PER THE NORTH
CAROLINA STATE BUILDING CODE TO BE PAINTED (PT0?)
9. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK
AND ELECTRICAL LIGHTING TO BE CENTERED IN THE SPACE.

505 S. DUKE STREET

CEILING TYPES

CL01

2'-0"
09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
NAME: ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE
2'-0" MATERIAL: MINERAL FIBER W/ DURABRITE

Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
ACOUST.TRASP. MEMBRANE.
CONSTRUCTION: INSTALL HANGER WIRE PER
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.
GRID MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG
GRID SIZE: 15/16"
GRID COLOR: WHITE
GRID STYLE: PRELUDE XL
TILE MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG
TILE SIZE: 24"X24"
TILE COLOR: WHITE
TILE STYLE: ULTIMA HIGH NRC, BEVELED
TEGULAR - 1941
TILE THICKNESS: 3/4"
NOTE: ALL CEILINGS UNO ARE TO BE CL01
MOUNTED 8'-0" AFF.

CL02
09 50 00 WOOD PANEL CEILINGS
NAME: LINEAR VENEERED PLANK CEILING
4 5 6 7 8 CONTACT: CAREY MCMAHAN.
CBMCMAHAN@ARMSTRONGCEILINGS.COM.
919-201-1196.
SPECIES: MAPLE
MATERIAL: FIRE-RETARDANT PARTICLE BOARD
SIZE: 3-3/4" X 96", 3/4" REVEAL
GRID STYLE: NONE
THICKNESS: 3/4"
TILE MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG
STAIN: CUSTOM TO MATCH FORMICA
DANISH MAPLE
NOTE: INSTALL HANGER WIRE PER w o r ks , P
HA rchit ect ura .
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.

A
A l

.
Co
Regi t ered

rporat ion
50455

s
CL03
09 23 00 GYPSUM BOARD CEILING
or

a
li n

N
MATERIAL: INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD FOR D th
Ca ro
CEILINGS OR SOFFITS. UR C
HA M , N
THICKNESS: 5/8"
TILE COLOR: SEE FINISH SCHEDULE
NOTE: MOISTURE RESISTANT GWB IN WET
LOCATIONS

SHEET NOTES - RCP

# SHEET NOTES - REFLECTED CEILING PLANS
R001 COORDINATE SMOKE CURTAIN WITH CEILING
D R002 PATCH AREA TO MATCH WALL IN FINISH AND FIRE RATING
WHERE EXISTING RETURN DUCT WAS REMOVED. FIRESTOP
NEW RETURN DUCT PENETRATIONS INTO SHAFT.
R003 CLEAN AND PAINT PT-01.

CL01 CEILING SYMBOLS + TYPES 03/07/18

8'-0"
THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
CEILING TAG - TYPE 1 THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
TYPE CL88 IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
CEILING TAG - TYPE 2 ©-MHAworks 2016

TYPE CL88
HEIGHT ABOVE F.F.E. 88'-00"
SHEET NAME:
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN -
3 MECHANICAL
SUB-BASEMENT
2X2 LIGHTING
G111 FIXTURE EXHAUST

PHASE:
MECHANICAL
RETURN PERMIT SET
RECESSED
LINEAR LED REVISIONS:
# DESC: DATE
MECHANIC
E AL SUPPLY

RECESSED
CAN LIGHT
EMERGENCY MECHANIC
EXIT SIGN AL SUPPLY

VANITY SPRINKLER
LIGHTING HEAD
F FIRE ALARM
H HEAT DETECTOR
S SMOKE ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
DETECTOR
PROJECT #: 17144
DRAWN BY: YL
CEILING GRID - GYP BOARD -
REFER TO A130 REFER TO A130 SHEET NUMBER

X
FOR FINISH FOR FINISH

SUB-BASEMENT RCP
A120
INFORMATION INFORMATION

1/4" = 1'-0" 1 Y
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
CEILING TYPES GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

1. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM

CL01

2'-0"
09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
NAME: ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE
2'-0" MATERIAL: MINERAL FIBER W/ DURABRITE
ACOUST.TRASP. MEMBRANE.
CONSTRUCTION: INSTALL HANGER WIRE PER
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.
GRID MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG
DAMAGE.
2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS
GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, CONSULT THE
ARCHITECT FOR DIRECTION.
3. INTERIOR PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISH
FACE TO FINISH FACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
MAINTAIN DIMENSIONS MARKED “CLEAR”. ALLOW FOR
THICKNESS OF FINISHED WALL MATERIAL WHEN LAYING

ARCHITECTURE
GRID SIZE: 15/16" OUT WALLS. REFER TO INTERIOR FINISH INFORMATION
GRID COLOR: WHITE FOR WALL FINISH.
GRID STYLE: PRELUDE XL 4. ALL INTERIOR DOORS TO BE LOCATED 6” OFF
TILE MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG PERPENDICULAR WALL, UNO. DIMENSION TO INCLUDE
TILE SIZE: 24"X24" INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS. ALL DOOR CLEARANCES TO
TILE COLOR: WHITE MEET ANSI A117.1 2009 ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCES.
TILE STYLE: ULTIMA HIGH NRC, BEVELED 5. REFER TO THE OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED LIST
TEGULAR - 1941 FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY OWNER’S
TILE THICKNESS: 3/4" CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE CONCEALED BLOCKING AS
NOTE: ALL CEILINGS UNO ARE TO BE CL01 REQUIRED FOR WORK BY OWNER’S OTHER

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

MOUNTED 8'-0" AFF. CONTRACTORS. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER’S

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

CONTRACTORS THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND BLOCKING
REQUIREMENTS.
CL02 6. PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES SHOWN IN
09 50 00 WOOD PANEL CEILINGS

PLANNING
THE P AND E SERIES ONLY EXTENDS 5’-0” OUTSIDE OF THE
NAME: LINEAR VENEERED PLANK CEILING
BUILDING. GC RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL COORDINATION
CONTACT: CAREY MCMAHAN.
OF THESE ELEMENTS IF SITE CONDITIONS VARY FROM THE
CBMCMAHAN@ARMSTRONGCEILINGS.COM.
CIVIL / LANDSCAPE DESIGN DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY

www.mhaworks.com
919-201-1196.
ARCHITECT WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES OR ALTERATIONS
SPECIES: MAPLE
TO THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS THAT RESULT FROM SITE
MATERIAL: FIRE-RETARDANT PARTICLE BOARD
CONDITIONS.

p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
SIZE: 3-3/4" X 96", 3/4" REVEAL
GRID STYLE: NONE
STORAGE ROOM THICKNESS: 3/4"
B039 TILE MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG DRAWING REFERENCES:
BREAK ROOM STAIN: CUSTOM TO MATCH FORMICA
NO CEILING WORK
B011 DANISH MAPLE 1. REFER TO G006 FOR TYPICAL INTERIOR MOUNTING
CL01 NOTE: INSTALL HANGER WIRE PER HEIGHTS FOR TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL
8'-0" MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. OUTLETS, DATA OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM, FIRE STROBE,
NO CEILING THERMOSTATS, ETC.
WORK 2. REFER TO SHEET G210 FOR INTERIOR WALL TYPE
CL03 INFORMATION. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL INTERIOR
09 23 00 GYPSUM BOARD CEILING WALLS TO BE B1 U.N.O.
MATERIAL: INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD FOR 3. REFER TO SHEET G015 SERIES FOR INTERIOR FINISH
CEILINGS OR SOFFITS. INFORMATION.

505 S. DUKE STREET

CL03 THICKNESS: 5/8"
7'-6" TILE COLOR: SEE FINISH SCHEDULE
NOTE: MOISTURE RESISTANT GWB IN WET
REFLECTED CEILING GENERAL NOTES:
LOCATIONS
CL01 1. FOR AREAS OF THE PROJECT WHERE PARTITIONS ARE
8'-0" CL03
8'-0" ATTACHED TO THE CEILING SYSTEM (UNDER-PINNED), OR
NOTES: WHERE CEILING LOADS EXCEED 5LBS PER SQ. FT., DESIGN

Durham, NC 27701
STAIRWELL - SUSPENDED CEILING FRAMING SYSTEMS TO RESIST A

505 S. Duke Street

1. ALL STAIRWELLS ON ALL LEVELS TO RECEIVE NEW LATERAL FORCE OF 20% OF THE WEIGHT OF THE CEILING
CORRIDOR FLOORING, TREADS AND NOSING. REFER TO SHEET G015 ASSEMBLY PLUS ALL LOADS TRIBUTARY TO THE SYSTEM.
CO2B FOR FINISH DESIGNATION. FOR UNDER-PINNED PARTITIONS, USE A MINIMUM OF 5LBS
CL03 2. RISERS ARE EXISTING METAL AND ARE TO BE PAINTED PT-04. PER SQ FT UNIFORM LATERAL LOAD ON WALL TO
8'-0" 3. ALL STAIRWELL RAILINGS TO BE CLEANED. CALCULATE TRIBUTARY LOAD TO THE CEILING SYSTEM.
MEN'S 4. ALL WALLS IN STAIRWELLS TO BE PAINTED PT-01. 2. FOR AREAS OF THE PROJECT WHERE CEILING LOADS DO
B142 5. REPLACE ALL RUBBER BASE WITH NEW RUBBER BASE, RB-01. NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT AND WHERE
CL01 PARTITIONS ARE NOT CONNECTED TO THE CEILING
8'-0" SYSTEM, THE FOLLOWING MAY BE EMPLOYED: 1) ALLOW
ELEC. COMM FOR LATERAL MOVEMENT OF THE SYSTEM. ATTACH MAIN
B101 B102 RUNNERS AND CROSS RUNNERS AT TWO ADJACENT WALLS;
MAINTAIN CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE
NO CEILING NO CEILING RUNNERS AT THE OTHER TWO WALLS.
WORK WORK 3. PROVIDE VERTICAL SUPPORT AS REQUIRED IN BUILDING
CODES. IN ADDITION, VERTICALLY SUPPORT ENDS OF
RUNNERS WITHIN 8 OF DISCONTINUITIES SUCH AS MAY
JANITOR OCCUR WHERE THE CEILING IS INTERRUPTED BY A WALL,
B103 OR WHERE A FLOATING CEILING TERMINATES.
NO CEILING WOMENS 4. SUPPORT LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR DIFFUSERS DIRECTLY BY
WORK B141 WIRES TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE.
5. LOCATE REGISTERS AND LIGHTING FIXTURES WITHIN GRID
CL03 LINES. CENTER SPRINKLER HEADS, SPEAKERS, RECESSED
COMM CL01 8'-0"
FIXTURES, AND SIMILAR CEILING ELEMENTS IN ACOUSTICAL
8'-0"
B105 UNITS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
8 6. FINISH HVAC DIFFUSERS, DRAPERY/SHADE POCKETS,
NO CEILING SPEAKER GRILLES AND OTHER ITEMS LOCATED IN CEILING
WORK A440 TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
R001 R001 7. LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, AND PLUMBING
FIXTURES INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL BACKGROUNDS
ARE FOR LOCATIONS PURPOSES ONLY. REFER TO
ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR FINAL TYPES AND w o r ks , P
QUANTITIES. HA rchit ect ura .

A
A l
8. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL EXPOSED CONDUIT AND

.
Co
Regi t ered
PIPING PERMITTED TO BE PAINTED PER THE NORTH

rporat ion
50455

s
CAROLINA STATE BUILDING CODE TO BE PAINTED (PT0?)
NOT IN SCOPE CL02 9. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK
8'-0"
AND ELECTRICAL LIGHTING TO BE CENTERED IN THE SPACE. or

a
li n

N
LOBBY D th
Ca ro
UR C
B145 HA M , N

SHEET NOTES - RCP

# SHEET NOTES - REFLECTED CEILING PLANS
R001 COORDINATE SMOKE CURTAIN WITH CEILING
R002 PATCH AREA TO MATCH WALL IN FINISH AND FIRE RATING
3 WHERE EXISTING RETURN DUCT WAS REMOVED. FIRESTOP
NEW RETURN DUCT PENETRATIONS INTO SHAFT.
G111 CL03
8'-0" R003 CLEAN AND PAINT PT-01.
8
A440 CEILING SYMBOLS + TYPES

CEILING TAG - TYPE 1

TYPE CL88
03/07/18
CEILING TAG - TYPE 2 THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
TYPE CL88 ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
HEIGHT ABOVE F.F.E. 88'-00"
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
©-MHAworks 2016
CORRIDOR
BO1B 2X2 LIGHTING MECHANICAL
FIXTURE EXHAUST SHEET NAME:
CL01
8'-0" REFLECTED CEILING PLAN -
BASEMENT
MECHANICAL
WELLNESS ROOM
RETURN
B26
RECESSED
CL01
8'-0"
LINEAR LED PHASE:
MECHANIC PERMIT SET
AL SUPPLY
REVISIONS:
MAIL/PACKAGE RECESSED # DESC: DATE
B23 CAN LIGHT
CL01 EMERGENCY MECHANIC
8'-0"
EXIT SIGN AL SUPPLY

VANITY SPRINKLER
LIGHTING HEAD
F FIRE ALARM
H HEAT DETECTOR
S SMOKE
DETECTOR

CEILING GRID - GYP BOARD -

ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
REFER TO A130 REFER TO A130
N PROJECT #: 17144

X
FOR FINISH FOR FINISH
DRAWN BY:
BASEMENT RCP INFORMATION INFORMATION JT

1/4" = 1'-0" 1 Y SHEET NUMBER

A121
 INTERIORS

SHEET NOTES - RCP
# SHEET NOTES - REFLECTED CEILING PLANS
R001 COORDINATE SMOKE CURTAIN WITH CEILING
R002 PATCH AREA TO MATCH WALL IN FINISH AND FIRE RATING
WHERE EXISTING RETURN DUCT WAS REMOVED. FIRESTOP
NEW RETURN DUCT PENETRATIONS INTO SHAFT.
R003 CLEAN AND PAINT PT-01.
-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
REFLECTED CEILING GENERAL NOTES:
1. FOR AREAS OF THE PROJECT WHERE PARTITIONS ARE
ATTACHED TO THE CEILING SYSTEM (UNDER-PINNED), OR
WHERE CEILING LOADS EXCEED 5LBS PER SQ. FT., DESIGN
SUSPENDED CEILING FRAMING SYSTEMS TO RESIST A
LATERAL FORCE OF 20% OF THE WEIGHT OF THE CEILING
ASSEMBLY PLUS ALL LOADS TRIBUTARY TO THE SYSTEM.
FOR UNDER-PINNED PARTITIONS, USE A MINIMUM OF 5LBS
PER SQ FT UNIFORM LATERAL LOAD ON WALL TO
CALCULATE TRIBUTARY LOAD TO THE CEILING SYSTEM.

ARCHITECTURE
2. FOR AREAS OF THE PROJECT WHERE CEILING LOADS DO
NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT AND WHERE
PARTITIONS ARE NOT CONNECTED TO THE CEILING
SYSTEM, THE FOLLOWING MAY BE EMPLOYED: 1) ALLOW
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 FOR LATERAL MOVEMENT OF THE SYSTEM. ATTACH MAIN
RUNNERS AND CROSS RUNNERS AT TWO ADJACENT WALLS;
MAINTAIN CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE
RUNNERS AT THE OTHER TWO WALLS.
3. PROVIDE VERTICAL SUPPORT AS REQUIRED IN BUILDING
CODES. IN ADDITION, VERTICALLY SUPPORT ENDS OF

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

RUNNERS WITHIN 8 OF DISCONTINUITIES SUCH AS MAY
A

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

OCCUR WHERE THE CEILING IS INTERRUPTED BY A WALL,
OR WHERE A FLOATING CEILING TERMINATES.
B 4. SUPPORT LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR DIFFUSERS DIRECTLY BY

PLANNING
WIRES TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE.
5. LOCATE REGISTERS AND LIGHTING FIXTURES WITHIN GRID
LINES. CENTER SPRINKLER HEADS, SPEAKERS, RECESSED
FIXTURES, AND SIMILAR CEILING ELEMENTS IN ACOUSTICAL

www.mhaworks.com
UNITS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
6. FINISH HVAC DIFFUSERS, DRAPERY/SHADE POCKETS,
SPEAKER GRILLES AND OTHER ITEMS LOCATED IN CEILING

p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
7. LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, AND PLUMBING
FIXTURES INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL BACKGROUNDS
ARE FOR LOCATIONS PURPOSES ONLY. REFER TO
ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR FINAL TYPES AND
QUANTITIES.
8. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL EXPOSED CONDUIT AND
PIPING PERMITTED TO BE PAINTED PER THE NORTH
CAROLINA STATE BUILDING CODE TO BE PAINTED (PT0?)
9. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK
AND ELECTRICAL LIGHTING TO BE CENTERED IN THE SPACE.

505 S. DUKE STREET

CEILING SYMBOLS + TYPES

CEILING TAG - TYPE 1

TYPE CL88

CEILING TAG - TYPE 2

C TYPE CL88

Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
HEIGHT ABOVE F.F.E. 88'-00"

CL03
7'-9"
WOMEN'S MEN'S 2X2 LIGHTING MECHANICAL
R002 CL03 R002 FIXTURE EXHAUST
WTR MTR
7'-9"
CL01 CL01
8'-0" 8'-0"
MECHANICAL
RETURN
RECESSED
LINEAR LED

MECHANIC
AL SUPPLY

RECESSED
CAN LIGHT
EMERGENCY MECHANIC
JANITORS CLOSET EXIT SIGN AL SUPPLY
JC
ELEC. ROOM R003
ER VANITY SPRINKLER
LIGHTING HEAD

D F FIRE ALARM
H HEAT DETECTOR
S SMOKE
CORRIDOR DETECTOR
COA w o r ks , P
HA rchit ect ura .

M
NO CEILING WORK

A
A l

.
Co
Regi t ered
CEILING GRID - GYP BOARD -

rporat ion
REFER TO A130 REFER TO A130 50455

s
X
FOR FINISH FOR FINISH
INFORMATION INFORMATION
or

a
li n

N
th
D Ca ro
UR C
Y HA M , N

NOTES:
STAIRWELL -
1. ALL STAIRWELLS ON ALL LEVELS TO RECEIVE NEW
FLOORING, TREADS AND NOSING. REFER TO SHEET G015
FOR FINISH DESIGNATION.
2. RISERS ARE EXISTING METAL AND ARE TO BE PAINTED PT-04.
3. ALL STAIRWELL RAILINGS TO BE CLEANED.
4. ALL WALLS IN STAIRWELLS TO BE PAINTED PT-01.
5. REPLACE ALL RUBBER BASE WITH NEW RUBBER BASE, RB-01.

CEILING TYPES
E
03/07/18
CL01

2'-0"
09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
NAME: ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE
2'-0" MATERIAL: MINERAL FIBER W/ DURABRITE
ACOUST.TRASP. MEMBRANE.
CONSTRUCTION: INSTALL HANGER WIRE PER
THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
©-MHAworks 2016

MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.
GRID MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG SHEET NAME:
GRID SIZE: 15/16"
GRID COLOR: WHITE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
GRID STYLE: PRELUDE XL LEVEL 3, 4 & 5
TILE MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG
TILE SIZE: 24"X24"
TILE COLOR: WHITE
TILE STYLE: ULTIMA HIGH NRC, BEVELED PHASE:
TEGULAR - 1941
TILE THICKNESS: 3/4" PERMIT SET
NOTE: ALL CEILINGS UNO ARE TO BE CL01
MOUNTED 8'-0" AFF. REVISIONS:
# DESC: DATE
CL02
09 50 00 WOOD PANEL CEILINGS
NAME: LINEAR VENEERED PLANK CEILING
CONTACT: CAREY MCMAHAN.
F CBMCMAHAN@ARMSTRONGCEILINGS.COM.
919-201-1196.
SPECIES: MAPLE
G MATERIAL: FIRE-RETARDANT PARTICLE BOARD
SIZE: 3-3/4" X 96", 3/4" REVEAL
GRID STYLE: NONE
THICKNESS: 3/4"
TILE MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG
STAIN: CUSTOM TO MATCH FORMICA
LEVELS 3, 4, 5 (TYP.) RCP DANISH MAPLE

1/4" = 1'-0" 1 NOTE: INSTALL HANGER WIRE PER

MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.
ISSUE DATE:
PROJECT #:
03/07/18
17144
DRAWN BY: JBT
CL03
09 23 00 GYPSUM BOARD CEILING
MATERIAL: INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD FOR SHEET NUMBER
CEILINGS OR SOFFITS.

A122
THICKNESS: 5/8"
TILE COLOR: SEE FINISH SCHEDULE
NOTE: MOISTURE RESISTANT GWB IN WET
LOCATIONS
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

1. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM

DAMAGE.
2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS
GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, CONSULT THE
ARCHITECT FOR DIRECTION.
3. INTERIOR PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISH
FACE TO FINISH FACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
MAINTAIN DIMENSIONS MARKED “CLEAR”. ALLOW FOR
THICKNESS OF FINISHED WALL MATERIAL WHEN LAYING

ARCHITECTURE
OUT WALLS. REFER TO INTERIOR FINISH INFORMATION
FOR WALL FINISH.
4. ALL INTERIOR DOORS TO BE LOCATED 6” OFF
5 PERPENDICULAR WALL, UNO. DIMENSION TO INCLUDE
6
INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS. ALL DOOR CLEARANCES TO
A430 A430 MEET ANSI A117.1 2009 ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCES.
WT-01 SE PWT-01 SE WT-02 WT-01 SE WT-02 WT-01 WT-01 SE WT-02 WT-01 PTD 5. REFER TO THE OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED LIST
SE
FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY OWNER’S
LIGHT FIXTURE - CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE CONCEALED BLOCKING AS
SEE ELECTRICAL REQUIRED FOR WORK BY OWNER’S OTHER

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

CONTRACTORS. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER’S

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

CONTRACTORS THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND BLOCKING
REQUIREMENTS.
MIRROR -
PWT-01 6. PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES SHOWN IN
CENTER ON SINK

PLANNING
MIRROR MIRROR THE P AND E SERIES ONLY EXTENDS 5’-0” OUTSIDE OF THE
O/GC O/GC BUILDING. GC RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL COORDINATION
OF THESE ELEMENTS IF SITE CONDITIONS VARY FROM THE
CIVIL / LANDSCAPE DESIGN DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY

www.mhaworks.com
SD-1 ARCHITECT WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES OR ALTERATIONS
TO THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS THAT RESULT FROM SITE
SS-01 CONDITIONS.

p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
SS-01

4" BN DRAWING REFERENCES:

2'-10"
TILE
PWT-01 BASE 4" BN 1. REFER TO G006 FOR TYPICAL INTERIOR MOUNTING
4" BN TILE BASE TILE
4" BN TILE BASE HEIGHTS FOR TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL
BASE OUTLETS, DATA OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM, FIRE STROBE,
7'-0" 2'-9 3/4" 3'-0" 4'-11 3/4" 4'-11 3/4" 2'-6" 10 1/4" THERMOSTATS, ETC.
4" BN TILE BASE PWT-01 2. REFER TO SHEET G210 FOR INTERIOR WALL TYPE
INFORMATION. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL INTERIOR
3'-10 1/4" PL-01 WALLS TO BE B1 U.N.O.
3. REFER TO SHEET G015 SERIES FOR INTERIOR FINISH
INFORMATION.
INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION

505 S. DUKE STREET

3/8" = 1'-0" 9 3/8" = 1'-0" 8 3/8" = 1'-0" 7 SHEET NOTES - FLOOR PLANS
# SHEET NOTES - FLOOR PLANS
F001 INTERCOM - O/GC
F002 DIRECTORY - O/GC

Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
F003 FHC - EXISTING TO REMAIN
6 F004 RELOCATED STOREFRONT REMOVED AND SAVED FROM
MIRROR - A430 9'-7" PREVIOUS DEMOLITION PHASE. GC TO CLEAN, REPAIR,
LIGHT FIXTURE - SE PWT-01 SE WT-01
CENTER ON SINK AND REFINISH PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. DOOR HARDWARE
SEE ELECTRICAL
TO BE REWORKED TO RECEIVE PANIC HARDWARE.
F005 INFILL WALL WHERE MAIL BOX WAS REMOVED, MAINTAIN
FIRE RATING
F006 GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL AUDIBLE AND VISUAL
REF. COFFEE TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM. TIE INTO CONTROL
WT-01 O/GC O/GC POINT ON BASEMENT LEVEL. PROVIDE SIGNAGE AS
REQUIRED BY NCBC 1007.9.
F007 GC TO PAINT EXISTING RADIATOR TO MATCH ADJACENT
WALL.
F008 GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL CENTRAL CONTROL POINT
FOR AUDIBLE AND VISUAL TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM.
5
A440 F009 GC TO REWORK DOOR B00 TO INSTALL PANIC HARDWARE.
SS-01 F010 RELOCATED FA STROBE AND PULL BOX.
TD

3'-0"
3'-9 1/2"
1'-6" F011 RELOCATED STANDPIPE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION
PWT-01 WITH FP DRAWINGS.
F012 PATCH FLOOR AT EXISTING SHAFT. MATCH EXISTING FLOOR
4" BN TILE BASE A400 2 FIRE RATING.
SE SE F013 MOP SINK - EXISTING TO REMAIN
SD-1 F014 ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM
F015 COORDINATE FD, TD AND SD WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS
INTERIOR ELEVATION AND TILE LAYOUT.

8'-6 1/2"
SE

3/8" = 1'-0" 6 8 F016 GC TO LOCATE ALL PLUMBING, LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL

ITEMS IN WALL AND FLOOR FOR OWNER AND ARCHITECT
w o r ks , P
FD TO REVIEW PRIOR TO TILE INSTALLATION. HA rchit ect ura .

A
A400 5 A l
F017 FOLDING SHOWER SEAT

.
F015

Co
Regi t ered
F015

rporat ion
MEN'S
WT-02 SE PWT-01 SE 1'-6" FINISH SCHEDULE: 50455

s
B142 9
F017
B 2 D 4 SD or

a
li n

N
th
BASE WALL D Ca ro
UR C
F016
HA M , N
FLOOR A 2 A 2 CEILING

MIN. CLR.
1'-6"
WT-01 WT-01
PWT-01
FLOOR BASE WALL CEILING
CH/RH (1) MTD @42" AFF CH/RH (1) MTD @42"
AND (1) MTD @ 66" AFF AFF AND (1) MTD @ A TR-01 1 4" RB01 A PT 1 ACT
66" AFF

2'-2 1/2"
SE
B PFT-01 PT/WW WOOD PANEL/
2 4" BN TILE B 2
ACT

C PFT-02 3 EXISTING C PT01/WW/ 3 GWB

MOSS

1'-8" SE
D RT-01 D PWT 4 ACT/GWB
4" BN TILE 4" BN TILE E RT-01/RT-02/ E PT/WP 5 EXISTING 03/07/18
WOMENS

2'-6"
BASE BASE RT-03 THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
B141 ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
B 2 D 4 F016 F017 THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
F TR-01/CPT-01 F EXISTING
INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
SD IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT

5 4
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
1'-6" G EXISTING ©-MHAworks 2016
3/8" = 1'-0" 3/8" = 1'-0" F015
WD WOOD WALL PANEL
SHEET NAME:
NOTES:
STAIRWELL - INTERIOR ENLARGED PLANS +
8'-1 1/2" 1. ALL STAIRWELLS ON ALL LEVELS TO RECEIVE NEW ELEVATIONS

8'-8"
FD FLOORING, TREADS AND NOSING. REFER TO SHEET G015
12'-11 1/2" 6 5'-0" FOR FINISH DESIGNATION.
F015 2. RISERS ARE EXISTING METAL AND ARE TO BE PAINTED PT-04.
WT-01 A400 4
3. ALL STAIRWELL RAILINGS TO BE CLEANED. PHASE:
A400 3 4. ALL WALLS IN STAIRWELLS TO BE PAINTED PT-01.
WT-01 SE SE 5. REPLACE ALL RUBBER BASE WITH NEW RUBBER BASE, RB-01. PERMIT SET
SE
7
INTERIOR WALL SCHEDULE REVISIONS:
TD # DESC: DATE

STUD SIZE
DETAILS

3'-0"
2'-6 1/2"
SHOWER CONTROL WITH

RATING
SHOWER CONTROL WITH
ADJ. HAND CONTROL ADJ. HAND CONTROL

STC
# BOTTOM TOP DESCRIPTION
3'-7"

4
A440
38" MIN. - 48" MAX.

38" MIN. - 48" MAX.

ALIGN

A1 7/8" - 5/G210 11/G210

A2 3 5/8" - 4/G210 7/G210
B1 3 5/8" 2/G210 6/G210
B4 3 5/8" 2HR 9/G210 11/G210 UL DES NO 419
4" BN TILE C1 4" 2HR 10/G210 12/G210 UL DES NO 415
4" BN TILE
BASE BASE TL01 0" - - - WALL TILE

ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18

INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION ENLARGED BATHROOM PLAN - BASEMENT PROJECT #: 17144
3/8" = 1'-0" 3 3/8" = 1'-0" 2 1/2" = 1'-0" 1 DRAWN BY: JBT

SHEET NUMBER

A400
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
WT-01 WT-02 SE WT-01 PWT-01 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
WT-01 LIGHT FIXTURE - 1. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM
SEE ELECTRICAL DAMAGE.
2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS
GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, CONSULT THE
MIRROR- ARCHITECT FOR DIRECTION.
CENTER ON SINK 3. INTERIOR PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISH
FACE TO FINISH FACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
SD MAINTAIN DIMENSIONS MARKED “CLEAR”. ALLOW FOR
THICKNESS OF FINISHED WALL MATERIAL WHEN LAYING

ARCHITECTURE
TP-01
HD HD OUT WALLS. REFER TO INTERIOR FINISH INFORMATION
FOR WALL FINISH.
4. ALL INTERIOR DOORS TO BE LOCATED 6” OFF
TPD WT-01 PERPENDICULAR WALL, UNO. DIMENSION TO INCLUDE
INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS. ALL DOOR CLEARANCES TO
MEET ANSI A117.1 2009 ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCES.
5. REFER TO THE OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED LIST
11 FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY OWNER’S
4" BN TILE BASE 4" BN TILE BASE 4" BN TILE BASE 4" BN TILE BASE CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE CONCEALED BLOCKING AS
A440
REQUIRED FOR WORK BY OWNER’S OTHER

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

CONTRACTORS. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER’S

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

1'-7" CONTRACTORS THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND BLOCKING
REQUIREMENTS.
6. PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES SHOWN IN

PLANNING
THE P AND E SERIES ONLY EXTENDS 5’-0” OUTSIDE OF THE
BUILDING. GC RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL COORDINATION

INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION OF THESE ELEMENTS IF SITE CONDITIONS VARY FROM THE

7 6 5 CIVIL / LANDSCAPE DESIGN DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY

www.mhaworks.com
3/8" = 1'-0" 3/8" = 1'-0" 3/8" = 1'-0" ARCHITECT WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES OR ALTERATIONS
TO THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS THAT RESULT FROM SITE
CONDITIONS.

p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
DRAWING REFERENCES:
LIGHT FIXTURE -
WT-01 SE WT-02 WT-01 PWT-01
SEE ELECTRICAL 1. REFER TO G006 FOR TYPICAL INTERIOR MOUNTING
HEIGHTS FOR TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL
WT-01 OUTLETS, DATA OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM, FIRE STROBE,
MIRROR- THERMOSTATS, ETC.
CENTER ON SINK 2. REFER TO SHEET G210 FOR INTERIOR WALL TYPE
INFORMATION. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL INTERIOR
WALLS TO BE B1 U.N.O.
3. REFER TO SHEET G015 SERIES FOR INTERIOR FINISH
INFORMATION.
SD

505 S. DUKE STREET

HD
TP-01
HD
FINISH SCHEDULE:

BASE WALL
TPD
FLOOR A 2 A 2 CEILING

Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
WT-01
4" BN TILE 4" BN TILE FLOOR BASE WALL CEILING
BASE BASE 4" BN TILE BASE
A TR-01 1 4" RB01 A PT 1 ACT
1'-7"
B PFT-01 PT/WW WOOD PANEL/
2 4" BN TILE B 2
ACT

C PFT-02 3 EXISTING C PT01/WW/ 3 GWB

MOSS
INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION
3/8" = 1'-0" 4 3/8" = 1'-0" 3 3/8" = 1'-0" 2 D RT-01 D PWT 4 ACT/GWB

E RT-01/RT-02/ E PT/WP 5 EXISTING

RT-03

F TR-01/CPT-01 F EXISTING

G EXISTING

WD WOOD WALL PANEL

C
L
11'-2" 11'-3" NOTES:
STAIRWELL -
1. ALL STAIRWELLS ON ALL LEVELS TO RECEIVE NEW
ALIGN 8 1/2" ALIGN FLOORING, TREADS AND NOSING. REFER TO SHEET G015
CLEAR FOR FINISH DESIGNATION.
2. RISERS ARE EXISTING METAL AND ARE TO BE PAINTED PT-04.
3. ALL STAIRWELL RAILINGS TO BE CLEANED.
4. ALL WALLS IN STAIRWELLS TO BE PAINTED PT-01.
5. REPLACE ALL RUBBER BASE WITH NEW RUBBER BASE, RB-01. w o r ks , P
HA rchit ect ura .

A
A l
INTERIOR WALL SCHEDULE

.
Co
Regi t ered

rporat ion
1'-6"

1'-6"
SE SE 50455

s
STUD SIZE
1'-3" DETAILS

1'-3"

RATING

STC
or

a
li n

N
th
# BOTTOM TOP DESCRIPTION D Ca ro
UR C
HA M , N
A1 7/8" - 5/G210 11/G210

5'-0"

5'-0"
4
7 A2 3 5/8" - 4/G210 7/G210
2'-7"

2'-7"
B1 3 5/8" 2/G210 6/G210
3 A401 2
5 A401 6 B4 3 5/8" 2HR 9/G210 11/G210 UL DES NO 419
C1 4" 2HR 10/G210 12/G210 UL DES NO 415
TL01 0" - - - WALL TILE
ALIGN

4'-0" 5'-0" 5'-0" 4'-0"

SHEET NOTES - FLOOR PLANS
F011

ALIGN
MEN'S # SHEET NOTES - FLOOR PLANS
WOMEN'S MTR F001 INTERCOM - O/GC

1'-6"

1'-6"
SE SE
18" MIN. CLR.

WTR B 2 D 4 F002 DIRECTORY - O/GC

B 2 D 4 F003 FHC - EXISTING TO REMAIN
2'-2"

11 03/07/18

18" MIN. CLR.

F012 F004 RELOCATED STOREFRONT REMOVED AND SAVED FROM
A440 PREVIOUS DEMOLITION PHASE. GC TO CLEAN, REPAIR, THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
1'-6"

1'-6"
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
F012 AND REFINISH PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. DOOR HARDWARE THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
TO BE REWORKED TO RECEIVE PANIC HARDWARE. PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
SE SE F005 INFILL WALL WHERE MAIL BOX WAS REMOVED, MAINTAIN PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
©-MHAworks 2016
FIRE RATING
F006 GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL AUDIBLE AND VISUAL
TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM. TIE INTO CONTROL SHEET NAME:
WTR3 POINT ON BASEMENT LEVEL. PROVIDE SIGNAGE AS INTERIOR ENLARGED PLANS +
MTR3 REQUIRED BY NCBC 1007.9.
ELEVATIONS
F007 GC TO PAINT EXISTING RADIATOR TO MATCH ADJACENT
WALL.
F008 GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL CENTRAL CONTROL POINT
FOR AUDIBLE AND VISUAL TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION PHASE:
SYSTEM.
F009 GC TO REWORK DOOR B00 TO INSTALL PANIC HARDWARE.
PERMIT SET
F010 RELOCATED FA STROBE AND PULL BOX.
F011 RELOCATED STANDPIPE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION
REVISIONS:
WITH FP DRAWINGS. # DESC: DATE
F013 F012 PATCH FLOOR AT EXISTING SHAFT. MATCH EXISTING FLOOR
FIRE RATING.
JANITORS CLOSET F013 MOP SINK - EXISTING TO REMAIN
JC F014 ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM
G 3 A 5 F015 COORDINATE FD, TD AND SD WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS
AND TILE LAYOUT.
F016 GC TO LOCATE ALL PLUMBING, LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL
ITEMS IN WALL AND FLOOR FOR OWNER AND ARCHITECT
TO REVIEW PRIOR TO TILE INSTALLATION.
F017 FOLDING SHOWER SEAT

F003
ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
CORRIDOR
COA PROJECT #: 17144
DRAWN BY: JBT

SHEET NUMBER

ENLARGED BATHROOM PLANS - FLOORS 3, 4, & 5

1/2" = 1'-0" 1 A401
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
8
1. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM
A430 DAMAGE.
2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS
GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, CONSULT THE
ARCHITECT FOR DIRECTION.
PT-03 3. INTERIOR PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISH
FACE TO FINISH FACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
MAINTAIN DIMENSIONS MARKED “CLEAR”. ALLOW FOR
METAL SIGNAGE THICKNESS OF FINISHED WALL MATERIAL WHEN LAYING

ARCHITECTURE
OUT WALLS. REFER TO INTERIOR FINISH INFORMATION
FOR WALL FINISH.
CUSTOM MOSS 4. ALL INTERIOR DOORS TO BE LOCATED 6” OFF
WALL DISPLAY PERPENDICULAR WALL, UNO. DIMENSION TO INCLUDE
INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS. ALL DOOR CLEARANCES TO
MEET ANSI A117.1 2009 ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCES.
5. REFER TO THE OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED LIST
FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY OWNER’S
LS-01 CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE CONCEALED BLOCKING AS
REQUIRED FOR WORK BY OWNER’S OTHER

3'-6"

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

CONTRACTORS. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER’S

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

CONTRACTORS THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND BLOCKING
REQUIREMENTS.
4" BN TILE BASE
6. PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES SHOWN IN

PLANNING
THE P AND E SERIES ONLY EXTENDS 5’-0” OUTSIDE OF THE
BUILDING. GC RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL COORDINATION
OF THESE ELEMENTS IF SITE CONDITIONS VARY FROM THE
CIVIL / LANDSCAPE DESIGN DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY

www.mhaworks.com
ARCHITECT WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES OR ALTERATIONS

INTERIOR ELEVATION TO THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS THAT RESULT FROM SITE

CONDITIONS.

p 919.682.2870
4

f 919.682.5369
3/8" = 1'-0"
DRAWING REFERENCES:

1. REFER TO G006 FOR TYPICAL INTERIOR MOUNTING

HEIGHTS FOR TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL
1 OUTLETS, DATA OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM, FIRE STROBE,
THERMOSTATS, ETC.
A430 WALL SCONCE - SEE ELECTRICAL 2. REFER TO SHEET G210 FOR INTERIOR WALL TYPE
INFORMATION. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL INTERIOR
4'-0 1/2" 4'-0 1/4" 4'-6" 4'-0 1/2" 4'-6" 4'-0 1/4" 3'-9 1/2" WALLS TO BE B1 U.N.O.
3. REFER TO SHEET G015 SERIES FOR INTERIOR FINISH
INFORMATION.

505 S. DUKE STREET

FINISH SCHEDULE:

BASE WALL

FLOOR A 2 A 2 CEILING

Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
DIRECTORY EXISTING
O/O FIRE HOSE
CABINET FLOOR BASE WALL CEILING

A TR-01 1 4" RB01 A PT 1 ACT

5'-5"
TYP.
B PFT-01 PT/WW WOOD PANEL/
2 4" BN TILE B 2
ACT

C PFT-02 3 EXISTING C PT01/WW/ 3 GWB

4" BN TILE BASE MOSS

D RT-01 D PWT 4 ACT/GWB

E RT-01/RT-02/ E PT/WP 5 EXISTING

INTERIOR ELEVATION RT-03

3/8" = 1'-0" 3 F TR-01/CPT-01 F EXISTING

G EXISTING

WD WOOD WALL PANEL

NOTES:
STAIRWELL -
1. ALL STAIRWELLS ON ALL LEVELS TO RECEIVE NEW
FLOORING, TREADS AND NOSING. REFER TO SHEET G015
FOR FINISH DESIGNATION.
2. RISERS ARE EXISTING METAL AND ARE TO BE PAINTED PT-04.
3. ALL STAIRWELL RAILINGS TO BE CLEANED.
PT-03 4. ALL WALLS IN STAIRWELLS TO BE PAINTED PT-01.
5. REPLACE ALL RUBBER BASE WITH NEW RUBBER BASE, RB-01. w o r ks , P
HA rchit ect ura .

A
A l

.
Co
Regi t ered

rporat ion
50455

s
ART ART ART
O/O O/O O/O
or

a
li n

N
th
D Ca ro
UR C
HA M , N

4" BN TILE BASE

INTERIOR ELEVATION
3/8" = 1'-0" 2
03/07/18
THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
©-MHAworks 2016

2 3 7 SHEET NAME:
4
A430
A430 A430 A430 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
10
1 3/8" A811
1'-6" 1'-6" 1'-6" 1'-6" 3'-0" 3'-0" PT-02

PHASE:
WD
PL02
PERMIT SET
PL-01
SE REVISIONS:
3'-0"

9 # DESC: DATE
A811
COFFEE REF.
MACHINE GC/GC
WT-01 O/O
1'-8"

MICRO. G1 G1 G1
O/O TRANSPARENT TRANSPARENT TRANSPARENT
SAFETY GLASS SAFETY GLASS SAFETY GLASS
SS-01
PL-01
2'-10"

ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18

1'-3" 1'-3" 1'-3" 1'-6" 3'-0" 2'-6" 1'-3" EQ EQ 3'-0"
4" BN TILE BASE
PROJECT #: 17144
DRAWN BY: SM/JT

SHEET NUMBER

INTERIOR ELEVATION
3/8" = 1'-0" 1 A420
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
GWB SOFFIT - SEE RCP FOR HEIGHT
1'-0"

24" HEIGHT 505 METAL

WALL SIGNAGE. FINISH

ARCHITECTURE
BRUSHED ALUM. ALL

2"
HARDWARE TO BE ADJUSTABLE
CONCEALED. CENTER ON SHELVING. VENEER
WALL FINISH
FINISH: WV-1

EQ
2'-10"

EQ

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

4'-6" METAL AND WOOD FRAME TO HOUSE

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

MOSS. INSTALL MOSS ON RIGID
HARDWARE CLOTH. HARDWARE CLOTH
NOT TO BE VISIBLE ONCE MOSS IS

PLANNING
INSTALLED. WOOD STAIN TO MATCH
ARCHITECTS SAMPLE

EQ

www.mhaworks.com
MOSS AND AIRPLANT INSERT 1'-10"
FULL HEIGHT TILE
CONTACT ZEN SUCCULENT FOR
BACKSPLASH: WT-01 MOSAIC TILE (MT) -
MOSS AND AIR PLANT PRICING

p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
125 E PARRISH STREET SUITE REFER TO ELEVATION
100A, DURHAM, NC 27701 FOR SELECTION
8" 919-480-1762 FAUCET - REFER TO
PLUMBING FOR TYPE PWT
PLYWOOD CAP, STAINLESS DROP IN

1'-8"
STAIN TO MATCH SINK, SEE PLUMBING
DRAWINGS QUARTZ COUNTERTOP
ARCHITECTS VERTICAL EDGE TO BE FLUSH,
WOOD SAMPLE 2'-0" METAL COUNTERTOP SUPPORTS,
QUARTZ COUNTERTOP 2'-1" QUARTZ COUNTERTOP
FINISH: SS-01 FRAME SUPPORTS TO ALLOW FOR
SINK INSTALATION. FINISH: SS-01
LS- LEDGER STONE

1 1/2"
WOOD VENEER ON ALL

6"
EXPOSED SURFACES
BASE CABINET WITH WOOD VENEER

505 S. DUKE STREET

FINISH: WV-1 ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES.
FINISH: WV-1

Dimension to top of sink

Dimension to top of sink

UNDERMOUNT SINK, REFER TO
PLUMBING DRAWINGS
3'-6"

RIGID BACKER
PANEL FOR LS. DOOR PULLS ADA COMPLIANT PIPE WRAP
1' - 9 3/4" AT TRAP AND WATER LINES.

2' - 10"

2'-10"

2'-10"
MOSAIC TILE (MT) - REFER DOOR PULL

Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
FR BLOCKING, TYP. TO ELEVATION FOR
SELECTION
ADJUSTABLE WOOD
ADJUSTABLE WOOD VENEER SHELF VENEER SHELF
FINISH WV-1 FINISH WV-1

BASE

4"
BASE

4"
3"
3"

CW - FEATURE WALL CASEWORK SECTION CASEWORK SECTION CASEWORK SECTION

1" = 1'-0" 8 1" = 1'-0" 7 1" = 1'-0" 6 1" = 1'-0" 5

LINE OF BULKHEAD
C
L
1/2" ALUMINUM REVEAL,
FRYREGLET OR
COMPARABLE. CLEAR
ANODIZED FINISH, TYP. w o r ks , P
3 5/8" MTL. STUD, TYP. HA rchit ect ura .

A
A l

.
Co
Regi t ered

rporat ion
9/16" PANEL WITH VENEER. 50455

s
FINISH: CV-1, TYP.
1'-0" 1'-0"

EQ
or

a
li n

N
th
D Ca ro
UR C
HA M , N
CEILING SCREEN CEILING SCREEN

2"
2"

CEILING SCREEN 1/8" "Z" CLIPS AS REQ'D

2"

ADJUSTABLE VENEER ADJUSTABLE VENEER

SHELVING. 1/2" ALUMINUM REVEAL, .
SHELVING.
EQ

FINISH: WV-1 CLEAR ANODIZED FINISH,

FINISH: WV-1 WOOD VENEER TYP.
ADJUSTABLE WOOD VENEER, PATTERN TO
SHELVING C
L BE BOOK MATCHED ON
WALL CABINET WITH WOOD FINISH: WV-1 WALL CABINET WITH WOOD
VENEER ON ALL EXPOSED MAPLE, TYP.
VENEER ON ALL EXPOSED

2'-10"
FINISH TO MATCH DOOR/
2'-10"

SURFACES.
2'-10"

SURFACES.
EQ

FINISH: WV-1 CV-1

FINISH: WV-1
1/2" MEDIUM DENSITY
FIBERBOARD "MDF" 03/07/18
LAMINATED ONTO 5/8" GWB
THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
EQ

ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN

THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN

9'-6"
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED

EQ
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
DOOR PULL DOOR PULL 5/8" GWB ©-MHAworks 2016

FULL HEIGHT TILE FULL HEIGHT TILE SHEET NAME:

BACKSPLALSH BACKSPLASH
FINISH: WT-01 FINISH: WT-01 WT-01 CASEWORK SECTIONS

1'-8"
1'-8"

1'-8"

QUARTZ COUNTERTOP &

2'-0" BACKSPLASH TO
UNDERSIDE OF WALL 2' - 0" QUARTZ COUNTERTOP QUARTZ COUNTERTOP
8 1/4" 6 1/8" 9 5/8" CABINET. SEE PLAN DETAIL C PHASE:
1 1/2"

FINISH: SS-01 2'-0" FINISH: SS-01 L

OF OPENINGS.
FINISH: SS-01 PERMIT SET
1 3/4"

DOOR PULL WITH LOCKING REVISIONS:

HARDWARE, TYP.
# DESC: DATE
WASTE CONTAINERS DOOR AND DRAWER PULLS,
TO BE SUPPLIED BY DOOR AND DRAWER PULLS
WILL 1'-9 7/8" WITH LOCKING HARDWARE
OWNER 1' - 9 3/4"
ACCOMODATE
TRASH BIN MAX

EQ
BASE CABINET W/ BASE CABINET W/
2'-7 1/2"

SIZE:
2'-10"
2'-10"

VENEER ON ALL BASE CABINET WITH WOOD VENEER VENEER ON ALL

2'-10"

30" HEIGHT ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES.

EXPOSED SURFACES. EXPOSED SURFACES.
11" DEEP FINISH: WV-1
FINISH: WV-1 FINISH: WV-1
20" WIDTH
1'-8"
ADJUSTABLE WOOD
VENEER SHELF
WOOD VENEER ADJUSTABLE SHELF BASE
FINISH: WV-1
FINISH: WV-1
BASE
BASE
1"

4"

ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18

4"

3" 3" PROJECT #: 17144

DRAWN BY: JBT

CASEWORK SECTION CASEWORK SECTION CASEWORK SECTION WALL SECTION SHEET NUMBER
1" = 1'-0" 4 1" = 1'-0" 3 1" = 1'-0" 2 1" = 1'-0" 1
A430
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

1. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM

DAMAGE.
2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS
GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, CONSULT THE
9"
ARCHITECT FOR DIRECTION.
3. INTERIOR PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISH
FACE TO FINISH FACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
SMOKE GUARD MAINTAIN DIMENSIONS MARKED “CLEAR”. ALLOW FOR
THICKNESS OF FINISHED WALL MATERIAL WHEN LAYING

ARCHITECTURE
OUT WALLS. REFER TO INTERIOR FINISH INFORMATION
FOR WALL FINISH.
4. ALL INTERIOR DOORS TO BE LOCATED 6” OFF
REWIND
PERPENDICULAR WALL, UNO. DIMENSION TO INCLUDE
MOTOR
INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS. ALL DOOR CLEARANCES TO
MEET ANSI A117.1 2009 ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCES.
5. REFER TO THE OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED LIST
MOUNTING FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY OWNER’S
PLATE CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE CONCEALED BLOCKING AS

10 1/2"
FRAMING TO REQUIRED FOR WORK BY OWNER’S OTHER

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

STRUCTURE ABOVE CONTRACTORS. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER’S

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

GWB TO EXTEND TO 12 GA HANGER WIRE 4'-0" LINEAR 12 GA HANGER WIRE 4'-0" CONTRACTORS THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND BLOCKING
STRUCTURE ABOVE O.C. OR AS REQ'D BY CARRIERS WALL ANGLE + O.C. OR AS REQ'D BY WALL ANGLE + REQUIREMENTS.
CODE (SUPPLIED BY SPACED 24" SCREWS CODE (SUPPLIED BY SCREWS SCREEN 6. PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES SHOWN IN
09 2900.A04
INSTALLER) SUPPLIED BY MTL EDGE BY CEILING INSTALLER) SUPPLIED BY ASSEMBLY

PLANNING
O.C. THE P AND E SERIES ONLY EXTENDS 5’-0” OUTSIDE OF THE
FACTORY APPLIED (APPROX.) INSTALLER MANUFACTURER FACTORY APPLIED INSTALLER BUILDING. GC RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL COORDINATION
09 5113.B01 LINEAR CLIP LINEAR CLIP OF THESE ELEMENTS IF SITE CONDITIONS VARY FROM THE
CIVIL / LANDSCAPE DESIGN DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY

6"

www.mhaworks.com
09 5113.A01 ARCHITECT WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES OR ALTERATIONS
TO THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS THAT RESULT FROM SITE
TOP OF CONDITIONS.

p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
8'-0" 8'-0" SILICONE ELEVATOR
SEE RCP
SEALANT FRAME
3 3/4" DRAWING REFERENCES:
LINEAR PLANK LINEAR PLANK
09 2216.A03 1. REFER TO G006 FOR TYPICAL INTERIOR MOUNTING
HEIGHTS FOR TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL
09 2900.A04 SCREW CUT PANEL TO LINEAR FLEECE LINEAR FLEECE
OUTLETS, DATA OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM, FIRE STROBE,
LINEAR CARRIER AS
SEE RCP MTL EDGE BY CEILING THERMOSTATS, ETC.
REQ'D (SCREWS LIGHT FIXTURE
MANUFACTURER 2. REFER TO SHEET G210 FOR INTERIOR WALL TYPE
SEE PLAN FOR DIMENSION SUPPLIED BY INSTALLER) (REFER TO ELECT.)
INFORMATION. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL INTERIOR
WALLS TO BE B1 U.N.O.
3. REFER TO SHEET G015 SERIES FOR INTERIOR FINISH
SOFFIT DETAILS RCP CEILING PLANK DETAIL RCP SECTION DETAIL INFORMATION.

505 S. DUKE STREET

3" = 1'-0" 10 3" = 1'-0" 9 3" = 1'-0" 8 KEYNOTES
# DESCRIPTION
03 3000.A02 STRUCTURAL SLAB ON GRADE
03 3000.B01 UNDER-SLAB VAPOR BARRIER

Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
03 3000.B02 COMPACTED SAND
05 1200.A09 STRUCTURAL REBAR
LEVEL 3 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER CAULK ALL EDGES WHERE 05 4000.A02 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING
21'-4"
O/GC SEMI RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER
05 4000.A06 7/8" METAL HAT FURRING CHANNELSTUD
MOUNTED, TYP. MEETS WALL,TYP.
FRAMING
05 7300.B20 ALUMINUM MESH
CAULK ALL EDGES OF
EXISTING SLAB NEW CAST-IN-PLACE LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE 07 9200.C01 FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SEALANT - REFER TO UL
COUNTERTOP
(AS DEFINED IN 2012 NCBC SECTION 721 DESIGN
L2X2X1/4 BOLT TO
EXISTING SLAB AND HAVING FIRE RESISTIVE RATING OF 1 QUARTZ COUNTERTOP 09 2216.A03 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING
HOUR PER 2.5" THICKNESS) SLAB ON 9/16" 09 2900.A04 5/8" TYPE X GYPSUM BOARD
HIGH METAL DECK. 09 5113.A01 ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL - REFER TO FINISH
SCHEDULE
09 5113.B01 METAL SUSPENSION TRACK

INFILL DETAIL @ CHASE SLAB 09 6519.A01 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING - REFER TO ROOM FINISH
SCHEDULE
1 1/2" = 1'-0" 11 INTERIOR WALL SCHEDULE
05 4000.A02 09 2900.A04 PWT

STUD SIZE
DETAILS

RATING

STC
CH STUD, TYP. # BOTTOM TOP DESCRIPTION

A1 7/8" - 5/G210 11/G210

REFER TO WALL 09 2900.A04 A2 3 5/8" - 4/G210 7/G210
TYPE FOR WALL B1 3 5/8" 2/G210 6/G210
BN BASE INFORMATION EXISTING
EXISTING COLUMN B4 3 5/8" 2HR 9/G210 11/G210 UL DES NO 419
COLUMN
C1 4" 2HR 10/G210 12/G210 UL DES NO 415
POURED TERRAZZO 09 2900.A04 w o r ks , P
TL01 0" - - - WALL TILE HA rchit ect ura .

A
A l
4"

.
Co
Regi t ered

rporat ion
05 4000.A06
09 5113.B01 50455

s
09 5113.A01
07 9200.C01
8" MIN.

or

a
li n

N
th
D Ca ro
UR C
HA M , N
EXISTING FLOOR SEE RCP
EXISTING MASONRY WALL
MOISTURE BARRIER
2"

09 2216.A03

BN DETAIL @ TERRAZZO FLOOR BULKHEAD DETAIL FUR-OUT COLUMN DETAIL FUR-OUT COLUMN DETAIL
3" = 1'-0" 7 3" = 1'-0" 6 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 5 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 4
03/07/18
THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
©-MHAworks 2016

SHEET NAME:
CHANGE EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN GRATE TO SQUARE INTERIOR - LARGE SCALE
PROFILE, ALIGN WITH NEW FLOOR FINISH ENSURE PLAN DETAILS
DRAINAGE AND SLOPE AT LOCATION. COORDINATE
CLEANOUT WITH FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION.
STAINLESS STEEL TRENCH DRAIN
COVER - #4 POLISH FINISH UNO. PHASE:
TILING FRAME W/ FRAME DRAIN OUTLET BEYOND
LEVELING SCREWS (BY TRENCH FLOOR TILE - REFER TO FINISH PLAN F002 DIRECTORY - O/GC PERMIT SET
DRAIN MFR.) EXIST NEW 09 6519.A01
GROUT
1/8" MORTAR JOINT 03 3000.A02 REVISIONS:
12" WATERPROOF MEMBRANE
MATWELL #AMF-163 7/8" 1/4" 05 7300.B20
# DESC: DATE
RECESSED FRAME 1/8" 1/8" *
DIVIDER STRIP 05 1200.A09
DRILL AND FIX WITH
SCREWS & PLUGS TERRRAZZO - REFER TO FINISH
PLANS FOR LOCATION
03 3000.B01
1/2"

1/2" MORTAR BED OR AS

LINE OF ENTRY CARPET SPECIFIED 03 3000.B02
(FACE TO ALIGN WITH
TERRAZZO)

CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18

PROJECT #: 17144
*NOTE: 1/4" MIN MORTAR JOINT NECESSARY FOR
SELF-LEVELING APPLICATION. GC TO PROVIDE DRAWN BY: JBT
ALTERNATE DETAIL FOR ARCHITECTS APPROVAL
SHEET NUMBER
RECESSED FLOOR MAT DRAIN DETAIL FUTURE CONCRETE SLAB INFILL DETAIL
3 2 1
12" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0"
A440
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
DOOR HARDWARE INFORMATION DOOR & FRAME SCHEDULE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
SIZE DOOR FRAME 1. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM
GENERAL DOOR INFORMATION: SET 6: PASSAGE FUNCTION - PUBLIC TOILET ROOM

FIRE RATING
FRAME TYPE

HARDWARE
DOOR TYPE
DETAILS DAMAGE.

DOOR NO.

THICKNESS

MATERIAL

MATERIAL

GLAZING
THE INFORMATION BELOW APPLIES TO ALL NON-RATED (3) - McKINNEY SQUARE BARREL HINGE 2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS

GROUP
GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, CONSULT THE

FINISH
LEAFS
INTERIOR DOOR PANELS AND HARDWARE UNLESS NOTED (1) - DOOR CLOSURE
OTHERWISE IN DOOR SCHEDULE OR DOOR PANEL ELEVATIONS. (1) - PULL HANDLE ARCHITECT FOR DIRECTION.
WTH HGT J H S REMARKS (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) 3. INTERIOR PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISH
ALTERNATES TO THE BASIS OF DESIGN TO BE REVIEWED WITH (1) - PUSH PLATE
ARCHITECT PRIOR TO THE FINAL SELECTION. FACE TO FINISH FACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
SET 7: EGRESS DOOR - NON RATED - PANIC SUB-BASEMENT MAINTAIN DIMENSIONS MARKED “CLEAR”. ALLOW FOR
INTERIOR DOOR PANEL AND FRAME BOD: SB01 3' - 0" 7' - 0" A 1 3/4" HM HM 3/A811 6/A811 2/A811 90 MIN 8 THICKNESS OF FINISHED WALL MATERIAL WHEN LAYING

ARCHITECTURE
(3) - McKINNEY SQUARE BARREL HINGE OUT WALLS. REFER TO INTERIOR FINISH INFORMATION
SB02 3' - 0" 7' - 0" A 1 3/4" HM HM 3/A811 6/A811 2/A811 90 MIN 8
- DOOR PANELS: SOLID WOOD PANEL - 1 3/4" THICK. (1) - DOOR CLOSURE FOR WALL FINISH.
SB03 2 6' - 0" 7' - 0" C 1 3/4" HM HM 3/A811 6/A811 1/A811 90 MIN 12 4. ALL INTERIOR DOORS TO BE LOCATED 6” OFF
- MATERIAL: MAPLE - WHITE ; PLAIN - SLICED. (1) - INTERIOR: PANIC HARDWARE W LOCKING LATCH
- FINISH: FINISH PER ARCHITECTS SAMPLE. FINISH PROVIDED BY (1) - EXTERIOR: THUMB LATCH OPERATION W/ ACCESSIBLE PULL PERPENDICULAR WALL, UNO. DIMENSION TO INCLUDE
MASONITE ARCHITECTURAL, CUSTOM COLOR 255890C. BASEMENT INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS. ALL DOOR CLEARANCES TO
SET 8: EGRESS DOOR - RATED CONSTRUCTION - PANIC MEET ANSI A117.1 2009 ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCES.
B01 2 6' - 2" 7' - 2" 2 1/4" ALUM ALUM 12 RELOCATED EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME. REWORK DOORS
- DOOR FRAME + CASING: ALUMINUM FRAME CONSTRUCTION TO INSTALL PANIC HARDWARD 5. REFER TO THE OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED LIST
- MATERIAL: ALUMINUM (1) - INTERIOR (EGRESS FUNCTION): PANIC HARDWARE W FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY OWNER’S
B02 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 2/A811 90 MIN 8 CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE CONCEALED BLOCKING AS
- FINISH: CLEAR ANNODIZED LOCKING LATCH
(1) - EXTERIOR: THUMB LATCH OPERATION W/ ACCESSIBLE PULL B03 3' - 0" 7' - 0" A 1 3/4" HM HM 3/A811 6/A811 2/A811 90 MIN 8 REQUIRED FOR WORK BY OWNER’S OTHER

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

AND LOCK B04 3' - 0" 7' - 0" A 1 3/4" HM HM 3/A811 6/A811 2/A811 90 MIN 8 CONTRACTORS. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER’S

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

INTERIOR DOOR HARDWARE BOD: (1) - HEAVY DUTY DOOR CLOSER B05 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 2/A811 90 MIN 8 CONTRACTORS THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND BLOCKING
- SMOKE SEALS REQUIREMENTS.
B06 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D 1 3/4" WD HM 3/A811 6/A811 2/A811 90 MIN 8
- ASSA ABLOY STUDIO COLLECTION; CENTRO SERIES (4) - HEAVY DUTY HINGE 6. PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES SHOWN IN

PLANNING
B07 3' - 0" 7' - 0" B 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 5/A811 - 7 THE P AND E SERIES ONLY EXTENDS 5’-0” OUTSIDE OF THE
- LEVER IS MD TYPE - ACCESSIBLE THRESHOLD
- ROSETTE IS TYPE E2 - UL LABEL ASSEMBLY B11 3' - 0" 7' - 0" B 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 5/A811 5 BUILDING. GC RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL COORDINATION
- THUMBTURN IS TYPE T2 - ADJUST HARDWARE AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE B12 3' - 0" 7' - 0" B 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 5/A811 5 OF THESE ELEMENTS IF SITE CONDITIONS VARY FROM THE
- FINISH: SATIN STAINLESS STEEL REQUIREMENTS OF THE VARIOUS DOOR RATINGS. CIVIL / LANDSCAPE DESIGN DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY

www.mhaworks.com
B13 3' - 0" 7' - 10" B 1 3/4" WD ALUM 7/A811 10/A811 4/A811 6
- PROVIDE SILENCERS, FLOOR & WALL DOOR STOPS ON ALL ARCHITECT WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES OR ALTERATIONS
B14 3' - 0" 7' - 0" B 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 5/A811 5 TO THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS THAT RESULT FROM SITE
DOORS, AS REQ'D
B15 3' - 0" 7' - 0" B 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 5/A811 3 CONDITIONS.

p 919.682.2870
SET 9: EXTERIOR HM DOUBLE LEAF

f 919.682.5369
GENERAL NOTES:
(1) - INTERIOR: PANIC HARDWARE W LOCKING LATCH – RIGHT LEVEL 1
CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ARCHITECT WITH COMPLETE HAND OPPERATION ONLY 101 3' - 0" 7' - 0" A 1 3/4" HM HM 3/A811 6/A811 2/A811 90 MIN 8 COORDINATE KEYING WITH BB&T DRAWING REFERENCES:
DOOR SUBMITTAL INDICATING SIZE, TYPE, LOCATION, DOOR (1) - EXTERIOR: THUMB LATCH OPERATION W/ ACCESSIBLE PULL
102 3' - 0" 7' - 0" A 1 3/4" HM HM 3/A811 6/A811 2/A811 90 MIN 8 COORDINATE KEYING WITH BB&T
HARDWARE INFORMATION, AND FINISHES PRIOR TO AND LOCK 1. REFER TO G006 FOR TYPICAL INTERIOR MOUNTING
PURCHASE. DOOR HARDWARE SETS ARE FOR GENERAL (2) - DOOR ARMOR HEIGHTS FOR TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL
PURPOSES ONLY AND SHOULD BE REVIEWED & SPECIFIED BY A (2) - HEAVY DUTY DOOR CLOSER LEVEL 3 OUTLETS, DATA OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM, FIRE STROBE,
DOOR HARDWARE SPECIALIST. REMOVABLE CENTER RAIL 301 3' - 0" 7' - 0" A 1 3/4" HM HM 3/A811 6/A811 2/A811 90 MIN 8 THERMOSTATS, ETC.
ASTRAGAL ON ACTIVE LEAF 302 3' - 0" 7' - 0" A 1 3/4" HM HM 3/A811 6/A811 2/A811 90 MIN 8 2. REFER TO SHEET G210 FOR INTERIOR WALL TYPE
ELECTRONIC ACCESS AND CONTROLS INDICATED IN DOOR (1) - TOP AND BOTTOM BOLT FOR INACTIVE LEAF INFORMATION. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL INTERIOR
SCHEDULE AND HARDWARE. COORDINATE ACCESS AIR SEALS AND GASKETS ER3 2' - 6" 7' - 0" B 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 5/A811 3
WALLS TO BE B1 U.N.O.
CONTROLS WITH OWNERS EXISTING SECURITY SYSTEMS, AND (4) - HEAVY DUTY HINGE - BOTH LEAFS JC3 2' - 6" 7' - 0" B 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 5/A811 3
3. REFER TO SHEET G015 SERIES FOR INTERIOR FINISH
PREFERRED ACCESS CONTROL VENDOR. (2) - ACCESSIBLE EXTERIOR THRESHOLD MTR3 3' - 0" 7' - 0" B 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 5/A811 3 INFORMATION.

505 S. DUKE STREET

WTR3 3' - 0" 7' - 0" B 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 5/A811 3
AT LOBBY ADDITION ENTRY, PROVIDE ACCESSIBLE ENTRY POST SET 10: EXTERIOR HM SINGLE LEAF
FOR AUTOMATIC ACCESS. PROVIDE REQUIRED MECHANISIMS
TO ACCOMODATE AUTOMATIC DOOR FUNCTION. GC TO (1) - INTERIOR: PANIC HARDWARE W LOCKING LATCH – RIGHT LEVEL 4
COORDINATE ACCESSIBLE ENTRY WITH SECURITY FUNCTION HAND OPPERATION ONLY 401 3' - 0" 7' - 0" A 1 3/4" HM HM 3/A811 6/A811 2/A811 90 MIN 8
TO ENSURE ENTRY IS FULLY ACCESSIBLE DURRING OFF HOUR (1) - EXTERIOR: THUMB LATCH OPERATION W/ ACCESSIBLE PULL 402 3' - 0" 7' - 0" A 1 3/4" HM HM 3/A811 6/A811 2/A811 90 MIN 8
OPERATIONS WHEN BUILDING IS LOCKED. AND LOCK ER4 2' - 6" 7' - 0" B 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 5/A811 3

Durham, NC 27701
(1) - DOOR ARMOR

505 S. Duke Street

JC4 2' - 6" 7' - 0" B 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 5/A811 3
ALL DOOR HANDLES AT MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND (1) - HEAVY DUTY DOOR CLOSER
UTILITY ROOMS TO BE KNURLED, AS REQ'D. AIR SEALS AND GASKETS MTR4 3' - 0" 7' - 0" B 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 5/A811 3
(4) - HEAVY DUTY HINGE WTR4 3' - 0" 7' - 0" B 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 5/A811 3
ALL EXTERIOR DOORS (NEW AND EXISTING) TO BE (2) - ACCESSIBLE EXTERIOR THRESHOLD
WEATHERSEALED. ALL EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN TO
LEVEL 5
RECIEVE NEW HARDWARE, SEE SCHEDULE. SET 11: EGRESS DOOR - NON RATED
501 3' - 0" 7' - 0" A 1 3/4" HM HM 3/A811 6/A811 2/A811 90 MIN 8
ACCESS CONTROLLED EGRESS DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH (3) - McKINNEY SQUARE BARREL HINGE 502 3' - 0" 7' - 0" A 1 3/4" HM HM 3/A811 6/A811 2/A811 90 MIN 8
ALL REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1008.1.4.4 OF THE 2012 (1) - DOOR CLOSURE ER5 2' - 6" 7' - 0" B 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 5/A811 3
NCSBC. THE DOOR CONTROLS MUST BE COORDINATED WITH (1) - STANDARD LEVER - NO LOCK SET JC5 2' - 6" 7' - 0" B 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 5/A811 3
FIRE ALARM AND SPRINKLER SYSTEMS FOR FUNCTION DURING
MTR5 3' - 0" 7' - 0" B 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 5/A811 3
EMERGENCY. SET 12: EGRESS DOUBLE DOOR - RATED CONSTRUCTION - PANIC
WTR5 3' - 0" 7' - 0" B 1 3/4" WD HM 8/A811 7/A811 5/A811 3
AT END OF PROJECT ALL DOORS, EXISTING AND NEW, TO (2) - INTERIOR (EGRESS FUNCTION): PANIC HARDWARE W
HAVE SAME LOCKING SETS. GC TO COORDINATE WITH LOCKING LATCH
OWNER TYPE OF LOCKSET TO BE USED DURING SHOP (2) - EXTERIOR: THUMB LATCH OPERATION W/ ACCESSIBLE PULL
DRAWING GENERATION. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE OWNER AND LOCK
WITH KEYSETS AND PLANS INDICATING LOCATION OF EACH (2) - HEAVY DUTY DOOR CLOSER
KEY OPPERATION. - SMOKE SEALS
(8) - HEAVY DUTY HINGE
- ACCESSIBLE THRESHOLD
- UL LABEL ASSEMBLY
SET 1: EXTERIOR LOBBY VESTIBULE ENTRY DOORS - ADJUST HARDWARE AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THE VARIOUS DOOR RATINGS.
(2) - DOOR CLOSER
(2) - DEADBOLT SET 13: OFFICE FUNCTION
(2) - EGRESS HARDWARE - BOD: BLUMCRAFT H-100-F WITH DB-
100-F KEY CYLINDERS (3) - McKINNEY SQUARE BARREL HINGE
(TYP) - HEAD, JAMB AND SILL AIR GASKETS AND WEATHER (1) - DOOR CLOSER
SEALS (1) - OFFICE FUNCTION LOCKSET
(TYP) - PROVIDE REQUIRED CYLINDERS TO MATCH OWNERS w o r ks , P
EXISTING DOOR LOCKS SET 14: EGRESS DOUBLE DOOR - NON RATED HA rchit ect ura .

A
A l
(TYP) - REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR SPECIAL

.
Co
Regi t ered
CONDITIONS (8) - McKINNEY SQUARE BARREL HINGE

rporat ion
50455

s
(2) - STATIONARY DOOR HANDLES
SET 2 [A&B]: SUITE ENTRY DOORS (1) - ELECTROMAGNETIC LOCK
[2A-SINGLE LEAF, 2B-DBL. LEAF] (1) - CARD READER ACCESS or

a
li n

N
th
(2) - DOOR CLOSER D Ca ro
UR C
(2) - DOOR CLOSER (1) - REMOVABLE CENTER RAIL HA M , N
(2) - EGRESS HARDWARE - BOD: BLUMCRAFT H-100-F ASTRAGAL ON ACTIVE LEAF
(2) - ELECTROMAGNETIC LOCK (1) - TOP AND BOTTOM BOLT FOR INACTIVE LEAF
(1) - CARD READER ACCESS

SET 3: STOREROOM FUNCTION

(4) - McKINNEY SQUARE BARREL HINGE

(1) - STORAGE LOCKSET
(1) - DOOR CLOSER

SET 4: STOREROOM FUNCTION - DOUBLE LEAF

(8) - McKINNEY SQUARE BARREL HINGE

(1) - STORAGE LOCKSET
(2) - DOOR CLOSER
(1) - REMOVABLE CENTER RAIL 03/07/18
ASTRAGAL ON ACTIVE LEAF THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
(1) - TOP AND BOTTOM BOLT FOR INACTIVE LEAF ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
SET 5: PRIVACY FUNCTION IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
©-MHAworks 2016
(3) - McKINNEY SQUARE BARREL HINGE
(1) - DOOR CLOSURE
(1) - THUMB LOCK TO INTERIOR, KEYED ACCESS TO THE
SHEET NAME:
EXTERIOR DOOR SCHEDULE +
HARDWARE
SEE DETAIL

AS SCHEDULED AS SCHEDULED AS SCHEDULED AS SCHEDULED

2" AS SCHEDULED 2" PHASE:
PERMIT SET

REVISIONS:
# DESC: DATE
AS SCHEDULED

AS SCHEDULED

AS SCHEDULED

AS SCHEDULED

AS SCHEDULED
3'-2"

3'-2"

3'-2"

3'-2"
TYPE 1 DOOR TYPE 'A' DOOR TYPE 'B' DOOR TYPE 'C' DOOR TYPE 'D'

HM FRAME, 90 MINUTE INTERIOR HM FLUSH INTERIOR WD FLUSH INTERIOR HM FLUSH INTERIOR WD FLUSH SINGLE ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
FIRE RATED SINGLE DOOR SINGLE DOOR DOUBLE DOOR DOOR
90 MINUTE FIRE RATED 90 MINUTE FIRE RATED 90 MINUTE FIRE RATED PROJECT #: 17144
DRAWN BY: JT

SHEET NUMBER
FRAME TYPES: PANEL TYPES:
DOOR TYPES
A810
1/4" = 1'-0" 1
 INTERIORS

-DURHAM
-GREENVILLE
-PITTSBORO
-ASHEVILLE
works
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

1. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM

DAMAGE.
2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS
GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, CONSULT THE
ARCHITECT FOR DIRECTION.
3. INTERIOR PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISH
FACE TO FINISH FACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
MAINTAIN DIMENSIONS MARKED “CLEAR”. ALLOW FOR
THICKNESS OF FINISHED WALL MATERIAL WHEN LAYING

ARCHITECTURE
OUT WALLS. REFER TO INTERIOR FINISH INFORMATION
FOR WALL FINISH.
4. ALL INTERIOR DOORS TO BE LOCATED 6” OFF
PERPENDICULAR WALL, UNO. DIMENSION TO INCLUDE
INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS. ALL DOOR CLEARANCES TO
MEET ANSI A117.1 2009 ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCES.
5. REFER TO THE OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED LIST
FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY OWNER’S
CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE CONCEALED BLOCKING AS
REQUIRED FOR WORK BY OWNER’S OTHER

DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27701

CONTRACTORS. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER’S

501 WASHINGTON STREET, SUITE G

CONTRACTORS THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND BLOCKING
REQUIREMENTS.
6. PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES SHOWN IN

PLANNING
THE P AND E SERIES ONLY EXTENDS 5’-0” OUTSIDE OF THE
BUILDING. GC RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL COORDINATION
OF THESE ELEMENTS IF SITE CONDITIONS VARY FROM THE
CIVIL / LANDSCAPE DESIGN DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY

www.mhaworks.com
ARCHITECT WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES OR ALTERATIONS
TO THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS THAT RESULT FROM SITE
CONDITIONS.

p 919.682.2870
f 919.682.5369
DRAWING REFERENCES:

1. REFER TO G006 FOR TYPICAL INTERIOR MOUNTING

HEIGHTS FOR TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL
OUTLETS, DATA OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM, FIRE STROBE,
THERMOSTATS, ETC.
2. REFER TO SHEET G210 FOR INTERIOR WALL TYPE
INFORMATION. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL INTERIOR
WALLS TO BE B1 U.N.O.
3. REFER TO SHEET G015 SERIES FOR INTERIOR FINISH
INFORMATION.

505 S. DUKE STREET

Durham, NC 27701
505 S. Duke Street
20 GA. MTL STUDS
KEYNOTES
# DESCRIPTION
04 2000.A01 8" X 8" X 16" CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT
04 2000.A04 BULLNOSE CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT
SHIM CAULK
09 5113.A01 2" 07 2100.B01 3 1/2" UNFACED GLASS-FIBER BLANKET
BLOCKING INSULATION
07 9200.A01 BACKER ROD W/ SEALANT
07 9200.B01 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANT

2"
CAULK 08 1113.A00 SCHEDULED DOOR AND FRAME

4 1/2"
20 GA. MTL 08 1113.B03 HM DOUBLE RABBIT DOOR FRAME - SPRAY FOAM
STUDS FILLED
ALUM. STOREFRONT
08 7100.A01 ALUMINUM THRESHOLD
08 7100.B01 ALUMINUM BOTTOM SWEEP
4 1/2" 09 2216.A03 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING
ALUM. STOREFRONT 09 2216.A05 6" METAL STUD FRAMING
09 2900.A04 5/8" TYPE X GYPSUM BOARD
09 5113.A01 ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL - REFER TO FINISH
ALUM. STOREFRONT HEAD ALUM. STOREFRONT JAMB SCHEDULE

3" = 1'-0" 10 3" = 1'-0" 9

w o r ks , P
HA rchit ect ura .

A
A l

.
Co
Regi t ered

rporat ion
50455

s
or

a
li n

N
th
D Ca ro
04 2000.A01 EXISTING UR C
HA M , N
VARIES, REF. TP

3/8"
WALL TYPES
09 2900.A04 07 9200.A01
09 2900.A04 08 1113.B03

09 2216.A03 6 3/4"
07 9200.B01 09 2216.A05
08 1113.A00 07 2100.B01

2" OR 4"
FACE
09 2900.A04 08 1113.A00 08 1113.A00
1 3/4" OR AS

1/2" UNDERCUT
09 2216.A03
SCHEDULED
VARIES, REF. TP
WALL TYPES

08 1113.A00
SEALANT, BOTH FT01 OR FT02
07 2100.B01 SIDES OF FRAME 03/07/18
THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
FULLY WELDED HM ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
NOTE: REFER TO WALL TYPE FOR
DOOR FRAME, ALL THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
OVERALL WALL CONSTRUCTION. WALL PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
WELDED JOINTS IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
SHOWN FOR GRAPHIC PURPOSES ONLY. *THRESHOLD TO BE PLACED IN
GROUND SMOOTH PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
EXISTING WALL ANCHOR FRAME A CONTINUOUS BED OF ©-MHAworks 2016
PRIOR TO FINISHING
07 9200.B01 SEALANT
SHEET NAME:
TYPICAL DOOR DETAILS
HM FRAME - JAMB HM FRAME - HEAD DOOR DETAILS SWING DOOR SILL
3" = 1'-0" 8 3" = 1'-0" 7 3" = 1'-0" 6 3" = 1'-0" 5
PHASE:
PERMIT SET

REVISIONS:
# DESC: DATE
08 1113.B03
07 9200.A01 WALL
BEYOND

04 2000.A04 08 1113.A00
08 1113.A00 1 3/4" OR AS
08 1113.A00 SCHEDULED
08 7100.B01 1 3/4" OR AS
6 3/4"

08 7100.A01 SCHEDULED
08 1113.A00

1/2" MAX
1 3/4" OR AS 08 7100.A01
1/2" UNDERCUT

SCHEDULED

1/2" MAX
07 9200.A01

*THRESHOLD TO BE PLACED IN ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18

NOTE: REFER TO WALL TYPE FOR *THRESHOLD TO BE PLACED IN A CONTINUOUS BED OF
OVERALL WALL CONSTRUCTION. A CONTINUOUS BED OF PROJECT #: 17144
SEALANT
WALL SHOWN FOR GRAPHIC SEALANT DRAWN BY: JBT
PURPOSES ONLY.
EXISTING WALL ANCHOR FRAME
SHEET NUMBER
SWING DOOR SILL1 JAMB DETAILS SILL DETAILS SILL DETAILS
3" = 1'-0" 4 3" = 1'-0" 3 3" = 1'-0" 2 3" = 1'-0" 1
A811
 FIRE ALARM SYMBOL LEGEND
FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT

FIRE ALARM TERMINAL CABINET (N = TRANSPONDER NUMBER)

FIRE SUPPRESSION CONTROL PANEL (N DENOTES SUPPRESSION TYPE)

GRAPHIC ANNUCIATOR PANEL

DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICATOR TRANSMITTER

FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR

REMOTE VOICE EVACUATION VOICE (EVACUATION MICROPHONE)

WATER FLOW SWITCH

LOW TEMPERATURE SWITCH

HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH

PRESSURE DETECTOR/SWITCH

VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH

GAS DETECTOR (X = GAS TYPE EX. CARBON MONOXIDE)

HEAT DETECTOR/SENSOR (X= TYPE)

PROVIDE BOX, AS SHOWN, TO DENOTE COMBINATION DETECTORS

F PULL STATION/FIRE ALARM

SMOKE DETECTOR/SENSOR (DEFAULT PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE)

SMOKE DETECTOR - IONIZATION TYPE (ION)

SMOKE ALARM (SINGLE STATION)

SMOKE ALARM (MULTI. STATION)

DETECTOR WITH SOUNDER BASE (SB)

DETECTOR - MULTI CRITERIA TYPE (MC)

DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR (NFPA 72, SECTION 17.7.5.5)

AUDIBLE ONLY APPLIANCE (WALL MOUNTED)

VISUAL ONLY APPLIANCE (WALL MOUNTED)

AUDIBLE/VISUAL APPLIANCE (WALL MOUNTED)

VISUAL ONLY APPLIANCE (CEILING MOUNTED)

AUDIBLE ONLY APPLIANCE (CEILING MOUNTED)

NOTE: AUDIBLE/VISUAL APPLIANCE (CEILING MOUNTED)

EXISTING FIRE ALARM DEVICES AUDIBLE ONLY APPLIANCE, SPEAKER (WALL MOUNTED)

IN AREA OF WORK ARE DATED. AUDIBLE/VISUAL APPLIANCE, SPEAKER (WALL MOUNTED)

FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR TO AUDIBLE ONLY APPLIANCE, SPEAKER (CEILING MOUNTED)

CONFIRM EXISTING DEVICES AUDIBLE/VISUAL APPLIANCE, SPEAKER (CEILING MOUNTED)

CAN BE RE-USED PRIOR TO BID. MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER (SUPPLIED WITH DOOR HARDWARE), CONNECT TO LOCAL
SMOKE DETECTOR.
IF NOT POSSIBLE, PROVIDE ALL A ANSUL HOOD SYSTEM "ALARM" OUTPUT.
NEW DEVICES IN LIEU OF NEW OR RELOCATED DEVICE
EXISTING AND RELOCATED
DEVICES SHOWN ON PLAN.
EXISTING DEVICE TO REMAIN
maple
ENGINEERING, pllc
DEMO'D DEVICE OR DEVICE TO BE RELOCATED. 708 ST. MARYS ST
RALEIGH, NC 27605 LIC.#: P-0990
P:919-341-4247 F:919-890-3797
plumbing mechanical electrical

FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SYSTEM OUTPUTS

INPUT/OUTPUT MATRIX FACP ANNUNCIATION NOTIFICATION REQUIRED FIRE SAFETY CONTROL

N
TO

TI IO
R

S N
TO

P
IO
A

EN

U
R
ST TA

N
IC

TR AT
A

E-
O
O
R

L IND

R
IC

M
O

K
EL TE AT TO HE CE EN ST
TO

TO
R

IP
D

ER FR BS FL
L

A
A
TO

A
IN

U
M

M
A

A
L

EQ
L
C

TU EL TO LL L T TO RA
R

EV
A L

D
ER C AL
VA AD A DI

SI LA

L
L
IC A

O
A

EL
A

SS ON G
A
N

IN

D OW OR EC

O
N
D

TO TE FLO S
N
A

R
N

EX RE TI LIN
SM AL EL NA OR
G

C
S

H
O
IN SI

A LL OR
E

A
G

M
L

G
S

R
L
R

TI
LD N
EL NE SI IG O C

LE
A
SI

ES
ROOF DECK/FLOOR ABOVE

O
L

D
O

O OF EV TE
O

A
Y

N
L
A

LL R AN
O

B
Y

IZ
D
R

SM SU LA AT ON
A

IG

TR SM IRE OF CU DR

L
T
N

G
D

A
A
N
SO

U UR
IG

T
S

SM W SS R H
L
TU E Z IBL RO ISO

IS
S
L

N
G

A
A
A
VI

R
S

IT PER RM US

S
O

,D
SI

C ER EV E

Z
A
A

O ISO IGN
IS TE NE TR BL

I
TR

I
V
M

ST
A
VA IC NA

EC
R

R LL AG LE Y S
E
M

ST
B
R
R PE

L
IC

U
Y
U

E
P
S
N

P
CONDUIT

PE

R
LA

TU E S R TIV
T

U
R
3-7-18

O
O

LA

A
SU

N TO

A
A
SU
C

H
A

A
E

TE AIR RE
D

H
T

O C
A
N N D

EX
LO E
N

A EV R

E
R

TR V

E
LE

P
N

T
O O

SE RE IN

TU E F ESP
M UB
O

O
O

N TF E

K
TU E C IBL

E
INSTALL PER NEC A

V
M M

D
IB

K
A MO
M M S

O
C YE AR
N
A AT OM

O
N
D

A AT UD

R
O O IT

O
A
THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS

E
U

T
E
EX

N
C C

H
W
H
G
A

LL

TU W
T
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
TE TE

TE
TE

LO D
EC E
I

I
K

O
M
TR AY
A AT

A AT

A AT
R AS

A LL
MOUNT NOTIFICATION A A C

VA
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN

S
A

A
TU TU LO

PL

N
TU

TU

TU

TU

T
A
E

TI
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED

U
EC
EL
C C N NOTIFICATION DEVICES

C
TR

SH
MOUNT ON DEVICES ON SYSTEM INPUTS A A U

A
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT

-
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
APPROVED BOX SUPPLY DIFFUSER APPROVED BOXES 1 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AC POWER FAILURE 1
OR RETURN/EXHAUST OPENING 6" MIN. 2 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM LOW BATTERY 2
SMOKE/HEAT
DETECTOR
3 OPEN CIRCUIT 3 SHEET NAME:
1'-0" MAX. 4 GROUND FAULT 4 FIRE ALARM
INPUT DEVICES FIRE ALARM
5 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT SHORT 5
CEILING CONTROL SCHEDULES
4" MIN. 6 BUILDING MANUAL PULL STATIONS 6 PANEL
0'-4" MIN. 3'-0" MIN. HORN 7 CORRIDOR SMOKE DETECTORS 7 VS VS F F LT VS TWO DEDICATED AND NOTES
EXIT GRAPHIC HORN STROBE STROBE 8 AREA SMOKE DETECTORS 8 TEL. LINES AND RISER
9 HVAC AIR DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS 9
BACK FLOW PULL SPRINKLER RISER
ANNUNCIATOR SMOKE/HEAT PREVENTER STATIONS
10 AREA HEAT DETECTORS 10 120V PHASE:
DETECTOR 11 HOOD OR ROOM FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ALARM 11
12 SPRINKLER TAMPER SWITCH 12
PERMIT SET
FACP 13 SPRINKLER WATER FLOW IN BUILDING 13
14 SPRINKLER WATER FLOW IN ELEV EQUIP RM OR SHAFT 14
TEMPERATURE SENSOR REVISIONS:
15 ELEV EQUIP RM AREA SMOKE DETECTOR 15
SMOKE DETS.
(TOP OF DEVICE)
(BTM OF DEVICE)

16 ELEV SHAFT AND ELEV EQUIP RM HEAT DETECTORS 16

MANUAL
8'-0" MAX.

17 ELEV LOBBY SMOKE DETECTORS - UPPER FLOORS 17

6'-8" MIN.

HINGED PULL STATION 18 ELEV LOBBY SMOKE DETECTOR - RECALL FLOOR 18

RISER NOTES:
48"

19 ELEV CONTROLLER POWER SHUNT TRIP STATUS 19

SIDE
5'-0" MAX. 20 FIRE PUMP POWER FAILURE/PHASE REVERSAL 20
NOTE: 21 FIRE PUMP RUNNING 21 1. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS EXISTING. COORDINATE NEW DEVICES WITH EXISTING FA SYSTEM TYPE,
3'-8" NFPA 72 & ADA DEVICES 22 FIRE PUMP SYSTEM NOT IN AUTOMATIC 22 MODEL, AND REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE ALL PROGRAMMING AND FINAL CONNECTION BY A
23 LEGALLY REQUIRED GENERATOR SYSTEM LOW FUEL 23 FACTORY TRAINED TECHNICIAN.
(3'-6" MIN. INSTALLATION REQ'S ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
24 LEGALLY REQUIRED GENERATOR NOT IN AUTOMATIC 24
4'-0" MAX.)
25 AREA OF REFUGE TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS STATUS 25
2. EXISTING FIRE ALARM DEVICES ARE SHOWN IN FAINT. NEW OR RELOCATED DEVICES ARE PROJECT #: 16141
26 - 26

FLOOR 27 - 27
SHOWN IN BOLD. DRAWN BY: RDG
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W V W
3. RISER IS GENERIC IN NATURE. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY EXACT LAYOUT AND SHEET NUMBER
EQUIPMENT PRESENT.

3
FIRE ALARM DEVICE LOCATIONS
NO SCALE 2
FIRE ALARM DEVICE MATRIX
NO SCALE 1
FIRE ALARM RISER DIAGRAM
NO SCALE
FA001
 FIRE RATING LEGEND
2-HR WALL

STORAGE ROOM
75cd BREAK ROOM
B011
A 2 A 4
1
110CD

1
75cd
15cd CORRIDOR
CO2B
3 A 2 A 4 3 15cd
1
MEN'S
B142 3
B 2 D 4
15cd 110cd
15cd 15cd 15cd
3
COMMUNICATIONS
JANITOR 15cd 15cd 3 3
ELEC. ROOM
ER
B103
E 1 E 5
3
WOMEN'S MEN'S
WTR MTR
110cd
B 2 D 4 B 2 D 4

WOMENS
15cd
B141
110cd B 2 D 4
15cd

COMMUNICATIONS 3 ELEC. ROOM

ER
15cd 15cd
15cd

4 4 7
15cd
NOTE: NOTE: 15cd
7 7 LOBBY
ANY FIRE ALARM EXISTING SMOKE F
B145
A 2 C 2
NOTIFICATION DEVICE DETECTORS NOT SHOWN VESTIBULE
3
B001
NOT SHOWN ON PLAN IS ON PLANS ARE TO F 2 A 2
110cd
TO BE DEMO'D. REMAIN. 5
F
15cd

TAGGED NOTES - THIS SHEET 110cd

2 110cd F

F
3
1 F

1 RELOCATE EXISTING FIRE ALARM DEVICE AS SHOWN. F

110cd 30cd
30cd 15cd
2 EXISTING FACP PANEL TO REMAIN. CORRIDOR
BO1B
D 1 A 1

3 PROVIDE NEW FIRE ALARM DEVICE. WELLNESS ROOM

B26
15cd 3 D 1 A 1

4 SMOKE CURTAINS TO BE PROVIDED ABOVE ELEVATOR 3 15CD

DOORS IN BASEMENT. PROVIDE NEW SMOKE MAIL/PACKAGE
DETECTOR AND WIRE TO ALARM CIRCUIT. B23
D 1 A 1
COORDINATE WITH ELEVATOR SMOKE CURTAIN
INSALLTER.120V POWER BY E.C.
5 EXISTING SMOKE DETECTOR IN BASEMENT LOBBY TO
REMAIN.

6 EXISTING SMOKE DETECTOR FOR ELEVATOR RECALL.

ENSURE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. FIRE ALARM PLAN - FIFTH FLOOR
7 PROVIDE NEW SMOKE DETECTOR ABOVE ELEVATOR
DOORS FOR ELEVATOR RECALL.
3 SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

FIRE ALARM PLAN - BASEMENT

4 SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

GENERAL FIRE ALARM NOTES

1. EXISTING FIRE ALARM DEVICES ARE SHOWN IN FAINT. NEW OR
RELOCATED DEVICES ARE SHOWN IN BOLD. SEE LEGEND.

2. THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR IS TO BE HELD TO THE SAME

REQUIREMENTS AS THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. FIRE ALARM
CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ELECTRICAL PLANS AND
maple
ENGINEERING, pllc
ELECTRICAL "GENERAL NOTES" BEFORE COMPLETING BID. 708 ST. MARYS ST
RALEIGH, NC 27605 LIC.#: P-0990
P:919-341-4247 F:919-890-3797
3. FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY EXISTING FIRE ALARM plumbing mechanical electrical
SYSTEM HAS BATTERY AND VOLTAGE CAPACITY TO HANDLE 110cd 30cd 110cd 15cd
ADDITIONAL DEVICES. PROVIDE FIRE ALARM SHOP DRAWINGS 15cd 3 3
INCLUDING DEVICE CUTSHEETS, BATTERY & VOLTAGE DROP
CALCULATIONS, AND WIRING LAYOUT TO LOCAL AHJ PRIOR TO 15cd 3
BEGINNING WORK. 15cd 15cd 110cd 15cd 15cd
3
110cd 3 3 15cd 110cd 3 3
3 110cd
4. AUDIBLE FIRE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES SHALL PROVIDE
A SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL OF 15 dBA ABOVE THE AVERAGE 3
WOMEN'S
AMBIENT SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL OR 5 dBA ABOVE THE WTR WOMEN'S
B 2 D 4 WTR
MAXIMUM SOUND LEVEL HAVING A DURATION OF AT LEAST 60 MEN'S
B 2 D 4
MEN'S
SECONDS, WHICHEVER IS GREATER, AT ALL LOCATIONS WITHIN MTR
B 2 D 4
MTR
B 2 D 4
THE OCCUPIABLE SPACE (TYPICAL AVERAGE AMBIENT SOUND 3-7-18
PRESSURE LEVELS ARE GIVEN IN NFPA 72 TABLE A.18.4.3). THE
MINIMUM SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL SHALL BE 75 dBA IN 15cd THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
OCCUPANCY GROUPS R AND I-1, 90 dBA IN MECHANICAL ELEC. ROOM
ELEC. ROOM
ER THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
EQUIPMENT ROOMS, AND 60 dBA IN ALL OTHER OCCUPANCIES. ER PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
THE MAXIMUM SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL SHALL BE 110 dBA AT THE 15cd PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
MINIMUM HEARING DISTANCE FROM ANY AUDIBLE APPLIANCE. 6 15cd
6
5. IF THREE OR MORE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM VISUAL NOTIFICATION 15cd 15cd
SHEET NAME:
APPLIANCES ARE LOCATED WITHIN AN OBSERVERS FIELD OF VIEW FIRE ALARM
MAIN FLOORS
SHALL BE SYNCHRONIZED. 3 PLANS
110cd

6. FIRE ALARM DEVICES ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE F 30cd

F 110cd
WITH NFPA 72 AND 'ADA'. PHASE:
15cd F 110cd F
110cd PERMIT SET
7. ALL FIRE ALARM WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT OR AS ALLOWED 3
BY NEC OR LOCAL AHJ. 3
REVISIONS:
8. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AN UPDATED FIRE 3 3
110cd 15cd 110cd 15cd
ALARM LAYOUT PLAN AT THE FACP.

9. TESTING OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY

OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.

10. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE ALL EXISTING DEVICES ARE

FUNCTIONING PROPERLY AND CANDELLA RATING IS AS ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
INDICATED. PROJECT #: 16141
DRAWN BY: RDG
11. FOR PROJECTS MIXING OLD AND NEW NOTIFICATION DEVICES IS
IT THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR, BEFORE
BEGINNING WORK, TO ENSURE THAT NEW AND EXISTING DEVICES SHEET NUMBER
CAN PRODUCE THE SAME, SYNCHRONIZED AUDIBLE TONE/PULSE
ALARM. IF NOT POSSIBLE, ALL EXISTING AUDIBLE DEVICES MAY
NEED TO BE REPLACED. (NFPA 72-2007 6.8.6.5.3).
2
FIRE ALARM PLAN - FOURTH FLOOR
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 1
FIRE ALARM PLAN - THIRD FLOOR
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" FA101
 FIRE RATING LEGEND
2-HR WALL

MEN'S
MTR
WOMEN'S B 2 D 4
WTR
B 2 D 4

4 1

NOTE: NOTE:
ALL STANDPIPE WORK TO COORDINATE STANDPIPE
BE PERFORMED AFTER WORK WITH DURHAM FIRE
DEPARTMENT AND
TAGGED NOTES - THIS SHEET HOURS. COORDINATE ALL
AFTER HOURS WORK WITH COORDINATE TEMPORARY
THE BUILDING OWNER. FIRE SAFETY PLAN.
1 EXISTING WELDED STANDPIPE IN LOCATION OF
DEMO'D CHASE WALL TO BE RELOCATED TO NEW
CHASE AS SHOWN. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION
OF STANDPIPE AND RELOCATION WITH NEW CHASE
GENERAL NOTES - THIS SHEET
WALL, ARCHITECT, AND OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS
WITHIN CHASE. 1. ITEMS SHOWN IN FAINT & HATCHED ARE TO BE DEMO'D OR
2 COORDINATE NECESSARY WORK BELOW THIRD RELOCATED. ITEMS SHOWN IN FAINT ARE EXISTING TO
FLOOR, IN SECOND FLOOR CEILING SPACE, WITH REMAIN. NEW OR RELOCATED ITEMS ARE SHOWN IN BOLD.
OWNER AND BUILDING TENANTS. STANDPIPE IS TO BE SEE LEGEND.
OFFSET AT SECOND FLOOR CEILING. 2. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK.
3. HATCHED AREA INDICATES EXISTING AREAS NOT INCLUDED
3 EXISTING FIRE HOSE CABINET TO REMAIN.
IN SCOPE OF WORK.
4. ALL PIPING MATERIALS AND SIZES ARE TO MATCH EXISTING.
4 EXTEND PIPING AND CONNECTION FROM RELOCATED
REPLACE ANY DAMAGED OR WORN PIPING IN AREA OF
STANDPIPE TO EXISTING HOSE CABINET.
WORK WITH NEW, EQUAL PIPING.

FIRE PROTECTION PLAN - FIFTH FLOOR

3 SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

maple
ENGINEERING, pllc
708 ST. MARYS ST
RALEIGH, NC 27605 LIC.#: P-0990
P:919-341-4247 F:919-890-3797
plumbing mechanical electrical

MEN'S
MEN'S
MTR
WOMEN'S MTR
B 2 D 4
B 2 D 4 WOMEN'S
WTR
B 2 D 4 WTR
2 D
2

4 1 4 1

3-7-18
3 3 THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.

SHEET NAME:
FIRE PROTECTION
MAIN FLOORS
PLANS

PHASE:
PERMIT SET

REVISIONS:

ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18

PROJECT #: 16141
DRAWN BY: RDG

SHEET NUMBER

2
FIRE PROTECTION PLAN - FOURTH FLOOR
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 1
FIRE PROTECTION PLAN - THIRD FLOOR
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" FP101
 PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: IV. COORDINATION: PLUMBING FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS AND CONNECTION SCHEDULE
FAUCET/VALVE DRAIN PIPE SIZES
1. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR IS TO FURNISH AND PAY FOR ALL LABOR, MATERIAL, 1. BEFORE BEGINNING WORK INVERT ELEVATIONS SHALL BE ESTABLISHED. PC IS TO SUPPLIES
MARK FIXTURE TYPE MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. MATERIAL STYLE MANUFACT. MOUNTING REMARKS
EQUIPMENT, PERMITS & FEES REQUIRED FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ALL ENSURE PROPER SLOPES OF ALL WASTE AND STORM PIPING CAN BE MAINTAINED, SPOUT HANDLES CENTERS TYPE SIZE AND STOPS WASTE VENT CW HW
CONTACT ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IF PROBLEM/ISSUE IS DISCOVERED. MODEL NO.
SYSTEMS IN THIS SECTION OF WORK.
PROVIDE OPEN FRONT SEAT
2. P.C. TO COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS W/ ROOFING WATER FLUSH AMERICAN VITREOUS ADA AMER. STD. - - - - - -
2. ALL WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NC PLUMBING CODE P-1 3351.101 WALL WITH NO LID.
CONTRACTOR & MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. P.C. & M.C. TO COORDINATE TO CLOSET VALVE STANDARD CHINA ELONGATED 6047.161
AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES. PC IS TO COORDINATE W/ G.C. IN W/ WATER CLOSET CARRIER.
REGARDS TO PROJECT TIMELINE, WORK HOURS, AS WELL AS ANY BONDING OR ENSURE NO PLUMBING VENTS ARE LOCATED WITHIN 10' OF ANY OUTSIDE AIR
INTAKES. MOEN W/ WALL BRACKET. 1.5 GPM.
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. WALL ADA SINGLE BRASSCRAFT
P-2 LAVATORY TECLA CAN01011 CERAMIC 8559 CENTER AUTO GRID WALL MOUNT AT ADA HEIGHT.
MOUNT RECTANGULAR (W/ MIX VALVE) HOLE OCR1912AC
3. P.C. TO COORDINATE W/ G.C. AND ARCH PLANS TO ENSURE NECESSARY W/ 4(AA) BATTERIES.
3. ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES AND PLUMBING SYSTEM EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED
COMPLETE WITH ALL ACCESSORIES, HANGERS, VALVES, STOPS, TAILPIECES, TRAPS, BACKING/SUPPORTS ARE INSTALLED TO ALLOW INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING
120V, 1.0 AMPS.
FAUCETS, STRAINERS, ETC REGARDLESS OF PRESENCE ON PLANS. SEE FIXTURE FIXTURES. WATER LZWS- GALVANIZED, - - - - - - BRASSCRAFT
P-3 HI-LO ELKAY ADA WALL W/ INSTALLATION BRACKET.
SCHEDULE. COOLER EDFPBM117K STAINLESS G2CR19
W/ BOTTLE FILLER. ADA HEIGHT.
4. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE CLOSELY WITH ALL OTHER
4. ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE GUARANTEED TO BE TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICT AND ENSURE OTHER TRADES PROVIDE MEASURES TO SHOWER TILED SHOWER BY G.C.
- - - - AMERICAN STD. - - -
FREE OF DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF ACCOMMODATE PLUMBING WORK (I.E. ACCESS DOORS, SLAB/WALL/ROOF P-4 HEAD AND ADA LEVER FLOOR FLOOR W/ HAND SHOWER & SLIDE BAR.
1662.211.002
WORK OR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD OPENINGS, ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, ETC) CONTROLS COORD. SEAT & BARS W/ ARCH.
GUARANTEE, IF LONGER. EXISTING EQUIPMENT IS EXCLUDED FROM WARRANTY
5. PIPING SHOULD BE COORDINATED WITH ALL STRUCTURAL FOOTINGS AND W/ QTR TURN VALVE & SHOCK
REQUIREMENT. VALVE - - - - - - -
FOUNDATIONS. PIPE SHOULD BE OFFSET TO AVOID CONTACT WITH FOOTINGS P-5 METAL OATEY 39140 STEEL RECESSED WALL ARRESTOR. W/ FACEPLATE.
BOX
5. THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND SHOW GENERAL LOCATION AND AND FOUNDATION WALLS. IF PIPING MUST RUN UNDERNEATH A FOOTING OR
ARRANGEMENT OF ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE THROUGH A FOUNDATION WALL, THE PIPE MUST BE INSTALLED WITH A RELIEVING MOEN DRAIN LOCATION PER ADA REQ.
ARCH OR IN A PIPE SLEEVE. UNDER VITREOUS ADA SINGLE BRASSCRAFT
FOLLOWED AS CLOSELY AS BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND ALL OTHER WORK P-6 LAVATORY KOHLER K-2882-0 8559 CENTER AUTO GRID COUNTER FINISH COLOR BY ARCH.
WILL PERMIT. MOUNT CHINA COUNTER TOP (W/ MIX VALVE) HOLE OCR1912AC
1.5 GPM. W/ 4(AA) BATTERIES.
6. P.C. TO REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF
6. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS FOR MEASUREMENT. IF PRECISE DIMENSIONS ARE PLUMBING FIXTURES. DRAIN LOCATION PER ADA REQ.
UNDER STAINLESS ADA KOHLER 4" O.C. CRUMB BRASSCRAFT
NEEDED, ELECTRONIC DRAWINGS ARE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST FROM P-7 SINK KOHLER K-3894-4 CENTER LEVER COUNTER 6" BOWL DEPTH.
MOUNT STEEL COUNTER TOP K-11075-4-CP 4-HOLE CUP OCR1912AC
ARCH/ENGINEER FOR PREPARATION OF COORDINATION DRAWINGS BY V. EXECUTION: W/ SPRAYER.
CONTRACTOR. W/ CHROME PLATED GRATE.
1. P.C. TO FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN INSTALLING PLUMBING FLOOR FINISHED - - - - - - - SEE
EQUIPMENT. ENSURE REQUIRED MAINTENANCE ACCESS AND CLEARANCES ARE FD ZURN FD-2209 PVC ADJUSTABLE FLOOR W/ DEEP SEAL TRAP.
7. INFORMATION GIVEN IN SCHEDULES INCLUDES BOTH DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT DRAIN FLOOR PLAN
AND MANUFACTURER'S MODEL #. IF CONFLICT IS PRESENT BETWEEN DESCRIPTION MAINTAINED. IF CONFLICT EXISTS BETWEEN THESE PLANS AND MFG INSTRUCTIONS
AND MODEL #, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION SHALL TAKE PRECEDENT. IN CASE OF CONTACT ENGINEER. W/ ZURN CO-2530 WALL COVER.
WALL CHARLOTTE FLUSH - - - - - - -- SEE
CONFLICT BETWEEN THE PLANS AND NOTES/SPECIFICATIONS OR CONFLICT WCO TEE PVC-445 PVC WALL W/ PVC PLUG W/ THREADED TAP.
2. P.C. RESPONSIBLE FOR EXECUTING ALL CODE REQUIRED TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CLEANOUT PIPE PLUG PLAN
BETWEEN INFORMATION PRESENTED ON THE PLANS OR IN THE USE CAST IRON IF PLENUM.
NOTES/SPECIFICATIONS, THEN THE MOST RESTRICTIVE SHALL TAKE PRECEDENT. INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LEAK & PRESSURE TESTING OF GAS, WASTE, VENT
& WATER PIPING AND SANITIZING OF WATER PIPING. W/ S/S GRATE & DEEP SEAL TRAP.
SHOWER FINISHED - - - - - - - SEE
8. BEFORE BID PC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CLARIFYING W/ G.C. ANY CONFUSION IN SD ZURN FD2250 PVC ADJUSTABLE FLOOR W/ CLAMPING COLLAR & WEEP
DRAIN FLOOR PLAN
REGARDS TO RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED OR MATERIALS TO BE 3. ENSURE PIPING LOCATED ON EXTERIOR WALLS (OR OTHER WALLS EXPOSED TO HOLES.
PROVIDED. THE SUBMITTAL OF THE BID BY THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD AS FREEZING CONDITIONS) IS INSTALLED ON WARM-SIDE OF WALL INSULATION. EXISTING EXISTING WATER HEATER.
PROOF THAT THE CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS THOROUGHLY AND COMPLETELY EXIST WATER RHEEM - - -
ELECTRIC LOWBOY PLATFORM
THE SCOPE OF THE WORK INVOLVED, AND HAS INCLUDED ON THE BID ALL THE 4. ANY NOTCHING, DRILLING, BORING OR OTHER ALTERATION TO BUILDING WH-1 HEATER WATER HEATERS
NECESSARY ITEMS TO CARRY OUT THIS SECTION OF WORK. STRUCTURE SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A CODE APPROVED METHOD AND NOT
THREATEN THE INTEGRITY OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURE.
NOTES:
9. AS SOON AS POSSIBLE (AND NOT MORE THAN 30 DAYS) AFTER CONTRACT IS 1. ALL FIXTURE COLORS & FINISHES TO BE APPROVED BY OWNER & ARCHITECT BEFORE PURCHASING.
SIGNED, THE PC SHALL PROVIDE SUBMITTALS OF PLUMBING EQUIPMENT HE/SHE 5. SUPPORT ALL PIPING IN ACCORDANCE W/ 2012 NC PLUMBING CODE. ANY
2. PROVIDE P-TRAP AND SUPPLY LINE SAFETY COVERS FOR ALL ADA SINK AND LAVATORY INSTALLATIONS.
INTENDS TO PURCHASE FOR REVIEW AND COMMENT BY THE ENGINEER. ENGINEER SUSPENDED MATERIALS SHALL BE DIRECTLY SUPPORTED BY THE BUILDING
3. WATER CLOSET HANDLES TO BE LOCATED ON "WIDE SIDE" OF STALL FOR ADA FIXTURES.
IS TO APPROVE SUBMITTALS BEFORE EQUIPMENT IS ORDERED. STRUCTURE. DO NOT ATTACH ANYTHING TO THE ROOF DECK.
4. SEE DETAIL SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL ITEMS TO BE PROVIDED/INSTALLED W/ FIXTURES LISTED ABOVE.

10. P.C. & G.C. SHALL CONSULT OWNER OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING 6. PENETRATIONS OF ALL EXTERIOR WALLS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS SHALL BE SEALED
DISPOSAL, STORING OR RESALE OF ALL DEMO/REMOVED EQUIPMENT AND IN AN AIR TIGHT MANNER AND IN ACCORDANCE W/ 2012 NCECC APPENDIX 2
MATERIALS. DETAILS.
SHOCK ARRESTOR SCHEDULE PLUMBING LEGEND
11. ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE ASSUMED BY ENGINEER TO BE IN 7. CLEANOUT PLUGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PLUMBING CODE
GOOD WORKING ORDER. BEFORE BEGINNING WORK P.C. IS TO ENSURE ANY REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE CLEANOUTS AS PLANS INDICATED AND AT THE BASE OF FIXTURE UNITS UNIT SIZE (CONN. SIZE) MFG & MODEL (OR EQUAL) AAV AIR ADMITTANCE VALVE
ALL WASTE STACKS, AT EVERY FOUR 45 DEGREE TURNS, AT EVERY 100 FEET, AND AT DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING
EQUIPMENT & SYSTEMS TO REMAIN ARE PROPERLY FUNCTIONING. NOTIFY G.C. ABV ABOVE
IMMEDIATELY IF PROBLEMS ARE DISCOVERED. THE BASE OF ALL ROOF LEADERS. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE PLACED IN READILY IND. FIXTURE SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE SIOUX CHIEF "MINI-RESTER" DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION
ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS.
12. ALL QUESTIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED IN RFI FORMAT TO THE ARCHITECT AND MUST VENT PIPING AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
1-11 A (1/2") SIOUX CHIEF "HYDRA-RESTER"
BE ADDRESSED BY THE APPROPRIATE DESIGNER OF RECORD PRIOR TO BECOMING 8. SUPPLY BRANCH LINES SERVING MORE THAN (1) FIXTURE SHALL INCLUDE SHUT-OFF BFP BACK FLOW PREVENTER
A PROPOSED CHANGE ORDER. VALVE. LABEL VALVE AND LOCATE AS CLOSE TO RISER/MAIN AS POSSIBLE. (NCPC WASTE (SANITARY SEWER)
12 - 32 B (3/4") SIOUX CHIEF "HYDRA-RESTER" BV BALL OR BALANCING VALVE (SEE SCHED)
606.2.1)
EXISTING PIPING/EQUIPMENT CV CHECK VALVE
13. P.C. IS TO REVIEW COMPLETE DRAWING SET. P.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK
9. VALVES NOT DIRECTLY AT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LABELED INDICATING THE FIXTURE 33-60 C (1") SIOUX CHIEF "HYDRA-RESTER" CW COLD WATER
EXPLICITLY SHOWN AND WORK IMPLIED. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED FINAL
OR AREA SERVED. (NCPC 606.4) DEMO PIPING/EQUIPMENT
PLUMBING CONNECTION TO ALL EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, ETC IS THE RESPONSIBILITY DN DOWN
OF THE P.C.. 61-113 D (1") SIOUX CHIEF "HYDRA-RESTER"
10. COPPER PIPING SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST CONTACT WITH MASONRY OR VALVE E.C. ELECTRICAL SUB-CONTRACTOR
DISSIMILAR METALS. ALL HANGERS, SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, AND CLIPS SHALL BE 114-154 E (1") SIOUX CHIEF "HYDRA-RESTER" FCO FLOOR CLEAN OUT
II. DIVISION OF WORK: VALVE
COPPER OR COPPER PLATED. WHERE COPPER PIPING IS CARRIED ON IRON FD FLOOR DRAIN
TRAPEZE HANGERS WITH OTHER PIPING, SATISFACTORY AND PERMANENT NOTES:
1. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING RELATED TO PLUMBING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS IS CHECK VALVE FR FROM
ELECTROLYTIC ISOLATION MATERIAL SHALL PROTECT THE COPPER AGAINST 1. LOCATE SHOCK ARRESTORS IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION OR PROVIDE SIOUX CHIEF
THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. ALL HIGH VOLTAGE
CONTACT WITH OTHER METALS. BRAND ARRESTORS ONLY. PIPE UP FS FLOOR SINK
CONNECTIONS TO PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING DISCONNECTS TO BE
2. SEE PLAN, RISERS, SCHEDULES FOR ARRESTER LOCATIONS. IF LOCATION NOT GBV GAS BALL VALVE
PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY E.C.
11. WHERE COPPER PIPING IS SLEEVED THROUGH MASONRY, SLEEVES SHALL BE INDICATED INSTALL IN ACCORDNCE W/ MFG GUIDELINES. PIPE DOWN
COPPER OR RED BRASS. WHERE COPPER MUST BE CONCEALED IN A MASONRY G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR
2. G.C. TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING ANY ACCESS DOORS
PARTITION OR AGAINST MASONRY, CONTACT SHALL BE PREVENTED BY COATING FLOOR DRAIN GSV GAS SOLENOID VALVE
RELATED TO PLUMBING SYSTEM (W/ EXCEPTION OF CLEANOUT COVERS, BY P.C.).
THE COPPER HEAVILY WITH ASPHALTIC ENAMEL AND PROVIDING 15# ASPHALT HB HOSE BIBB
P.C. RESPONSIBLE FOR COMMUNICATING TO G.C. SIZE AND LOCATION OF REQ'D
ACCESS DOOR(S).
SATURATED FELT BETWEEN THE PIPE AND MASONRY. VALVE SCHEDULE CLEANOUT
HD HUB DRAIN
12. ALL PIPE INSULATION SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, AND TAG DESCRIPTION MFG & MODEL (OR EQUAL) CONNECT TO EXISTING POINT HW HOT WATER
3. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR IS TO EMPLOY THE SERVICES OF THE G.C. FOR CUTTING
PARTITIONS. PIPE INSULATION SHALL BE MITERED AT ELBOWS AND TEES TO ENSURE M.C. MECHANICAL SUB-CONTRACTOR
AND PATCHING OF WALLS, FLOORS & CEILINGS RELATED TO THE INSTALLATION OF
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT & SYSTEMS.
COMPLETE COVERAGE OF PIPING.
BV-1 FULL-PORT BALL VALVE WATTS LFB6081
DEMO TO POINT
P.C. PLUMBING SUB-CONTRACTOR maple
ENGINEERING, pllc
13. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVES ON THE FIXTURE SUPPLY TO EACH PLUMBING FIXTURE, BELL & GOSSETT CB PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE 708 ST. MARYS ST
4. G.C. RESPONSIBLE FOR PAINTING OF GAS PIPING ON EXTERIOR OF BUILDING. P.C. BV-2 BALANCING VALVE RALEIGH, NC 27605 LIC.#: P-0990
APPLIANCE, OR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. (CIRCUIT SETTER PLUS, W/ TEST PORTS) SS SANITARY SEWER P:919-341-4247 F:919-890-3797
RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING AND PREPARING PIPING FOR PAINT, COORDINATE
WATTS SD-2-MF (<1/2"), WATTS 9D (1/2"+) plumbing mechanical electrical
W/ G.C. CV-1 DBL CHECK VALVE TV TEMPERING VALVE
14. VACUUM BREAKERS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL FIXTURES TO WHICH HOSES MAY (ASSE 1022 APPROVED)
BE ATTACHED. VACUUM BREAKERS SHALL BE PERMANENTLY ATTACHED. V VENT
5. G.C. TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING ANY WATER HEATER
CV-2 BRONZE CHECK VALVE WATTS CV W WASTE
PLATFORMS, EITHER FLOOR/WALL MOUNTED OR SUSPENDED. P.C. TO
15. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WATER HAMMER PROTECTION ON
COMMUNICATE REQ'S TO G.C. WATTS 223-S WF WALL FAUCET
ALL WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SERVING EQUIPMENT W/ QUICK CLOSING PRV-1 PRESS. RED. VALVE
VALVES (ICE MAKERS, DISHWASHERS, FLUSH VALVES, WASHING MACHINES, WATER (SET TO 40 PSI) WH WATER HEATER
III. MATERIALS: COOLERS, ETC.) SEE SHOCK ARRESTOR SCHEDULE. WHD WALL HYDRANT
TV-1 IND. TEMP. VALVE LEONARD 270-LF
1. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED. 16. ACCESS DOORS TO BE PROVIDED FOR ALL VALVES AND DEVICES REQUIRING
TV-2 THERMO. MIX. VALVE WATTS LFMMV
ACCESS WHEN LOCATED IN WALLS OR ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILING
2. ALL MATERIALS INSTALLED IN RETURN PLENUM ARE TO BE PLENUM RATED. CONSTRUCTION. ACCESS DOORS TO BE RATED WHERE INSTALLED IN RATED
ASSEMBLIES.
NOTES: PLUMBING FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS
3. PIPING MATERIALS AND FITTINGS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. SEE PLAN FOR SIZE. VALVE SIZE TO EQUAL LINE SIZE. 3-7-18
WASTE & VENT (ABOVE & BELOW SLAB): 2. BALL VALVES TO INCLUDE REMOVABLE HANDLES. WASTE WATER
17. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING ALL
PVC PIPE, PVC SOCKET FITTINGS, AND SOLVENT-CEMENTED 3. IF AVAILABLE, VALVES MAY BE THREADED OR SWEATED CONNECTIONS. USE EXTREME THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT FROM FOREIGN MATERIAL DURING CONSTRUCTION BUILDING NUMBER OF TOTAL FIXTURE WATER NUMBER OF TOTAL FIXTURE
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
FITTINGS. PROVIDE CAST IRON, PLENUM WRAPPED PVC OR CARE AND LOW TEMP SOLDER TO PROTECT VALVE SEATS IF SWEATED CONNECTIONS NOTES THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
(PAINT, SPACKLE, ETC.). UPON COMPLETION OF WORK THE PLUMBING DRAIN SIZE BUILDING DRAINS UNIT LOAD SERVICE SIZE WATER SERVICES UNIT LOAD PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
OTHER APPROVED CAST IRON MATERIALS IN RETURN PLENUM. ARE USED. IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN, WASH, ETC ALL ITEMS AND EQUIPMENT WITHIN HIS PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
DOMESTIC WATER (BELOW SLAB): SCOPE OF WORK AND LEAVE ALL ITEMS BRIGHT AND CLEAN. 4" 1 38 1" 1 32 AREA OF WORK ONLY
TYPE 'K' COPPER.
DOMESTIC WATER (ABOVE SLAB):
TYPE 'L' COPPER WITH SWEATED SOCKET FITTINGS. THREADED
TRENCH DRAIN (TD-1, TD-2) SPEC SHEET NAME:
PLUMBING
FITTINGS MAY BE USED AT VALVES, FIXTURES & SIMILAR. NOTE: SCHEDULES
OR 1. TRENCH DRAIN SHALL BE EQUAL TO ZURN Z880
SPACE IS SERVED BY A CEILING AND NOTES
CPVC PIPING WITH SOLVENT-CEMENTED FITTINGS. THREADED PERMA-TRENCH LINEAR TRENCH DRAIN SYSTEM. CENTER
RETURN PLENUM. ALL MATERIALS IN
FITTINGS MAY BE USED AT VALVES, FIXTURES & SIMILAR. PROVIDE DRAIN WITH 3" BOTTOM OUTLET.
PLENUM ARE TO BE PLENUM RATED
PLENUM WRAP IF USED IN RETURN PLENUM. 2. LENGTH OF TD-1 SHALL BE 4'-0". LENGTH OF TD-2 SHALL BE PHASE:
OR WRAPPED W/ PLENUM WRAP.
OR 4'-0".
PEX PIPING WITH FLARED OR MECHANICAL JOINTS/FITTINGS. DO 3. GRATE SELECTED BY OWNER. PERMIT SET
NOT USE IN RETURN PLENUMS. 4. GRATE AND DRAIN SYSTEM TO BE ADA COMPLIANT.
REVISIONS:
4. INSULATION IS REQUIRED ON THE FIRST 8 FEET OF HOT WATER PIPING FROM WATER
HEATERS ON NON-CIRCULATING SYSTEMS. INSULATION IS REQUIRED ON ALL HOT
WATER PIPING THAT IS PART OF A HOT WATER CIRCULATION LOOP & THE FIRST 8
FEET OF BRANCH LINES FROM CIRCULATION LOOP. INSULATION TO BE EQUAL TO
"ARMAFLEX" PIPE INSULATION W/ SEALED OR TAPED SEAMS. INSULATION TO BE
MIN. 12" THICK FOR NON CIRCULATING SYSTEMS AND MIN. 1" THICK FOR
CIRCULATING SYSTEMS. INSULATION TO HAVE A CONDUCTIVITY NOT EXCEEDING
ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT.
PROJECT #: 16141
5. PROVIDE HANGERS & SUPPORTS APPROVED FOR USE BY 2012 NC PLUMBING DRAWN BY: DMM
CODE.
SHEET NUMBER
6. ANY PLUMBING FIXTURES WITH A COMMON SHUT-OFF VALVE (I.E. PRE-RINSE,

P001
KITCHEN SINK, MOP SINK) ARE TO INCLUDE A CHECK VALVE ON THE HOT & COLD
WATER VALVES TO PREVENT INTERCONNECTION OF HOT & COLD WATER LINES.
 FIRE RATING LEGEND
2-HR WALL

TAGGED NOTES - THIS SHEET

GENERAL NOTES - THIS SHEET 1 EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE TO BE DEMO'D &
REMOVED. P.C. TO PROVIDE A CLEANOUT IF
1. ITEMS SHOWN IN FAINT & HATCHED ARE TO BE DEMO'D OR NECESSARY TO AVOID DEAD END CONDITIONS.
RELOCATED. ITEMS SHOWN IN FAINT ARE EXISTING TO
2 EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE TO BE DEMO'D &
REMAIN. NEW OR RELOCATED ITEMS ARE SHOWN IN BOLD.
REMOVED. EXISTING CW/HW/WASTE CONNECTIONS
SEE LEGEND.
TO BE RE-USED. SEE NEW PLAN.
2. P.C. TO VERIFY EXACT SIZE, LOCATION, INVERT, & DIRECTION
OF EXISTING LINES BEFORE BEGINNING WORK. 3 EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN TO BE DEMO'D. SEE NEW PLAN
3. HATCHED AREA INDICATES EXISTING AREAS NOT INCLUDED FOR NEW CONNECTION TO WASTE LINE.
IN SCOPE OF WORK. 4 EXISTING FLOOR CLEAN OUT TO REMAIN.
4. P.C. TO VERIFY THAT NO FIXTURES ARE CONNECTED
UPSTREAM OF BACKFLOW PREVENTER. 5 EXISTING WALL CLEAN OUT. COORDINATE
RELOCATION WITH NEW TILED SHOWER.
6 EXISTING MOP SINK TO REMAIN.
NOTE:
P.C. TO FIELD VERIFY 7 EXISTING WATER HEATER ON ELEVATED PLATFORM TO
LOCATION(S) OF EXISTING REMAIN. P.C. TO ENSURE WATER HEATER IS IN GOOD
SHUT-OFF VALVE(S) ON WORKING CONDITION.
INDIVIDUAL WATER LINE 8 NEW TILED ADA ROLL IN SHOWER TO BE INSTALLED BY
SERVING BASEMENT. IF OTHERS. P.C. TO PROVIDE FINAL CW/HW
NONE IS FOUND, PROVIDE CONNECTIONS TO SHOWER HEAD, AND WASTE
EXISTING LINE WITH BV-1 CONNECTIONS TO SHOWER DRAIN. DRAIN BY P.C.
AND ACCESS PANEL.
9 EXISTING CW/HW TO/FROM HOT WATER TO REMAIN.
COORDINATE LOCATION
WITH OWNER AND 10 NEW 3" WASTE TO CONNECT TO EXISTING WASTE IN
ARCHITECT. AREA OF EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN.
11 NEW LAVATORY TO CONNECT TO EXISTING
CW/HW/WASTE STUBS AT LOCATION OF DEMO'D
NOTE: LAVATORY.
FLASHING COLLAR EXISTING RPZ AND 12 NEW FLOOR DRAIN TO BE INSTALLED IN LOCATION OF
STRAINER
TOP OF QUARRY TILE BUILDING SHUTOFF FOR DEMO'D FLOOR DRAIN. ALIGN WITH FLOOR FINISH.
FLUSH WITH TOP OF BUILDING LOCATED AT
13 PROVIDE VALVE BOX FOR COFFEE MAKER WITH CV-1.
DRAIN GRATE ROAD.
14 NEW H.W. TO CONNECT TO EXISTING H.W. IN AREA.
15 NEW C.W. TO CONNECT TO EXISTING C.W. IN AREA.
WATER RISER WASTE/VENT RISER
7 NO SCALE 6 NO SCALE
16 VALVE BOX TO BE INSTALLED ABOVE COUNTER FOR
COMMERCIAL COFFEE SYSTEM. COORDINATE EXACT
LOCATION AND HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT.
17 EXISTING FLOOR CLEAN OUT. COORDINATE
RELOCATION WITH NEW TILED SHOWER.
18 COORDINATE LOCATION OF SHOWER CONTROLS
AND WATER CONNECTIONS WITH ARCHITECT AND
G.C. BEFORE FINAL INSTALLATION.
19 PROVIDE NEW WATER CLOSET HANGER AND
CONNECT TO EXISTING WASTE AND WATER IN AREA
OF DEMO'D URINAL.

FLOOR DRAIN DETAIL

5 NO SCALE

STACK, VENT, OR
END CAP. SEE
PLAN/RISER. BREAK ROOM
B011 NOTE:
A 2 A 4 EXISTING CW/HW/WASTE STUBS IN
LOCATIONS AS NOTED FROM
THREADED
CLEANOUT SEE NOTE COVER PLATE WITH
4 4
PREVIOUSLY DEMO'D FIXTURES.
COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS
maple
ENGINEERING, pllc
PLUG SECURING SCREW DURING CONSTRUCTION. 708 ST. MARYS ST
RALEIGH, NC 27605 LIC.#: P-0990
(APPX. 18" AFF) 11 P:919-341-4247 F:919-890-3797

TEST TEE plumbing mechanical electrical

16 P-7
EXIST CW/HW/WASTE
P-5 P-5 STUBS FROM SINK.
FINISHED
WALL CORRIDOR
P-3 11
CO2B P-6
A 2 A 4 TD-1 2
10

TO DRAIN 12
3
NOTE: 18
8
EXTEND TEST TEE OPENING IF PLUG IS GREATER THAN MEN'S 3-7-18
P-4
8" FROM FINISHED WALL. B142
THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
B 2 D 4 P-1 2 ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
JANITOR 19
WALL CLEANOUT DETAIL THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED

4 NO SCALE
B103
E 1 E 5 P-6 5
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.

SHEET NAME:
PLUMBING
ADJUSTABLE HEAD ASSY. WOMENS 15 P-1 2
1 PLAN -
W/S.S. STRAINER B141
18 P-4 BASEMENT
B 2 D 4
9 8 9
FINISHED FLOOR
12 PHASE:
ON PLATFORM ON PLATFORM 3
VENEER 17 17 PERMIT SET
6
14 EXIST 10
FINISHED FLOOR 7 WASTE 7 6
REVISIONS:
SLAB
CLAMP DEVICE
TD-2
W/WEEP HOLES
SHOWER PAN EXIST. H.W. 1

ROUGH FLOOR
SLAB

1 ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18

METAL THREADED
INSERTS PROJECT #: 16141
DRAWN BY: DMM

SHEET NUMBER
SHOWER DRAIN DETAIL PLUM. NEW WORK PLAN - BASEMENT PLUM. DEMO PLAN - BASEMENT
3 NO SCALE
2 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
P101
 FIRE RATING LEGEND
2-HR WALL
AREA OF WORK

WL 1054

WJ 1168
System No. W-L-1054 System No. W-J-1168
C US
F Ratings -- 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 3)
Classified by ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. T Rating -- 0 Hr
to UL 1479 and CAN/ULC-S115

1
3
A

1A
A
3

A
3

1B SECTION A-A
2
A 1. Wall Assembly -- Min 3-3/4 in. and 5 in. thick reinforced lightweight or normal weight (100-150 pcf) concrete for 1 and 2 hr rated assemblies,
respectively. Wall may also be constructed of any UL Classified Concrete Blocks*. Max diameter of opening 26-5/8 in.
SECTION A-A
PLUMBING RISER KEY PLAN- FLOORS 3, 4 & 5 See Concrete Blocks (CAZT) category in the Fire Resistance Directory for names of manufacturers
6 NO SCALE K NO SCALE
2. Through Penetrant -- One metallic pipe, conduit or tubing installed concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. Pipe, conduit or tube
to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. See Table below for annular space between the pipe, conduit or tube and periphery of the
Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features:
opening . The following types and sizes of metallic pipes, conduit or tube may be used:
studs to be min 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. When steel studs are used and the diam of opening exceeds the width of stud cavity, the opening shall
A. Steel Pipe -- Nom 24 in. diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe.

WJ 2205
be framed on all sides using lengths of steel stud installed between the vertical studs and screw-attached to the steel studs at each end. The framed opening in the wall shall be 4 to 6
System No. W-J-2205 in. (102 to 152 mm) wider and 4 to 6 in. (102 to 152 mm) higher than the diam of the penetrating item such that, when the penetrating item is installed in the opening, a 2 to 3 in. (51 to
76 mm) clearance is present between the penetrating item and the framing on all four sides.
B. Iron Pipe -- Nom 24 in. diam (or smaller) service weight (or heavier) cast iron soil pipe.
C. Conduit -- Nom 4 in. diam (or smaller) steel electrical metallic tubing or 6 in. diam (or smaller) steel conduit.
F Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 3B) shall be as specified in the individual U300 or U400 Series Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Max diam of opening is 32-1/4 in. (819 mm) for steel stud walls. Max diam of
D. Copper Tube -- Nom 6 in. diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tube.
opening is 14-1/2 in. (368 mm) for wood stud walls.
T Rating - 0 Hr The F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the fire rating of the wall assembly. E. Copper Pipe -- Nom 6 in. diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe.
L Rating At Ambient - 1.2 CFM/sq ft (See Item 3B) Pipe Min - Max Annular Space, in.
2-1/4 in. (57 mm). Pipe may be installed with continuous point contact. Pipe, conduit or tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of Max Nom Diam, in.
L Rating At 400 F - Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft (See Item 3B) metallic pipes, conduits or tubing may be used:
A,B 10 0 to 1-1/2
A,B 24 0 to 7/8
1
locations between pipe and wall, a min 1/2 in. (13 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the pipe wall interface on both surfaces of wall.
C 6,4 0 to 1-1/2
D,E 4 0 to 1-1/2
* Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.
3B D,E 6 0 to 7/8
A
3. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* - Sealant -- Min 5/8 in. and 1-1/4 in. thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of
Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of wall for 1 and 2 hr rated wall assemblies, respectively. When the annular space does not exceed 7/8 in., min 5/8 in. thickness of fill material is
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. required for both 1 and 2 hr rated walls. At the point contact location between penetrant and wall, a min 1/2 in. diam bead of fill material shall be
October 14, 2015 applied at the penetrant/wall interface.
HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC -- CP601S Elastomeric Firestop Sealant
*Bearing the UL Classification Mark
METALLIC PIPE (GYPSUM WALL) DETAIL
5 NO SCALE Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
September 14, 2004 C US
2 System No. W-L-2059
F Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 2 and 3)
A
3B
T Ratings - 3/4, 1, 1-1/2 and 2 Hr (See Items 2 and 3)
METALLIC PIPE (CONCRETE WALL) DETAIL
4
L Rating At Ambient - 1 CFM/sq ft
L Rating At 400 F - Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft
3A NO SCALE

NOTE:
SECTION A-A P.C. TO FIELD VERIFY
NOTE: NOTE: LOCATION(S) OF EXISTING
CONFIRM EXACT SIZE & LOCATION EXISTING CW/HW/WASTE STUBS IN SHUT-OFF VALVE(S) ON
OF EXISTING WASTE AND WATER LOCATIONS AS NOTED FROM WATER LINE SERVING
PIPING BEFORE BEGINNING WORK. PREVIOUSLY DEMO'D FIXTURES. EACH FLOOR. IF NONE IS
constructed of any UL Classified Concrete Blocks*. See Table under Item 3B for max diam of opening. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS FOUND, PROVIDE EXISTING
DURING CONSTRUCTION. LINE WITH BV-1 AND
ACCESS PANEL.
See Concrete Blocks (CAZT) category in the Fire Resistance Directory for names of manufacturers. Section A-A TAGGED NOTES - THIS SHEET COORDINATE LOCATION
NOTE: WITH OWNER AND
1. Wall Assembly - The 1 or 2 h fire rated gypsum board/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner described in the individual U300, U400 and V400
Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: SPACE IS SERVED BY A CEILING ARCHITECT. SHUT-OFF
firestop system. Pipe to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of nonmetallic pipes may be used: 1 EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN TO REMAIN. P.C. TO FIELD
A. Studs - Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel RETURN PLENUM. ALL MATERIALS IN VALVE TO BE PROVIDED
studs to be min 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION DURING CONSTRUCTION.
PLENUM ARE TO BE PLENUM RATED PER EACH FLOOR IN
B. Gypsum Board* - 5/8 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 ft (1219 mm) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation PROVIDE NEW GRATE. COORD. WITH ARCHITECT.
OR WRAPPED W/ PLENUM WRAP.
maple
shall be as specified in the individual U300, U400 or V400 Series Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Max diam of opening is 5 in. (127 mm).
SCOPE.
supply) or vented (drain, waste or vent) piping system. 2. Through-Penetrants - One nonmetallic pipe or conduit to be centered within the firestop system. The annular space shall be max 1/4 in. (6 mm). Pipe or conduit to be rigidly supported 2 EXISTING MOP SINK TO REMAIN. P.C. TO ENSURE MOP
on both sides of the wall assembly. The following types and sizes of nonmetallic pipes or conduits may be used:
A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe - Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 or 80 solid or cellular core PVC pipe for use in closed (process or supply) or vented (drain,
SINK IS IN GOOD WORKING ORDER AND MAINTAINS ENGINEERING, pllc
708 ST. MARYS ST
piping system. waste or vent) piping systems. When Schedule 80 PVC pipe is used, the F and T Ratings are 1 hr. When Scheduled 80 PVC pipe is used in closed (process or supply)
piping systems, the F and T Ratings are equal to the assembly rating of the wall in which it is installed.
ALL C.W./H.W. AND WASTE CONNECTIONS
FOLLOWING NEW WORK.
GENERAL NOTES - THIS SHEET RALEIGH, NC 27605
P:919-341-4247
LIC.#: P-0990
F:919-890-3797
B. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit+ - Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 or 80 PVC conduit installed in accordance with Article 347 of the National Electrical Code (NFPA plumbing mechanical electrical
(process or supply) or vented (drain, waste or vent) piping system. No. 70). When Schedule 80 PVC conduit is used, the F and T Ratings are 1 hr.
3 NEW WATER CLOSET TO RE-USE WASTE/CW STUBS IN
C. Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe - Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) SDR 13.5 CPVC pipe for use in closed (process or supply) piping systems.
AREA OF PREVIOUSLY DEMO'D WATER CLOSET. 1. ITEMS SHOWN IN FAINT & HATCHED ARE TO BE DEMO'D OR
D. Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS) Pipe - Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 solid or foamed core ABS pipe for use in closed (process or supply) or vented
(drain, waste or vent) piping systems. COORDINATE FINAL CONNECTIONS WITH WIDTH OF RELOCATED. ITEMS SHOWN IN FAINT ARE EXISTING TO
E. Fire Retardant Polypropylene (FRPP) Pipe - Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 FRPP pipe for use in closed (process or supply) or vented (drain, waste or vent) NEW CHASE. PLUMBING LINES TO BE RELOCATED FOR REMAIN. NEW OR RELOCATED ITEMS ARE SHOWN IN BOLD.
piping systems.
NEW CONNECTIONS AS NECESSARY. SEE LEGEND.
F. Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF) Pipe - Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 PVDF pipe for use in closed (process or supply) or vented (drain, waste or vent) piping
wrapped around the outer circumference of the pipe once and slid into the annular space such that approx 1/8 in. (3 mm) of the wrap strip protrudes systems. 2. P.C. TO VERIFY EXACT SIZE, LOCATION, INVERT, & DIRECTION
4 NOT USED.
from the wall surface. Wrap strip is held in place with integral fastening tape. Wrap strip installed on each surface of wall. G. Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe (FRP) Pipe - Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) glass fiber reinforced thermosetting resin pipe for use in closed (process or control) or vented OF EXISTING LINES BEFORE BEGINNING WORK.
(drain, waste or vent) piping systems. When FRP pipe is used, T Rating is 3/4 hr.
HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF 5 NEW LAVATORY TO CONNECT TO EXISTING 3. HATCHED AREA INDICATES EXISTING AREAS NOT INCLUDED
H. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe - Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 HDPE pipe for use in closed (process or supply) piping systems.
3. Firestop System - The firestop system shall consist of the following: WASTE/VENT/HW/CW STUBS IN WALL, IN AREA OF IN SCOPE OF WORK.
A. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* - Sealant - Fill material forced into annular space to max extent possible. Caulk shall be installed flush with both surfaces of wall assembly. PREVIOUSLY DEMO'D LAVATORY.
SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - SpecSeal 100, 101, 102, 105, 120 or 129 Sealant, SpecSeal LCI Sealant, Pensil 300 Sealant or SpecSeal Series SIL300 Sealant
B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material - Wrap Strip - Nom 1/8 or 3/16 in. (3.2 or 4.8 mm) thick intumescent material faced on both sides with a plastic film, supplied in 2 in. (51 mm) wide
For 2 hr fire-rated walls, 1/4 in. (6 mm) bead fill material also applied at wrap strip/wall interface. In 1 hr fire-rated walls, fill material is optional for strips or nom 1/4 in. (6 mm) thick intumescent material faced on both sides with a plastic film, supplied in 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) wide strips. The layers of wrap strips are individually 3-7-18
wrapped around the through-penetrant with ends butted and held in place with masking tape. Butted ends in successive layers shall be aligned.
nom 1-1/2, 2, 3 and 4 in. (38, 51, 76 and 102 mm) diam penetrants. In 2 hr fire-rated walls, fill material is optional for nom 1-1/2, 2 and 3 in. (38, 51
and 76 mm) diam penetrants. Fill material is required to be used to attain L Ratings. Fire Rating of Max Diam of Throught 5 P-2 5 THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
No. of Wrap Strip Layers F Rating Hr T Rating Hr
Wall Hr Penetrant in. (mm) ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF 1 1-1/2 (38) 1 1 1 THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
2 1-1/2 (38) 1 2 1-1/2 IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
1 2 (51) 1 1 1
3 3 P-2 PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
5 P-2 5
2 2 (51) 1 2 1-1/2 FD 1
1 3 (76) 2 1 1 1 FD SHEET NAME:
Annular Space, in. 2 3 (76) 2 2 2 PLUMBING
Nom Pipe Diam, in. Wrap Strip Size, thick. Max Diam of (mm) 1 4 (102) 3 1 1
P-2
Wrap Strip WOMEN'S PLAN -
(mm) x width, in. (mm) Opening,in. (mm) 2 4 (102) 3 2 2 MEN'S
Min. Max. WTR P-1 P-1 3RD, 4TH & 5TH FLOORS
Except as noted in Item 2, the F and T Rating of the firestop system is dependent upon the fire rating of wall, diam of through penetrant and the number of wrap strips as tabulated MTR
1-1/2 (38) CP 648S - 1.5" US 3/16 x 1 (5 x 25) 2-3/8 (60) 3/16 (5) 5/16 (8) below: B 2 D 4 3 3 B 2 D 4
SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - SpecSeal BLU Wrap Strip, SpecSeal BLU2 Wrap Strip or SpecSeal RED Wrap Strip PHASE:
2 (51) CP 648S - 2" US 3/16 x 1 (5 x 25) 3 (76) 3/16 (5) 5/16 (8) C. Steel Collar - Collar fabricated from coils of precut 0.016 in. (0.4 mm) thick (30 MSG) galv sheet steel available from wrap strip manufacturer. Collar shall be min 1-1/2 in. (38 mm)
deep with 1 in. (25 mm) wide by 2 in. (51 mm) long anchor tabs for securement to the concrete floor or wall. Retainer tabs, 3/4 in. (19 mm) wide tapering down to 1/4 in. (6 mm) wide
and located opposite the anchor tabs, are folded 90 degree toward pipe surface to maintain the annular space around the pipe and to retain the wrap strips. Steel collar wrapped
PERMIT SET
3 (76) CP 648S - 3" US 3/16 x 1-3/4 (5 x 44) 4 (102) 3/16 (5) 5/16 (8) around wrap strips and pipe with a 1 in. (25 mm) wide overlap along its perimeter joint and secured together by means of a min 1/2 in. (13 mm) wide by 0.028 in. (0.7 mm) thick
stainless steel hose clamp installed at mid-depth of the steel collar. As an alternate to the steel hose clamp, the steel collar may be secured together by means of three No. 8 by 1/4
4 (102) CP 648S - 4" US 3/8 x 1-3/4 (10 x 44) 5-3/8 (137) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) in. (6 mm) long steel sheet metal screws when more than one layer of wrap strip is used. REVISIONS:
Wrap strip/collar assembly is slid along the through-penetrant until abuts the surface of the wall. Collar secured to wall by 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) diam by 1-3/4 in. (44 mm) long steel molly
6 (152) CP 648S - 6" US 1/2 x 1-3/4 (13 x 44) 8 (203) 9/16 (14) 13/16 (21) bolts in conjunction with 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) diam steel fender washers. The number of molly bolts used is dependent upon the nom diam of the through penetrant. Two molly bolts,
symmetrically located, are required for nom 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) and 2 in. (51 mm) diam through penetrants. Three molly bolts, symmetrically located, are required for nom 2-1/2 in. (64
mm) and 3 in. (76 mm) diam through penetrants. Four molly bolts, symmetrically located, are required for nom 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) and 4 in. (102 mm) diam through penetrants. Steel
collars are installed on each side of wall.
D. Firestop Device* - (Optional, Not Shown) - As an alternate to Item 3B and 3C, galv steel collar lined with an intumescent material sized to fit the specific diam of the
2
*Bearing the UL Classification Mark through-penetrant. Device shall be installed around through-penetrant in accordance with accompanying installation instructions. Device incorporates anchor tabs for securement to
each surface of wall assembly by means of 1/8 in. (3 mm) diam by 1-3/4 in. (45 mm) long steel molly bolts in conjunction with 1/4 in. (6 mm) diam by 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) diam steel
fender washers.
SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - SpecSeal Firestop Collar, SpecSeal LCC Collar or SpecSeal SSC Collar . When SpecSeal LCC Collar or SpecSeal SSC Collar are used, the
max annular space shall be 1/8 in. (3 mm) for max 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) diam pipe and shall be max 1/4 in. (6 mm) for pipe larger than 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) diam.
*Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.
ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
PROJECT #: 16141
November 29, 2005 US DRAWN BY: DMM
C Reproduced courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
Created or Revised: November 27, 2012 R
NOTE:
XXXXXXXXX
(800)992-1180 (908)526-8000 FAX (908)231-8415 E-Mail:techserv@stifirestop.com Website:www.stifirestop.com
PLAN IS REPRESENTATIVE OF SHEET NUMBER
PLUMBING PLAN - 3RD, 4TH & 5TH FLOOR BUILDINGS FLOORS 3, 4 AND 5. ALL

1
P102
WORK TO BE PROVIDED PER FLOOR.

NON-METALLIC PIPE (CONCRETE WALL) DETAIL NON-METALLIC PIPE (GYPSUM WALL) DETAIL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"

3 NO SCALE
2 NO SCALE
 HVAC GENERAL NOTES DIFFUSER SCHEDULE
NECK MODULE FRAME MANUFACTURER
SYMBOL CFM SIZE SIZE TYPE PATTERN DAMPER MATERIAL SERVICE FINISH & MODEL NO. NOTES

I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: IV. MATERIALS: PLENUM

A AS NOTED AS NOTED 24x24 LAY-IN PERF. NO STEEL NOTE 2 TITUS PAR 1,3
RETURN
1. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO FURNISH AND PAY FOR ALL LABOR, MATERIAL, 1. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED.
EQUIPMENT, PERMITS & FEES REQUIRED FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ALL B AS NOTED AS NOTED AS NOTED SURFACE SLOT YES ALUM. SUPPLY NOTE 2 TITUS ML-40 2,3,4,5,6,7
(1-SLOT, 1-1/2" SPACING)
SYSTEMS IN THIS SECTION OF WORK. 2. ALL MATERIALS INSTALLED IN RETURN PLENUM ARE TO BE PLENUM RATED.
C AS NOTED AS NOTED 24x24 LAY-IN PERF. NO ALUM. EXHUAST NOTE 2 TITUS PAR 1,3
2. ALL WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NC MECHANICAL CODES 3. PROVIDE HANGERS & SUPPORTS APPROVED FOR USE BY 2012 NC MECHANICAL
AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES. MC IS TO COORDINATE W/ G.C. IN REGARDS CODE.
NOTES:
TO PROJECT TIMELINE, WORK HOURS, AS WELL AS ANY BONDING OR INSURANCE
REQUIREMENTS. 4. ALL MAIN DUCTWORK (SUPPLY, RETURN, EXHAUST, OUTSIDE AIR) SHALL BE
GENERAL - MC RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING QTY, COLOR & FRAME TYPE 3. FINISH TO MATCH / BE ABLE MATCH CEILING OR WALL OR DOOR.
GALVANIZED SHEET METAL CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA
OF DIFFUSERS/GRILLES BEFORE ORDERING. PROVIDE SQR TO RND 4. FACTORY INSULATION BACKING ON GRILLES EXPOSED TO NON-CONDITIONED AREAS.
3. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED COMPLETE WITH ALL STANDARDS. RUNOUTS FROM MAIN/BRANCH DUCTS MAY BE FLEXIBLE DUCT
TRANSTIONS & PLENUMS AS NECESSARY. ALTERNATELY, FIELD SUPPLY AND INSTALL.
ACCESSORIES, HANGERS, SUPPORTS, CONTROLS, ETC FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONING CONFORMING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF UL 181 FOR CLASS 1 FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS.
SYSTEM REGARDLESS OF PRESENCE ON PLANS. MAX. LENGTH OF FLEX PER RUNOUT TO BE 6'-0" UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE. 1. DIFFUSER DESIGNATIONS ON PLANS AS FOLLOWS: 5. PROVIDE W/ DAMPER WHERE TAP IS UNACCESSIBLE.
DIFFUSER OR 6. SET UP FOR HORIZONTAL THROW.
4. ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE GUARANTEED TO BE FREE 5. NO FLEXIBLE DUCT ALLOWED FOR NEGATIVE PRESSURE EXHAUST APPLICATIONS. NECK SIZE. DIFFUSER TYPE
OF DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF WORK 8x4
A AS NOTED ABOVE 7. W/ INSULATED PLENUM/REGISTER BOX.
OR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD GUARANTEE, IF 6. ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTWORK AND PLENUMS SHALL BE INSULATED. 75 NOTE:
AIR QUANTITY
LONGER. ALL COMPRESSORS ARE TO INCLUDE FIVE (5) YEAR WARRANTY. EXISTING INSULATION OF DUCTWORK IN UNCONDITIONED SPACE SHALL BE MINIMUM R-5 PER M.C. TO PROVIDE IN BID TEST
EQUIPMENT IS EXCLUDED FROM WARRANTY REQUIREMENT. 2012 NCECC. INSULATION OF DUCTWORK OUTSIDE BUILDING THERMAL ENVELOPE 2. SLOT DIFFUSER DESIGNATIONS ON PLANS AS FOLLOWS: AND BALANCE REPORT FOR
(I.E. ROOF, ATTIC, CRAWLSPACE) SPACE SHALL BE MINIMUM R-8 PER 2012 NCECC. INLET SIZE GRILLES WITHIN PROJECT SCOPE.
5. THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND SHOW GENERAL LOCATION AND DIFFUSER LENGTH TO INCLUDE EXISTING AIRFLOW
ARRANGEMENT OF ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE 7. CONCEALED SHEET METAL SUPPLY & RETURN DUCT MAY BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED J MEASUREMENTS PRIOR TO ANY
FOLLOWED AS CLOSELY AS BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND ALL OTHER WORK WILL WITH MINERAL FIBER BOARD OR BLANKET OR MAY BE INTERNALLY INSULATED WITH 75 DIFFUSER TYPE WORK, AND NEW AIR FLOWS
AIR QUANTITY
PERMIT. ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINER. EXPOSED SPIRAL DUCTWORK DOES NOT REQUIRE AS NOTED ABOVE AFTER PROJECT COMPLETION.
INSULATION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED (WHEN INSTALLED IN CONDITIONED SPACE).
6. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS FOR MEASUREMENT.

7. ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE INTERIOR DUCT DIMENSIONS.

8. ALL MAIN DUCTWORK (INCLUDING EXHAUST) TO BE SEALED ACCORDING TO 2012
NCECC AND AT A MINIMUM INCLUDE SEALING OF ALL DUCT SEAMS W/
FIRE DAMPER SCHEDULE NOTE:
NO CHANGE IN SPACE
NON-HARDENING MASTIC. SEALING BY TAPE ALONE NOT ALLOWED. RATING DUCT SIZE OCCUPANCY OR SQUARE
TAG LOCATION TYPE MANUFACTURER & MODEL NO. NOTES FOOTAGE. NO CHANGE
8. INFORMATION GIVEN IN SCHEDULES INCLUDES BOTH DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT (HRS) (WxH)
AND MANUFACTURER'S MODEL #. IF CONFLICT IS PRESENT BETWEEN DESCRIPTION 9. ALL FIRE, SMOKE AND RADIATION DAMPERS TO BE U.L. LISTED AND APPROVED FOR TO OUTSIDE AIR SUPPLIED
AND MODEL #, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION SHALL TAKE PRECEDENT. IN CASE OF CORRECT PRESSURE CLASS, APPLICATION (STATIC, DYNAMIC), ORIENTATION TO SPACE.
FSD-1 3RD FLOOR R.R DYNAMIC 1.5 22X12 RUSKIN FSD35 1,2,3,4,5,6,7
CONFLICT BETWEEN THE PLANS AND NOTES/SPECIFICATIONS OR CONFLICT BETWEEN (HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL), AND INSTALLATION (WALL, FLOOR CEILING U.L.
INFORMATION PRESENTED ON THE PLANS OR IN THE NOTES/SPECIFICATIONS, THEN
THE MOST RESTRICTIVE SHALL TAKE PRECEDENT. FSD-2 3RD FLOOR R.R DYNAMIC 1.5 22X12 RUSKIN FSD35 1,2,3,4,5,6,7
10. ALL FIRE SEALANTS TO BE U.L. LISTED AND APPROVED FOR USE W/ APPROPRIATE U.L. NOTE:
9. BEFORE BID MC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CLARIFYING W/ G.C. ANY CONFUSION IN PENETRATION DETAIL. EXISTING AIR HANDLERS IN
FSD-3 4TH FLOOR R.R DYNAMIC 1.5 22X12 RUSKIN FSD35 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE
REGARDS TO RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED OR MATERIALS TO BE
PROVIDED. THE SUBMITTAL OF THE BID BY THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD AS TO REMAIN. NO WORK TO
V. EXECUTION: EQUIPMENT.
PROOF THAT THE CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS THOROUGHLY AND COMPLETELY FSD-4 4TH FLOOR R.R DYNAMIC 1.5 22X12 RUSKIN FSD35 1,2,3,4,5,6,7
THE SCOPE OF THE WORK INVOLVED, AND HAS INCLUDED ON THE BID ALL THE 1. M.C. TO FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN INSTALLING MECHANICAL
NECESSARY ITEMS TO CARRY OUT THIS SECTION OF WORK. EQUIPMENT. ENSURE REQUIRED MAINTENANCE ACCESS AND CLEARANCES ARE
FSD-5 5TH FLOOR R.R DYNAMIC 1.5 22X12 RUSKIN FSD35 1,2,3,4,5,6,7
MAINTAINED. IF CONFLICT EXISTS BETWEEN THESE PLANS AND MFG INSTRUCTIONS
10. ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE ASSUMED BY ENGINEER TO BE IN GOOD CONTACT ENGINEER.
WORKING ORDER. BEFORE BEGINNING WORK M.C. IS TO ENSURE ANY EQUIPMENT &
FSD-6 5TH FLOOR R.R DYNAMIC 1.5 22X12 RUSKIN FSD35 1,2,3,4,5,6,7
SYSTEMS TO REMAIN ARE PROPERLY FUNCTIONING. NOTIFY G.C. IMMEDIATELY IF 2. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS OF RATED WALLS, CEILING, FLOORS IN ACCORDANCE W/
PROBLEMS ARE DISCOVERED. APPROPRIATE U.L. PENETRATION DETAIL. NOTES:
11. ALL QUESTIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED IN RFI FORMAT TO THE ARCHITECT AND MUST BE 1. U.L. LISTED & RATED. 4. TYPE A, BLADES IN AIR STREAM. 6. W/ DUCT MOUNTED AIR FLOW RATED
3. PENETRATIONS OF NON-RATED WALLS, PARTITIONS AND FLOOR OF COMBUSTIBLE
ADDRESSED BY THE APPROPRIATE DESIGNER OF RECORD PRIOR TO BECOMING A 2. PROVIDE W/ SLEEVE, FRAME, ETC. 5. W/ 24V FAIL CLOSED ACTUATOR. SMOKE DETECTOR. TO BE
CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE FIRESTOPPED WITH MATERIALS EQUIVALENT TO TWO
PROPOSED CHANGE ORDER. CONNECTED TO BLDG FIRE ALARM
INCHES OF WOOD. FIRESTOPPING SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM E-814. 3. M.C. TO VERIFY WALL RATING.
SYSTEM. COORDINATE W/ E.C..
12. M.C. IS TO REVIEW COMPLETE DRAWING SET. M.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK 4. ANY NOTCHING, DRILLING, BORING OR OTHER ALTERATION TO BUILDING NOTE: 7. PROVIDE WITH 120V/24V CONTROL maple
ENGINEERING, pllc
EXPLICITLY SHOWN AND WORK IMPLIED. STRUCTURE SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A CODE APPROVED METHOD AND NOT TRANSFORMER.
M.C. TO FIELD CONFIRM 708 ST. MARYS ST
RALEIGH, NC 27605 LIC.#: P-0990
THREATEN THE INTEGRITY OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. DUCT SIZE AND DAMPER P:919-341-4247 F:919-890-3797
II. DIVISION OF WORK: SIZE BEFORE PURCHASE plumbing mechanical electrical
5. SUPPORT ALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING IN ACCORDANCE W/ 2012 NC MECHANICAL AND INSTALLATION OF FIRE
1. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING RELATED TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS IS CODE. ANY SUSPENDED MATERIALS SHALL BE DIRECTLY SUPPORTED BY THE BUILDING
THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR (ANY LOW VOLTAGE FIRE STRUCTURE. DO NOT ATTACH ANYTHING TO THE ROOF DECK.
DAMPERS. ENERGY REQUIREMENTS:
ALARM WIRING TO BE BY E.C.). ALL HIGH VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS TO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, SERVICE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY E.C. (SEE 6. DUCT ACCESS DOORS TO BE PROVIDED AT ALL FIRE, RADIATION & SMOKE
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR DISCONNECT RESPONSIBILITY). DAMPERS, SMOKE DETECTORS, CLEANOUTS AND ANY OTHER CODE REQUIRED METHOD OF COMPLIANCE
LOCATIONS.
2. G.C. TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING ANY ACCESS DOORS PRESCRIPTIVE ENERGY COST BUDGET
(WALL, FLOOR, CEILING) RELATED TO MECHANICAL SYSTEM. M.C. RESPONSIBLE FOR 7. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING ALL
COMMUNICATING TO G.C. SIZE AND LOCATION OF REQ'D ACCESS DOOR(S). MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FROM FOREIGN MATERIAL DURING CONSTRUCTION THERMAL ZONE 4A
(PAINT, SPACKLE, ETC.). UPON COMPLETION OF WORK THE MECHANICAL
3. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO EMPLOY THE SERVICES OF THE G.C. FOR CUTTING CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN, WASH, ETC ALL ITEMS AND EQUIPMENT WITHIN HIS EXTERIOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 3-7-18
AND PATCHING OF WALLS, FLOORS & CEILINGS RELATED TO THE INSTALLATION OF SCOPE OF WORK AND LEAVE ALL ITEMS BRIGHT AND CLEAN. WINTER DRY BULB 14
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT & SYSTEMS. SUMMER DRY BULB 93 THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
4. G.C. RESPONSIBLE FOR PAINTING OF ANY EXPOSED DUCT, PIPING, GRILLES, ETC. INTERIOR DESIGN CONDITIONS PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
M.C. RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING AND PREPARING ITEMS FOR PAINT, COORDINATE WINTER DRY BULB 70 PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
W/ G.C. SUMMER DRY BULB 76
RELATIVE HUMIDITY 50%
III. COORDINATION: BLDG 1 SHEET NAME:
MECHANICAL
AREA OF WORK HEATING LOAD (MBH) EXISTING
1. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE CLOSELY WITH ALL OTHER SCHEDULES
TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICT AND ENSURE OTHER TRADES PROVIDE MEASURES TO MECHANICAL LEGEND AREA OF WORK COOLING LOAD (MBH) EXISTING AND NOTES
ACCOMMODATE MECHANICAL WORK (I.E. ACCESS DOORS, SLAB/WALL/ROOF
OPENINGS, ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, ETC). MECHANICAL SPACING CONDITIONING SYSTEM
18x14 RECTANGULAR DUCT PHASE:
UNITARY
ROUND METAL DUCT
DESCRIPTION OF UNIT EXISTING PERMIT SET
HEATING EFFICIENCY EXISTING
COOLING EFFICIENCY EXISTING
HEAT OUTPUT OF UNIT EXISTING REVISIONS:
SUPPLY DIFFUSER/GRILLE OR RISER
COOLING OUTPUT OF UNIT EXISTING
RETURN REGISTER/GRILLE OR RISER BOILER
TOTAL BOILER OUTPUT NA
EXHAUST REGISTER/GRILLE OR RISER CHILLER
TOTAL CHILLER OUTPUT NA

SIDEWALL DIFFUSER/GRILLE LIST EQUIPMENT EFFICIENCIES EXISTING

ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
3/4" DOOR UNDER CUT DESIGNER'S STATEMENT: PROJECT #: 16141
TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, THE DESIGN OF THIS BUILDING
EXISTING EQUIPMENT/DUCTWORK COMPLIES WITH THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, SERVICE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT DRAWN BY: KAS
TO BE DEMO'D/RELOCATED REQUIREMENTS OF THE N.C.S. ENERGY CODE.
SHEET NUMBER
EXISTING EQUIPMENT/DUCTWORK SIGNED:

FSD FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER (LOW VOLTAGE,

CONTROL WIRING BY M.C.)
NAME: DUSTIN M. METAYER, PE.

TITLE: MECHANICAL ENGINEER

M001
 FIRE RATING LEGEND
2-HR WALL

22x14 DUCT
IN.
"M
18
W
F LO
AIR NOTE:
ACCOUSTICAL
DUCT LINER REMOVE AND RE-INSTALL
GRILLES AS NECESSARY
DURING CONSTRUCTION.
RETURN 6" MIN.
AIR GRILLE

5 BREAK ROOM
B011

STORAGE ROOM
A 2 A 4 5
B039

A18X18
-
5
5

AIR FLOW
A18X18
- CORRIDOR
CO2B
A 2 A 4 MEN'S
B142

SOUND BOOT DETAIL B 2 D 4

C 175
TAGGED NOTES - THIS SHEET 4 NO SCALE 5
JANITOR 5
B103
1 RELOCATE EXISTING ABOVE CEILING PLENUM AIR ELEC. COMM E 1 E 5
B101 B102 14
NOTE: TRANSFER DUCT AS SHOWN FOR NEW CHASE 43 SF 129 SF

EXISTING FLOORS ONE CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE NEW FSD. SEE NEW WORK
AREA OF WORK
AND TWO ARE NOT WITHIN PLAN.
SCOPE. NO M.C. WORK. 2 PROVIDE FIRE-SMOKE DAMPER AND ACCESS DOOR.
ENSURE EXISTING HVAC IS ACCESS DOOR TO BE INSTALLED UPSTREAM OF CHASE GENERAL NOTES - THIS SHEET COMM
5 C 175
MAINTAINED AND NOT PENETRATION. INSTALL WITH FLOW SMOKE DETECTOR B105
39 SF
INTERRUPTED OR ALTERED AND 24V ACTUATOR. SEE MECH. SCHEDULE.
DURING OR AFTER 1. ITEMS SHOWN IN FAINT & HATCHED ARE TO BE DEMO'D OR WOMENS
B141
3 RELOCATE EXISTING EXHAUST GRILLE AS REQUIRED RELOCATED. ITEMS SHOWN IN FAINT ARE EXISTING TO B 2 D 4
14
PROJECT WORK. 11
FOR NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION. RECONNECT GRILLE REMAIN. NEW OR RELOCATED ITEMS ARE SHOWN IN BOLD.
COORDINATE ANY AFTER
TO EXISTING EXHAUST DUCTWORK. SEE LEGEND.
HOURS WORK WITH
BUILDING OWNER. 4 RELOCATED EXHAUST GRILLE AND DUCTWORK. 2. M.C. TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE BEGINNING 8 9
WORK. B - LOBBY
EXISTING EXHAUST DUCT RISERS TO REMAIN. EXISTING B145

EXHAUST FAN LOCATED IN BUILDING PENTHOUSE. 3. HATCHED AREA INDICATES EXISTING AREAS NOT INCLUDED A 2 C 2

RE-BALANCE GRILLE TO 150 CFM OF EXHAUST AIR. IN SCOPE OF WORK. B -

8 VESTIBULE
B001
F 2 A 2
5 EXISTING DIFFUSER/GRILLE TO REMAIN.

KEY PLAN (3,4,5 FLOORS) 6 RELOCATE EXISTING PLENUM RETURN GRILLE AS

K NO SCALE 7
SHOWN.
PLENUM RETURN AIR GRILLE TO BE INSTALLED W/
NOTE:
EXISTING DIFFUSER/GRILLE
11
SOUND BOOT. SEE DETAIL. COORDINATE EXACT CFM'S WITHIN SCOPE OF
LOCATION W/ EXISTING GRID CEILING, AND ANY WORK TO REMAIN. M.C. CORRIDOR
CHANGE DURING NEW CONSTRUCTION. TO MEASURE CFM'S PRIOR BO1B
7
D 1 A 1
8 EXISTING LAY-IN SUPPLY DIFFUSER TO BE DEMO'D. TO WORK AND
REUSE EXISTING FLEX DUCT FOR CONNECTION TO NEW RE-BALANCE CFM'S TO A18X18
-
SUPPLY DIFFUSER. INSTALL NEW SUPPLY DIFFUSER IN EXISTING VALUES 5
LOCATION SHOWN. EXISTING SUPPLY CFM TO REMAIN. FOLLOWING COMPLETION
OF DIFFUSER RELOCATION 10
9 EXISTING UNIT HEATER TO REMAIN.
& REPLACEMENT. M.C. BID WELLNESS ROOM
B26 5
TO INCLUDE TEST AND 6 D 1 A 1
10 RELOCATE EXISTING GRILLE/DIFFUSER AS SHOWN.
BALANCE REPORT
PROVIDE NEW DUCTWORK AS REQUIRED.
DELIVERED TO OWNER MAIL/PACKAGE
B23
11 PROVIDE FIRE RATED DOOR WITH 3/4" DOOR FOLLOWING COMPLETION D 1 A 1

UNDERCUT. UNDERCUT TO NOT EXCEED 3/4". OF WORK.

12 EXISTING SUPPLY DUCT DOWN IN CHASE FROM AIR
HANDLERS IN MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE AREA ABOVE
5TH FLOOR. DUCT TO REMAIN.
13 RELOCATED STANDPIPE UP/DOWN IN CHASE BY
OTHERS. COORDINATE RETURN DUCT PENETRATION
LOCATION WITH NEW STANDPIPE LOCATION.

MECHANICAL PLAN - BASEMENT

14 DEMO EXISTING EXHAUST GRILLE. PROVIDE NEW
EXHAUST GRILLE AND RE-USE EXISTING DUCT 3 SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
CONNECTON. RE-BALANCE NEW GRILLE TO 175 CFM.

maple
ENGINEERING, pllc
708 ST. MARYS ST
RALEIGH, NC 27605 LIC.#: P-0990
P:919-341-4247 F:919-890-3797
plumbing mechanical electrical

12 12 12 12

2 2
1 3 1 FSD-2/4/6 4 FSD-1/3/5
WOMEN'S
WOMEN'S
MEN'S WTR
WTR MEN'S
B 2 D 4 3 MTR
B 2 D 4 4 MTR
B 2 D 4 B 2 D 4

13 13

3-7-18
ELEC. ROOM JANITORS CLOSET JANITORS CLOSET THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
ELEC. ROOM
ER JC ER JC ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
E 3 E 1 E 3 E 1 THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.

SHEET NAME:
MECHANICAL
PLANS AND
DETAILS

PHASE:
PERMIT SET

REVISIONS:

ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18

PROJECT #: 16141
DRAWN BY: KAS

SHEET NUMBER

2
MECHANICAL RELOCATION PLAN - 3RD, 4TH & 5TH FLOOR
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 1
MECHANICAL PLAN - 3RD, 4TH & 5TH FLOOR
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" M101
 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND
CATALOG LAMP DATA BALLAST DATA INPUT
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: 8. METAL CONDUIT COUPLINGS TO BE COMPRESSION TYPE OR THREADED WHEN MARK MANUF. VOLTS MOUNTING DESCRIPTION
ACCESSIBLE TO BUILDING OCCUPANTS. METAL COUNDUIT COUPLINGS MAY BE NUMBER NO. TYPE NO. TYPE WATTS CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS CONCEALED IN FLOOR, WALL OR CEILING.
1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO FURNISH AND PAY FOR ALL LABOR, MATERIAL,
SET-SCREW TYPE WHEN CONCEALED IN BUILDING STRUCTURE OR LOCATED MORE
EQUIPMENT, PERMITS & FEES REQUIRED FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ALL 6" RECESSED CAN/DOWNLIGHT. CLEAR LENS. 3500K
SYSTEMS IN THIS SECTION OF WORK. THAN 10' AFF. PLASTIC CONDUIT COUPLINGS TO BE SOCKET GLUED TYPE. ARROWHEAD INDICATES HOMERUN TO PANEL NOTED.
A LITHONIA LDN6 LED 1 LED MVOLT 1 DRIVER 13 RECESSED COLOR TEMP. 1000 LUMENS. TRIM COLOR AND
9. FUSES 0 - 600 AMPS SHALL BE UL CLASS "RK-1" LOW PEAK DUAL ELEMENT TIME DELAY FINISH BY ARCHITECT. 0-10V DIMMING TO 1%.
2. ALL WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND ALL OTHER INDICATES HOT LEG OF CIRCUIT TO BE CARRIED OVER TO NEXT DEVICE. SEE PLANS FOR
APPLICABLE CODES. EC IS TO COORDINATE W/ G.C. IN REGARDS TO PROJECT WITH 200,000 AMPERE INTERRUPTING RATING AS MANUFACTURED BY BUSSMANN, 6" RECESSED CAN/DOWNLIGHT. CLEAR LENS. 3500K
CONTROL SCHEME.
TIMELINE, WORK HOURS, AS WELL AS ANY BONDING OR INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. A2 LITHONIA LDN6 LED 1 LED MVOLT 1 DRIVER 8 RECESSED COLOR TEMP. 500 LUMENS. TRIM COLOR AND FINISH
BY ARCHITECT.
10. JUNCTION BOX CEILING MOUNTED.
3. ALL ELECTRICAL & LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED COMPLETE WITH ALL 6" RECESSED CAN/DOWNLIGHT. CLEAR LENS. 3500K
ACCESSORIES, HANGERS, SUPPORTS, CONTROLS, ETC FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONING CONNECTORS, LUGS, ETC SHALL BE IDENTIFIED FOR USE WITH THE MATERIAL (CU/AL)
OF THE CONDUCTOR AND SHALL BE PROPERLY INSTALLED. A3 LITHONIA LDN6 LED 1 LED MVOLT 1 DRIVER 8 RECESSED COLOR TEMP. 500 LUMENS. TRIM COLOR AND FINISH J JUNCTION BOX FLOOR MOUNTED.
SYSTEM REGARDLESS OF PRESENCE ON PLANS.
BY ARCHITECT. WET LOCATION LISTED.
4. ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE GUARANTEED TO BE FREE OF 11. RECEPTACLES IN COMMERCIAL AREAS SHALL BE 20 AMP COMMERCIAL 2x2 LED ACRYLIC LENSED LAY-IN RECESSED TROFFER. JUNCTION BOX WALL MOUNTED AT HEIGHT INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF WORK OR IN SPECIFICATION GRADE EQUAL TO HUBBELL SERIES. GROUND FAULT RECEPTACLES B LITHONIA 2GTL2 - LED MVOLT 1 DRIVER 29 LAY-IN 3300 LUMENS. 3500K COLOR TEMP. 0-10V DIMMING
SHALL BE EQUAL TO COOPER VGF SERIES. TO 1%.
ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD GUARANTEE, IF LONGER. SINGLE POLE SWITCH, 20A, 120/277 VOLT, 48" A.F.F. TO CENTER.
EXISTING EQUIPMENT IS EXCLUDED FROM WARRANTY REQUIREMENT. 4' LED RECESSED ACRYLIC LENSED LAY-IN STRIP "3" INDICATES 3-WAY SWITCH.
12. LIGHTING SWITCHES IN COMMERCIAL AREAS SHALL BE 20 AMP COMMERCIAL FOCAL POINT
SPECIFICATION GRADE EQUAL TO HUBBELL SERIES. C4 SEEM 4-LP - LED MVOLT 1 DRIVER 14 RECESSED LIGHT. 3500K COLOR TEMP. 375 LUMENS PER FOOT. "4" INDICATES 4-WAY SWITCH.
5. THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND SHOW GENERAL LOCATION AND LIGHTING "D" INDICATES DIMMER SWITCH OF TYPE TO SUIT LOAD.
1,500 LUMENS TOTAL.
ARRANGEMENT OF ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE
13. ANY RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES INSTALLED IN INSULATED CEILINGS OR WALLS TO BE 8' LED RECESSED ACRYLIC LENSED LAY-IN STRIP "M" INDICATES 120V, 20A MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH.
FOLLOWED AS CLOSELY AS BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND ALL OTHER WORK WILL
"IC RATED" AND MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ASTME 283 AND 2012 NCECC SEC. 502.4.8. FOCAL POINT "DP" INDICATES DOUBLE POLE
PERMIT. C8 SEEM 4-LP - LED MVOLT 1 DRIVER 28 RECESSED LIGHT. 3500K COLOR TEMP. 375 LUMENS PER FOOT.
LIGHTING
3,000 LUMENS TOTAL.
6. DO NO SCALE DRAWINGS FOR MEASUREMENT. IV. COORDINATION: 24" DECORATIVE LED BATH BAR. SELECTED BY
INDICATES FLUORESCENT FIXTURES DUAL SWITCHED, INBOARD/OUTBOARD SWITCHED
1. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE CLOSELY WITH ALL OTHER 25W SEPARATELY.
D - - - LED MVOLT - DRIVER SURFACE OTHERS. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY E.C. INCLUDE
7. INFORMATION GIVEN IN SCHEDULES INCLUDES BOTH DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT AND TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICT AND ENSURE OTHER TRADES PROVIDE MEASURES TO MAX
MANUFACTURER'S MODEL #. IF CONFLICT IS PRESENT BETWEEN DESCRIPTION AND ACCOMMODATE ELECTRICAL WORK (I.E. ACCESS DOORS, SLAB/WALL/ROOF $400/FIXTURE MAT'L ALLOWANCE IN BID.
SINGLE RECEPTACLE, 20 AMP, 120 VOLT, 18" A.F.F. TO CENTER.
MODEL #, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION SHALL TAKE PRECEDENT. IN CASE OF CONFLICT OPENINGS, ETC). 40" DECORATIVE LED BATH BAR. SELECTED BY
BETWEEN THE PLANS AND NOTES/SPECIFICATIONS OR CONFLICT BETWEEN 35W OTHERS. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY E.C. INCLUDE
E - - - LED MVOLT - DRIVER MAX SURFACE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, 20 AMP (15 AMP RESIDENTIAL, UON), 120 VOLT, 18" A.F.F. TO CENTER.
INFORMATION PRESENTED ON THE PLANS OR IN THE NOTES/SPECIFICATIONS, THEN THE 2. E.C. TO COORDINATE ELEVATION OF WALL MOUNTED LIGHTS (INTERIOR & EXTERIOR) $600/FIXTURE MAT'L ALLOWANCE IN BID. "GFI" INDICATES GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER TYPE.
MOST RESTRICTIVE SHALL TAKE PRECEDENT. W/ ARCHITECT/ARCH PLANS.
RECTANGULAR ARCHITECTURAL LED WALL SCONCE. "WP" INDICATES WEATHERPROOF.
8. BEFORE BID EC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CLARIFYING W/ G.C. ANY CONFUSION IN REGARDS 3. E.C. TO COORDINATE W/ P.C. & M.C. REGARDING POWER AND FIRE ALARM G Y LIGHTING 7202 - LED MVOLT 1 DRIVER 21 WALL WET LOC. & COLD TEMP RATED. 2570 LUMENS. "EWC" INDICATES RECEPTACLE INSIDE ENCLOSURE OF ELECTRIC WATER COOLER PROVIDE
TO RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED OR MATERIALS TO BE PROVIDED. THE CONNECTIONS TO MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. FINISH SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. GFI BREAKER FOR CIRCUIT.
SUBMITTAL OF THE BID BY THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD AS PROOF THAT THE "ASW" INDICATES ABOVE SHOW WINDOW, PER NEC SHOW WINDOW REQ'S.
CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS THOROUGHLY AND COMPLETELY THE SCOPE OF THE 4. E.C. TO VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS AND COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF 4' SURFACE MOUNTED LED WRAPAROUND LIGHT.
H LITHONIA LBL4 - LED MVOLT 1 DRIVER 48 SURFACE
WORK INVOLVED, AND HAS INCLUDED ON THE BID ALL THE NECESSARY ITEMS TO CARRY INCOMING ELECTRICAL SERVICE WITH LOCAL POWER COMPANY PRIOR TO DIMMABLE. WITH ACRYLIC LENS. 4800 LUMENS. QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE, AS ABOVE, 18" A.F.F.
OUT THIS SECTION OF WORK. PROJECT START-UP. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY CHANGES AS MAY BE REQUIRED.
LED EXIT-EMERGENCY LIGHT COMBO. (2) ADJ.
120, DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, AS ABOVE, SPLIT WIRED, TOP HALF SWITCHED, 18" A.F.F.
9. E.C. & G.C. SHALL CONSULT OWNER OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING 5. E.C. TO VERIFY DEVICE PLATE COLOR AND MATERIAL WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO LITHONIA LHQM LED 2 1.5W - - 3.0 WALL HEADS. BATTERY BACK-UP. RED ILLUMINATED EXIT
277
DISPOSAL, STORING OR RESALE OF ALL DEMO/REMOVED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS. PURCHASE. SIGN. HOUSING COLOR BY ARCH.
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, AS ABOVE, MOUNTED 6" ABOVE COUNTER TOP OR 4" ABOVE
LED EXIT-EMERGENCY LIGHT COMBO. (2) ADJ.
120, BACKSPLASH, AS APPROPRIATE, OR AT HEIGHT INDICATED.
10. ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE ASSUMED BY ENGINEER TO BE IN GOOD V. EXECUTION: LITHONIA LHQM LED 2 1.5W
277
- - 3.0 CEILING HEADS. BATTERY BACK-UP. RED ILLUMINATED EXIT
WORKING ORDER. BEFORE BEGINNING WORK E.C. IS TO ENSURE ANY EQUIPMENT & 1. E.C. TO FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN INSTALLING ELECTRICAL SIGN. HOUSING COLOR BY ARCH.
SYSTEMS TO REMAIN ARE PROPERLY FUNCTIONING. NOTIFY G.C. IMMEDIATELY IF DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, AS ABOVE, MOUNTED 6" ABOVE COUNTER TOP OR 4" ABOVE
EQUIPMENT. ENSURE REQUIRED MAINTENANCE ACCESS AND CLEARANCES ARE GEN. PURPOSE LED EMERGENCY LED LIGHT. (2) ADJ.
PROBLEMS ARE DISCOVERED. MAINTAINED. IF CONFLICT EXISTS BETWEEN THESE PLANS AND MFG INSTRUCTIONS BACKSPLASH, AS APPROPRIATE, OR AT HEIGHT INDICATED, WITH GFI PROTECTION.
EELP EM16-LP 2 3.5W LED 120 - - 7 SURFACE HEADS. BATTERY BACK-UP. DAMP LOCATION LISTED.
CONTACT ENGINEER.
11. ALL QUESTIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED IN RFI FORMAT TO THE ARCHITECT AND MUST BE COLOR BY ARCH. RECESSED FLUSH FLOOR DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH BRASS COVERPLATE. COORDINATE
ADDRESSED BY THE APPROPRIATE DESIGNER OF RECORD PRIOR TO BECOMING A REMOTE EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHT. PAINTABLE. EXACT FINISH WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER.
2. PROVIDE A PULLWIRE IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS.
PROPOSED CHANGE ORDER. BARRON LIGHTING 120, -
E TR-WB-BR-CL 2 6W XENON - - WALL COLD WEATHER OPTION. BATTERY BACK-UP. W/ TEST
3. PROVIDE A TYPED DIRECTORY IN ALL PANELBOARDS CLEARLY DESCRIBING THE GROUP 277
12. E.C. IS TO REVIEW COMPLETE DRAWING SET. E.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK EXPLICITLY
SWITCH. WET LOC LISTED. NEC 700.16 COMPLIANT. 208V RECEPTACLE, SEE PLANS FOR NEMA CONFIGURATION.
LOCATION OF AND TYPE OF LOAD BEING SERVED FOR ALL CIRCUITS. PROVIDE
SHOWN AND WORK IMPLIED. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED FINAL ELECTRICAL NOTES:
ENGRAVED PHENOLIC NAMEPLATES FOR ALL PANELBOARDS AND DISCONNECT
CONNECTION TO ALL EQUIPMENT, FURNITURE (I.E. CUBICLES, WORKSTATIONS, ETC) IS 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED COLOR & FINISH OF FIXTURE HOUSING, BAFFLE, OR SIMILAR EXPOSED ELEMENTS TO BE BY ARCHITECT. TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET, 18" A.F.F. TO CENTER OR ALIGN MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH
SWITCHES, WHITE LETTERS ON BLACK BACKGROUND.
THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE E.C.. 2. WHERE MASTER SLAVE WIRING CONFIGURATIONS IS INDICATED THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE QUANTITY AND TYPE OF BALLASTS REQUIRED TO PERMIT BI-LEVEL SWITCHING. WHERE ADJACENT DEVICE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. COORDINATE EXACT DEVICE TYPE AND
4. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH EXTERIOR WALLS & ROOF SHALL BE FLASHED & BI-LEVEL LIGHTING IS INDICATED INBOARD AND OUTBOARD LAMPS SHALL BE SWITCHED SEPARATELY. REQUIRED FACEPLATE W/ OWNER/TENANT.
II. DIVISION OF WORK: COUNTER-FLASHED IN A WATERPROOF MANNER. 3. EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE CIRCUITED TO AN UNSWITCHED LEG OF A NORMALLY ON LOCAL LIGHTING CIRCUIT (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE),INCLUDE 90 MINUTE BATTERY
1. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING RELATED TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS IS THE BACKUP & TESTING MEANS. HEAVY DUTY FUSIBLE/NON-FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH, NUMBERS INDICATE FRAME SIZE,
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR (ANY LOW VOLTAGE FIRE ALARM 5. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS OF SMOKE PARTITIONS OR FIRE RATED WALLS, CEILING, 4. ALL LAMPS OF A SINGLE FIXTURE TYPE INSTALLED IN EACH AREA/ROOM/SPACE ARE TO BE OF SAME TEMPERATURE/COLOR.
30/3/FPN NUMBER OF POLES AND FUSING. PROVIDE NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE INSIDE. PROVIDE NEMA 3
WIRING TO BE BY E.C.). ALL HIGH VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS TO MECHANICAL FLOORS IN ACCORDANCE W/ APPROPRIATE U.L. PENETRATION DETAIL AND NC ENCLOSURE FOR ALL SWITCHES LOCATED OUTSIDE.
EQUIPMENT, TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY E.C. (SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR BUILDING CODE. "FPN" INDICATES FUSE PER EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE
DISCONNECT RESPONSIBILITY).
6. PENETRATIONS OF NON-RATED WALLS, PARTITIONS AND FLOOR OF COMBUSTIBLE
LIGHTING SYSTEMS "NF" INDICATES NON-FUSED.
"MS" INDICATES MOTOR STARTER OF TYPE TO SUIT LOAD.
2. G.C. TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING ANY ACCESS DOORS (WALL, CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE FIRESTOPPED WITH MATERIALS EQUIVALENT TO TWO NCECC SECTION 505 & 506
FLOOR, CEILING) RELATED TO ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. E.C. RESPONSIBLE FOR INCHES OF WOOD. FIRESTOPPING SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM E-814.
COMMUNICATING TO G.C. SIZE AND LOCATION OF REQ'D ACCESS DOOR(S).
7. ANY NOTCHING, DRILLING, BORING OR OTHER ALTERATION TO BUILDING LIGHTING POWER DENSITY CALCULATION COMPLIANCE DESIGNER STATEMENT: 208Y/120V PANEL, SURFACE OR RECESS MOUNTED, SEE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS.
3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO EMPLOY THE SERVICES OF THE G.C. FOR CUTTING AND STRUCTURE SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A CODE APPROVED METHOD AND NOT TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, THE DESIGN OF THIS BUILDING COMPLIES
PATCHING OF WALLS, FLOORS & CEILINGS RELATED TO THE INSTALLATION OF THREATEN THE INTEGRITY OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER DENSITY CALCULATION PER TABLE 505.5.2. SEE LIGHTING WITH THE LIGHTING SYSTEMS REQUIREMENTS OF THE NORTH CAROLINA ENERGY 480Y/277V PANEL, SURFACE OR RECESS MOUNTED, SEE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS.
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT & SYSTEMS. FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR FIXTURE INFORMATION. CONSERVATION CODE, SECTION 505 & 506 AND ANY LOCAL AMENDMENTS THEREOF.
8. SUPPORT ALL CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE W/ NEC. ANY EF FAN, PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, WIRED BY ELECTRICAL
4. G.C. RESPONSIBLE FOR PAINTING OF ANY EXPOSED CONDUIT, WIRE, BOXES ETC. E.C. SUSPENDED MATERIALS SHALL BE DIRECTLY SUPPORTED BY THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. INTERIOR WATTAGE SPECIFIED VS. ALLOWED SEE NOTE VS. SEE NOTE CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE DISCONNECTING MEANS AS REQUIRED.
RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING AND PREPARING ITEMS FOR PAINT, COORDINATE W/ G.C. DO NOT ATTACH ANYTHING TO THE ROOF DECK. SIGNED:
EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER DENSITY CALCULATION PER TABLE 505.6.2. SEE LIGHTING
FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR FIXTURE INFORMATION. NAME: DUSTIN M METAYER, PE RECESSED MOUNTED 2x4 FLUORESCENT TROFFER, SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS.
5. E.C. TO COORDINATE W/ G.C. PRIOR TO BID REGARDING HIRING OF FIRE ALARM, 9. PENETRATIONS OF ALL EXTERIOR WALLS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS SHALL BE SEALED IN
DATA/TELE & SECURITY SUB-CONTRACTORS (IF APPLICABLE). AN AIR TIGHT MANNER AND IN ACCORDANCE W/ 2012 NCECC APPENDIX 2 TITLE: ELECTRICAL ENGINEER
DETAILS. TRADABLE EXTERIOR WATTAGE SPECIFIED VS. ALLOWED N/A VS. N/A
NONTRADABLE EXTERIOR WATTAGE SPECIFIED VS. ALLOWED N/A VS. N/A TRACK LIGHTING FIXTURE, SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS.
III. MATERIALS: 10. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING ALL
1. ALL MATERIAL, DEVICES, APPLIANCES, AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW UNLESS
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FROM FOREIGN MATERIAL DURING CONSTRUCTION (PAINT, SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT STRIP, SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS.
OTHERWISE NOTED AND SHALL CONFORM TO THE STANDARDS OF THE UNDERWRITER'S
SPACKLE, ETC.). UPON COMPLETION OF WORK THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ADDITIONAL PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE
LABORATORIES, INC., AND THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION.
SHALL CLEAN, WASH, ETC ALL ITEMS AND EQUIPMENT WITHIN HIS SCOPE OF WORK NOT APPLICABLE (RENOVATION PROJECT) X 506.2.4 HIGHER EFFICIENCY SERVICE WATER HEATING WALL MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURE, SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS.
AND LEAVE ALL ITEMS BRIGHT AND CLEAN.
2. ALL MATERIALS INSTALLED IN RETURN PLENUM ARE TO BE PLENUM RATED. 506.2.1 MORE EFFICIENT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT 506.2.5 ON-SITE SUPPLY OF RENEWABLE ENERGY
11. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AT HIS/HER 506.2.2 REDUCED LIGHTING POWER DENSITY 506.2.6 AUTOMATIC DAYLIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS SURFACE, RECESSED OR GROUND MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURE, SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR
3. PROVIDE HANGERS & SUPPORTS APPROVED FOR USE BY NEC. DETAILS.
DISCRETION MAY COMBINE MULTIPLE CIRCUITS INTO A SINGLE CONDUIT AND 506.2.3 ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATION SYSTEM
DE-RATE WIRE. COMBINING AND DE-RATING IS TO BE DONE IN STRICT
4. ALL FIRE SEALANTS TO BE U.L. LISTED AND APPROVED FOR USE W/ APPROPRIATE U.L.
ACCORDANCE W/ NEC. DEMO'D LIGHT FIXTURE OR SIMILAR.
PENETRATION DETAIL.
12. DEVICES INCLUDING GFCI PROTECTION MUST HAVE THEIR TESTING MEANS READILY
5. ELECTRICAL BOXES IN RATED WALLS MUST BE METAL OR LISTED FOR USE IN RATED WALLS.
ONLY SINGLE AND DOUBLE GANG BOXES ARE TO BE USED IN RATED WALLS. LARGER
BOXES ARE NOT ALLOWED AS THEY EXCEED THE 16 SQUARE INCH MAXIMUM BOX
ACCESSIBLE. PROVIDE REMOTE TESTING MEANS OR GFCI BREAKER FOR GFCI
RECEPTACLES AND SIMILAR DEVICES WHICH ARE NOT READILY ACCESSIBLE (I.E.
NOTE:
EXEMPT FROM ENERGY CODE PER 2012
NOTE: maple
ENGINEERING, pllc
BEHIND EQUIPMENT, AT CEILING, ETC). (NEC 210.8). E.C. TO CLEAN AND REPLACE
OPENING ALLOWED IN RATED WALLS PER NEC 300.21. NCECC SEC. 101.4.3 EXCEPTION "G".
13. ALL EXIT & EMERGENCY LIGHTS ARE TO BE CIRCUITED TO UN-SWITCHED LEG OF WATTAGE OF INSTALLED LIGHTING IS LESS
ALL EXISTING BURNT OUT
LIGHTS IN BUILDING
ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS 708 ST. MARYS ST
RALEIGH, NC 27605
P:919-341-4247
LIC.#: P-0990
F:919-890-3797
6. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER RATED AT NOT LESS THAN 600 VOLTS.MINIMUM SIZE THAN WATTAGE OF DEMO'D LIGHTING. 2012 plumbing mechanical electrical
LOCAL NORMALLY ON LIGHTING CIRCUIT. STAIRWELLS. COORDINATE
SHALL BE #12 AWG UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. ALL WIRE #8 AWG
NCECC SEC 101.4.4 DOES NOT APPLY, NO WORK, BULB TYPE, AND
AND LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED. ALL CONDUCTORS #10 AND SMALLER MAY BE 18" DIMENSION INDICATES HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AT WHICH CENTER OF
14. RECEPTACLE, LIGHT SWITCHES AND OTHER CONTROL DEVICES ARE TO BE INSTALLED CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY OR USAGE
SOLID OR STRANDED, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CONDUCTOR INSULATION SHALL BE NUMBERS OF FIXTURES WITH DEVICE IS TO BE MOUNTED.
IN ACCORDANCE W/ ANSI A117.1 AND ADA REQ'S CONCERNING HEIGHT AND PATTERN.
TYPE THHN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL EXTERIOR CABLE OR OTHER WIRE EXPOSED OWNER PRIOR TO BID.
ACCESSIBILITY. FHA REQ'S TO BE FOLLOWED FOR MULTI-FAMILY AND RESIDENTIAL
TO SUNLIGHT SHALL BE RATED FOR EXTERIOR USE & SUNLIGHT RESISTANT.
PROJECTS. AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR.
7. ALL WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN GALVANIZED RIGID CONDUIT, INTERMEDIATE METAL CEILING
15. E.C. IS TO CONFIRM EXACT ELECTRICAL NAMEPLATE DATA OF ALL PLUMBING, AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE.
CONDUIT, OR EMT, EXCEPT AS ALLOWED BELOW. EMT SHALL NOT BE USED IN OR UNDER
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, MCA,
CONCRETE SLABS, OR IN MASONRY WALLS. USE SCHEDULE 40 PVC OUTDOORS WHERE NOTE:
MOCP, VOLTAGE & PHASE BEFORE BEGINNING WORK. FIRE ALARM HORN, E.C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.
NOT SUBJECT TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE OR BELOW FLOOR SLAB. PVC NOT TO BE USED IN DEVICE HEIGHTS ARE TO
PATIENT CARE AREAS. MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE TO BE 1/2". TYPE MC AND AC CABLE HORN/STROBE OR
16. ALL WORK IN/THROUGH REQUIRED FIRE RATED WALLS, BARRIERS, AND PARTITIONS BE AS INDICATED UNLESS
MAY BE USED WHERE PERMISSIBLE BY NEC. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE USED FOR STROBE. FPN FUSE PER EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE REQUIREMENTS.
SHALL COMPLY WITH 2012 NCBC/IBC SEC 713. OPENINGS FOR INSTALLATION OF FIRE OTHERWISE NOTED.
CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT AND LUMINAIRES, BUT SHALL NOT EXCEED 6'
BOXES THAT ARE GREATER THAN 16 SQUARE INCHES SHALL BE PROTECTED AS
IN LENGTH.
REQUIRED BY U.L. AND 2012 NCBC/IBC SEC 713. G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 3-7-18
ALIGN DEVICES WHEN WALL THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
17. BACK-TO-BACK BOXES IN 1 OR 2 HOUR RATED WALLS WITHIN 24" OF EACH OTHER MOUNTED CLOSE ON M.C. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
SHALL BE PROTECTED BY (1) OF THE FOLLOWING, OR EQUAL: METACAULK BOX MOUNTED THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
SAME WALL TELEPHONE PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
GUARD (METAL BOXES ONLY), METACAULK COVER GUARD, OR METACAULK PUTTY RECEPTACLE P.C. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PADS. PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
LIGHT SWITCH TELE/DATA
18. OPENINGS IN REQUIRED FIRE RATED WALLS, PARTITIONS, AND BARRIERS THAT REMAIN OR DIMMER WP INDICATES DEVICE TO HAVE WEATHERPROOF COVER.
SWITCH SHEET NAME:
DUE TO DEMOLITION OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND SIMILAR SHALL BE PATCHED FIRE ALARM
BACK IN A WAY THAT MAINTAINS THE FIRE RATING AND INTEGRITY OF THE ASSEMBLY. UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ELECTRICAL
PULL STATION
80"

SCHEDULES
19. CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSORS ARE TO BE MOUNTED AT LEAST 6'-0" RECEPTACLE FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL.
FROM DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, FANS, AND OTHER SIMILAR SOURCES OF VIBRATION. AND NOTES
48"

COORDINATE INSTALLATION LOCATIONS WITH M.C.. TELEPHONE OR SMP SPRINKLER MONITORING PANEL.
DATA JACK TOP OF COUNTER PHASE:
46"

46"

36" MAX
42"
NL NIGHT LIGHT, LIGHT NOT SWITCHED.
MAX COUNTER PERMIT SET
DEPTH = 24" WP WEATHER PROOF
REVISIONS:
18"

FLOOR
MOTION SENSOR LEGEND
NOTE:
MOUNTING LOCATIONS OF RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES AND ALL M0 WALL SWITCH DUAL TECH. (INFRARED AND ULTRASONIC) OCCUPANCY SENSOR EQUAL
OTHER CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TO SENSOR SWITCH MODEL WSX PDT. 120/277V. TIME DELAYS 20 MINUTES FOR ON/OFF.
ANSI A117.1 AND ADA REQUIREMENTS (FHA REQ'S FOR LINE VOLTAGE.
MULTI-FAMILY AND RESIDENTIAL PROJECTS) ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
M4 CORNER MOUNTED DUAL TECH. (INFRARED AND ULTRASONIC) OCCUPANCY SENSOR
PROJECT #: 16141
TYPICAL DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHTS EQUAL TO SENSOR SWITCH MODEL WVR PDT 16. 120/277V. TIME DELAYS 20 MINUTES FOR
1 NO SCALE
ON/OFF. LINE VOLTAGE. DRAWN BY: RDG
M8 CEILING MOUNTED DUAL TECH. (INFRARED AND ULTRASONIC) OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHEET NUMBER
EQUAL TO SENSOR SWITCH MODEL CMR PDT 10. 120/277V. TIME DELAYS 20 MINUTES FOR

E001
ON/OFF. LINE VOLTAGE.

NOTE:
THE CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL RELAYS, CONTROLS, SWITCHES, ETC
FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONING SYSTEM REGARDLESS OF PRESENCE OR ABSENCE ON PLANS.
 FIRE RATING LEGEND
2-HR WALL

GENERAL NOTES - THIS SHEET

1. ITEMS SHOWN IN FAINT & HATCHED ARE TO BE DEMO'D OR NOTE: NOTE:
RELOCATED. ITEMS SHOWN IN FAINT ARE EXISTING TO E.C. TO CLEAN AND REPLACE ALL EXISTING LIGHTING IN
REMAIN. NEW OR RELOCATED ITEMS ARE SHOWN IN BOLD. ALL EXISTING BURNT OUT AREA OF WORK TO BE
NOTE 4 SEE LEGEND. LIGHTS IN BUILDING DEMO'D AND REMOVED.
2. E.C. TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE BEGINNING STAIRWELLS. COORDINATE EXISTING LIGHTING POWER
WORK. WORK, BULB TYPE, AND CIRCUITS TO BE RE-USED TO
TC 3. HATCHED AREA INDICATES EXISTING AREAS NOT INCLUDED NUMBERS OF FIXTURES WITH CONNECT TO NEW LIGHTING
SEE PLAN FOR CORRIDOR LIGHTS IN SCOPE OF WORK. OWNER PRIOR TO BID. FIXTURES AND SWITCHING.
LIGHTING CIRCUITS 4. ENSURE THAT ALL EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTS ARE SEE LIGHTING PLAN.
MOTION
WITH DIMMING
SENSOR(S) TAGGED NOTES - THIS SHEET CONNECTED TO LOCAL NORMALLY ON LIGHTING CIRCUIT
D AND ARE WIRED UPSTREAM OF ALL SWITCHES,
CIRCUIT CONTACTORS, AND SIMILAR.
1 NEW LIGHTS TO CONNECT TO EXISTING LIGHTING
POWER CIRCUIT IN AREA. E.C. TO ENSURE CIRCUIT IS
NOT OVERLOADED.
NOTE:
1. SEE PLAN FOR QTY. OF SENSORS. MULTIPLE SENSORS IN AREA TO BE 2 FIXTURE IS TO BE WIRED AS NIGHT LIGHT. PROVIDE
WIRED IN PARALLEL.COORDINATE RELAY/CONTACTOR REQ'S W/ POWER FROM EXISTING AREA NORMALLY ON
MFG. CIRCUIT. ENSURE FIXTURE IS NOT ON ANY EXISTING
2. WIRING SIMILAR FOR BI-LEVEL (INBOARD/OUTBOARD) & BUILDING LIGHTING TIME CONTROL.
3-WAY/4-WAY SWITCHING.
3. CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES ARE TO BE INSTALLED AT LEAST 6'-0" 3 EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURE TO CONNECT TO EXISTING
FROM DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, FANS, AND OTHER SIMILAR SOURCES OF EXTERIOR LIGHTING SWITCHING AND POWER CIRCUIT.
VIBRATION. ENSURE ON EXISTING PHOTOCELL CONTROL, OR
4. PROGRAMMABLE TIME SWITCH TO BE EQUAL TO LEVITON VPT24-1PZ, EXISTING TIME CLOCK FOR EXTERIOR LIGHTS.
A A A A A
7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE W/ HOLIDAY SCHEDULING & DAYLIGHT 4 POWER CIRCUIT FOR AREA LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE WIRED
SAVINGS TIME ADJUSTMENT. SWITCH TO INCLUDE TIME OVERRIDE VIA AREA MOTION SENSOR. MOTION SENSOR TO BE
FEATURE (2-HOUR MAXIMUM) AND BATTERY BACK-UP. UPSTREAM OF AREA SWITCHES. SEE DETAIL. 4
5. LIGHTING CIRCUIT TO BE CONTROLLED BY TIME SWITCH. MOTION 5 ENSURE MOTION SENSOR TIME DELAY IS SET FOR 20
M8

SENSORS TO PROVIDE OVERRIDE AT NIGHT. COORDINATE TIME MINUTES.

CLOCK SETTINGS WITH BUILDING OWNER. D
6 PROVIDE EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHT. IF EXISTING
A A A
EMERGENCY LIGHT IS PRESENT, FIXTURE MAY REMAIN.
CORRIDOR LIGHTING CONTROL DETAIL ENSURE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER AND PROVIDE BREAK ROOM
4 NO SCALE CREDIT TO OWNER.
1 B011 A A
7 LIGHTS TO BE SWITCHED VIA TIME CLOCK LOCATED IN A 2 A 4
BASEMENT ELECTRICAL CLOSET NEXT TO PANEL.
MOTION SENSORS TO PROVIDE LIGHTING OVERRIDE
AT NIGHT. SEE DETAIL. 2 2
8 CONNECT SHOWER LIGHTS DOWNSTREAM OF B B B B
BATHROOM GFCI RECEPTACLE.
NOTE: NL NL E
E.C. TO DEMO ALL 9 DIMMING CONTROL TO BE PROVIDED AT SWITCH IN
EXISTING LIGHTS AND BASEMENT ELECTRICAL ROOM. SEE DETAIL.
A3
SWITCHING IN SUB 3 A2 A2
BASEMENT.
CORRIDOR
CO2B MEN'S
A 2 A 4 B142
2 D 4
1 A2 A2 A2 A3
5
2
M0 8
B B B B B B
2
M8 JANITOR
NL B E
B103
4 E 1 E 5 NL
A2 A2
8
WOMENS
M0
B141 A3

5 B 2 D 4
TC

4 M8 7
2 A2 A2 A2

B B B
3
NL 1
A3
M4

1
4

3
ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN - SUB-BASEMENT 4 TC
D
7 maple
ENGINEERING, pllc
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 2 9 708 ST. MARYS ST
RALEIGH, NC 27605 LIC.#: P-0990
C4 C4 NL C4 C4 C4 C4 NL C4 VESTIBULE P:919-341-4247 F:919-890-3797
plumbing mechanical electrical
B001
NOTE: M4
F 2 A 2
ELECTRICAL LAYOUT IS
IDENTICAL FOR FLOORS 2 2 E
LOBBY
THREE, FOUR AND FIVE. PLAN NL
B145 NL 6
IS REPRESENTATIVE OF THREE
C8 C8 C8
TOTAL FLOORS AND AREAS A 2 C 2
OF WORK. ALL FIXTURES,
SWITCHES AND WORK TO BE
COMPLETED ON A PER
FLOOR BASIS. 2
4 2
C4 NL C4 NL C4
3
3-7-18
M4 G

1 THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS

ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
1 CORRIDOR THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
BO1B IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
A2 A2 A2 A2 PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
MEN'S D 1 A 1
D WOMEN'S D
MTR A A A
WTR
B 2 D 4 B SHEET NAME:
B 2 D 4 2 ELECTRICAL
NL
LIGHTING PLAN -
WELLNESS ROOM
5 A2 A2 A2 A2
NEW WORK
D B26
M0
D 1 A 1
M0
M0
PHASE:
A2 A2 5
NOTE: PERMIT SET
MAIL/PACKAGE 1
EXISTING FLOORS ONE A A A
AREA OF WORK B23
AND TWO ARE NOT WITHIN REVISIONS:
SCOPE. NO E.C. WORK. D 1 A 1
E.C. TO ENSURE FLOORS
B B
MAINTAIN POWER AT ALL
TIMES.

A A A ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18

PROJECT #: 16141
DRAWN BY: DMM

SHEET NUMBER

2
ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN - THIRD, FOURTH, FIFTH FLOORS
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
K KEY PLAN (3-5 FLOORS)
NO SCALE
1
ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN - BASEMENT
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
E101
 FIRE RATING LEGEND
2-HR WALL

GENERAL NOTES - THIS SHEET

TAGGED NOTES - THIS SHEET 1. ITEMS SHOWN IN FAINT & HATCHED ARE TO BE DEMO'D OR
RELOCATED. ITEMS SHOWN IN FAINT ARE EXISTING TO
1 E.C. TO VERIFY EXACT POWER AND DATA
REMAIN. NEW OR RELOCATED ITEMS ARE SHOWN IN BOLD.
REQUIREMENTS OF KIOSK WITH OWNER BEFORE
SEE LEGEND.
INSTALLATION.
2. E.C. TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE BEGINNING
2 PROVIDE RECEPTACLE AND DEDICATED CIRCUIT FOR WORK.
COFFEE MACHINE. COORDINATE EXACT POWER 3. HATCHED AREA INDICATES EXISTING AREAS NOT INCLUDED
REQUIREMENTS WITH FINAL EQUIPMENT SELECTION. IN SCOPE OF WORK.
3 CONNECT NEW RECEPTACLE TO EXISTING AREA 4. SEE PANEL SCHEDULES FOR GFI PROTECTION OF SOME
RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT IN AREA. E.C. TO ENSURE OUTLETS.
EXISTING CIRCUIT IS NOT OVERLOADED.
4 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AND POWER CIRCUIT FOR
SMOKE CURTAINS. COORDINATE WITH FIRE
PROTECTION PLANS.
5 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AND DEDICATED POWER
CIRCUIT FOR ELECTRIC HAND DRYER. COORDINATE A-15 A-17 A-32 A-32 A-7 A-7
EXACT LOCATION AND INSTALLATION HEIGHT WITH 1
1 1 1
G.C.. PROVIDE WITH LOCKABLE BREAKER AT PANEL. EXISTING 800A SERVICE
FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTION BY E.C. DISCONNECT. 13 13
11
6 EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL. SEE RISER AND PANEL
SCHEDULES FOR NEW WORK. PANEL LAYOUT AND A-22
NAMING CONVENTION IS SIMILAR FOR FLOOR 4 AND FILES/COMPUTER
5. ROOM A-24 A-7
NOTE:
7 EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL. NO NEW WORK ON 12
CALL STATION TO BE PANEL. SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. PANEL LAYOUT
LOCATED ON EXTERIOR 15 AND NAMING CONVENTION IS SIMILAR FOR FLOOR 4 BREAK ROOM
WALL IN PARKING AREA. AND 5. A-7 B011
COORDINATE EXACT 8 PROVIDE POWER AND DATA FOR INTERCOM SYSTEM.
LOCATION WITH OWNER 10 A 2 A 4
COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND DATA
AND ARCHITECT. REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECT.
2 9
9 PROVIDE RECEPTACLE AND DEDICATED CIRCUIT FOR CORRIDOR A-28
+60", REF A-30 A-7 A-29
MICROWAVE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION CO2B A-7
+44"

ABOVE COUNTER WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER. A 2 A 4 A-2

10 PROVIDE AREA OF REFUGE CALL STATION AND
CONDUIT AND WIRING TO ANNUNCIATOR. A-31
COORDINATE LOCATION WITH LOCAL AHJ.
COORDINATE CONDUIT ROUTING WITH G.C..
COORDINATE WIRING REQUIREMENTS WITH
MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. SEE DETAIL.
MEN'S
11 PROVIDE POWER FOR AREA OF REFUGE
B142
ANNUNCIATOR BATTERY BACK-UP. SEE DETAIL.
B 2 D 4
12 PROVIDE POWER AND UPS WITH SURGE PROTECTION ELEC. ROOM
FOR AREA OF REFUGE DIALER. COORDINATE ER
LOCATION WITH LOCAL AHJ AND OWNER. SEE DETAIL.
13 PROVIDE DEDICATED RECEPTACLE FOR REFRIGERATED
VENDING. COORDINATE WITH FINAL SELECTIONS BY 14 JANITOR
OWNER. B103
14 EXISTING PANEL IN BASEMENT ELECTRICAL CLOSET. A E 1 E 5 A-31
AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE - SUB BASEMENT SEE PANEL SCHEDULES AND RISER.
3 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 15 PROVIDE ILLUMINATED "AREA OF REFUGEE" SIGN. WOMENS
16 2-WAY COMMUNICATION MAIN ANNUNCIATOR B141
STATION. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH G.C. B 2 D 4
AND LOCAL AHJ. PROVIDE CONDUIT,
COMMUNICATION AND POWER WIRING TO DIALER
LOCATION. SEE DETAIL.
17 E.C. TO PROVIDE POWER FROM EXISTING NORMALLY
ON AREA CIRCUIT TO FIRE SMOKE DAMPER CONTROL
TRANSFORMER AT CHASE WALL BY M.C..
COORDINATE LOCATION WITH M.C. 24V BY M.C. A-31

A-21 J
4 A-21 J
4
17 J B3-5 B3-4 J

3 5 5
WOMEN'S
MEN'S
3 17
maple
ENGINEERING, pllc
WTR 708 ST. MARYS ST
B 2 D 4 MTR RALEIGH, NC 27605 LIC.#: P-0990
P:919-341-4247 F:919-890-3797
B 2 D 4 plumbing mechanical electrical
VESTIBULE
B001
F 2 A 2
LOBBY
B145
A 2 C 2

16
ELEC. ROOM 8
3-7-18
J A-31 J
ER
A3 THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
7 6 B3 THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.

CORRIDOR
SHEET NAME:
BO1B
ELECTRICAL
NOTE: POWER PLAN -
D 1 A 1 WELLNESS ROOM
PANEL DESIGNATIONS NEW WORK
AND CIRCUIT NUMBERS B26
FOR HAND DRYERS ARE D 1 A 1
SHOWN FOR THIRD FLOOR. PHASE:
SEE PANEL SCHEDULES ON PERMIT SET
SHEET E2.01 FOR CIRCUITS NOTE:
FOR HAND DRYERS ON 4TH EXISTING RECEPTACLES IN
AND 5TH FLOORS. REVISIONS:
MAIL/PACKAGE AND
MAIL/PACKAGE
WELLNESS ROOM ARE TO
B23 REMAIN. E.C. TO FIELD
D 1 A 1 VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS.

3 3
ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
PROJECT #: 16141
DRAWN BY: DMM

SHEET NUMBER

2
ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN - THIRD, FOURTH, FIFTH FLOORS
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1
ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN - BASEMENT
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
E102
 FOURTH FLOOR ELECTRICAL CLOSET 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE THIRD FLOOR ELECTRICAL CLOSET 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE BASEMENT 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE
VOLTAGE: 208Y/120V PANEL: B4 SURFACE MOUNTED VOLTAGE: 208Y/120V PANEL: B3 SURFACE MOUNTED VOLTAGE: 208Y/120V PANEL: A SURFACE MOUNTED
AMPS: 100-MCB LOAD PER PHASE NEMA 1 AMPS: 100-MCB LOAD PER PHASE NEMA 1 AMPS: 100-MCB LOAD PER PHASE NEMA 1
WIRE BRK CKT CKT BRK WIRE WIRE BRK CKT CKT BRK WIRE
NOTES -DESCRIPTION- POLE
SIZE SIZE # A B C # SIZE SIZE
POLE -DESCRIPTION- NOTES NOTES -DESCRIPTION- POLE
SIZE SIZE # A B C # SIZE SIZE
POLE -DESCRIPTION- NOTES NOTES -DESCRIPTION- POLE
WIRE BRK CKT
A B C
CKT BRK WIRE
POLE -DESCRIPTION- NOTES
SIZE SIZE # # SIZE SIZE
EXISTING 1 - 20 1 0 0 2 20 - 1 EXISTING EXISTING 1 - 20 1 0 0 2 20 - 1 EXISTING EXISITING 1 - 20 1 0 0.5 2 20 12 1 WATER COOLER GFI, #2
EXISTING 1 - 20 3 0 1.0 4 20 - 1 EXISTING EXISTING 1 - 20 3 0 1.0 4 20 - 1 HAND DRYER: MEN'S L,#3 EXISITING 1 - 20 3 0 0 4 20 - 1 EXISITING
EXISTING 1 - 20 5 1.0 0 6 20 - 1 EXISTING L,#4 HAND DRYER: WOMEN'S 1 12 20 5 1.0 0 6 20 - 1 EXISTING EXISITING 1 - 20 5 0 0 6 20 - 1 EXISITING
7 0 0 8 20 - 1 EXISTING EXISTING 1 - 20 7 0 0 8 20 - 1 EXISTING #2 REC: BREAKROOM 1 12 20 7 .8 0 8 20 - 1 EXISITING
EXISTING 2 - 20
9 0 0 10 20 - 1 EXISTING EXISTING 1 - 20 9 0 0 10 20 - 1 EXISTING EXISITING 1 - 20 9 0 0 10 20 - 1 EXISITING
EXISTING 1 - 20 11 0 0 12 20 - 1 EXISTING EXISTING 1 - 20 11 0 0 12 20 - 1 EXISTING 11 0 0 12 20 - 1 EXISITING
EXISTING 1 - 20 13 0 1.0 14 20 - 1 HAND DRYER: MEN'S L,#3 EXISTING 1 - 20 13 0 0 14 20 - 1 EXISTING EXISTING 1 - 20
13 0 0 14 20 - 1 EXISITING
EXISTING 1 - 20 15 0 1.0 16 20 - 1 HAND DRYER: WOMEN'S L,#3 EXISTING 1 - 20 15 0 0 16 20 - 1 EXISTING #4,GFI DEDICATED VENDING, REFR. 1 12 20 15 .8 0 16 20 - 1 EXISITING
EXISTING 1 - 20 17 0 0 18 20 - 1 EXISTING EXISTING 1 - 20 17 0 0 18 20 - 1 EXISTING #4,GFI DEDICATED VENDING, REFR. 1 12 20 17 .8 0 18 20 - 1 EXISITING
EXISTING 1 - 20 19 0 0 20 20 - 1 EXISTING EXISTING 1 - 20 19 0 0 20 20 - 1 EXISTING EXISITING 1 - 20 19 0 0 20 30 - 1 EXISITING
EXISTING 1 - 20 21 0 0 22 20 - 1 EXISTING EXISTING 1 - 20 21 0 0 22 20 - 1 EXISTING #2 SMOKE CURTAINS 1 12 20 21 0.4 1.0 22 20 12 1 2-WAY BASE STATION
EXISTING 1 - 20 23 0 0 24 20 - 1 EXISTING EXISTING 1 - 20 23 0 0 24 20 - 1 EXISTING EXISITING 1 - 20 23 0 .2 24 20 12 1 2-WAY DIALER
EXISTING 1 - 20 25 0 0 26 EXISTING 1 - 20 25 0 0 26 20 - 1 EXISTING EXISITING 1 - 20 25 0 0 26 20 - 1 EXISITING
EXISTING 1 - 20 27 0 0 28 15 - 3 EXISTING EXISTING 1 - 20 27 0 0 28 20 - 1 EXISTING EXISITING 1 - 20 27 0 1.2 28 20 12 1 BREAK ROOM FRIDGE #2,GFI
SPACE 1 - - 29 0 0 30 EXISTING 1 - 20 29 0 0 30 20 - 1 EXISTING #2 MICROWAVE 1 12 20 29 1.0 1.4 30 20 12 1 STARBUCKS MACHINE #2,#4
1.0 2.0 1.0 0.0 1.0 1.0 #2 REC: BATHROOM, HALLWAY 1 12 20 31 .8 .8 32 20 12 1 KIOSKS AND VENDING #2,#4
TOTAL CONNECTED kVA: 4.0 DEMAND kVA: EXISTING TOTAL CONNECTED kVA: 2.0 DEMAND kVA: EXISTING EXISITING 1 - 20 33 0 0 34
20 - 1 HOT WATER HEATER
PANEL RMS SYM. AMPS: EXISTING DEMAND AMPS: EXISTING PANEL RMS SYM. AMPS: EXISTING DEMAND AMPS: EXISTING EXISITING 1 - 20 35 0 0 36

2.9 3.4 3.4

1. EXISTING PANEL. EXISTING CIRCUITS/BREAKERS SHOWN IN SHADED. NEW WORK SHOWN IN NON-SHADED. REMOVE ANY UNUSED OR 1. EXISTING PANEL. EXISTING CIRCUITS/BREAKERS SHOWN IN SHADED. NEW WORK SHOWN IN NON-SHADED. REMOVE ANY UNUSED OR TOTAL CONNECTED kVA: 9.7 DEMAND kVA: EXISTING
ABANDONED CIRCUITS. SET BREAKER TO "OFF" AND RE-LABEL AS SPARE. PROVIDE UPDATED PANEL CARD. ABANDONED CIRCUITS. SET BREAKER TO "OFF" AND RE-LABEL AS SPARE. PROVIDE UPDATED PANEL CARD.
2. L - INDICATES LOCK-OFF ATTACHMENT REQUIRED (ATTACHMENT TO MEET NEC REQ'S FOR APPLIANCE DISCONNECT) 2. L - INDICATES LOCK-OFF ATTACHMENT REQUIRED (ATTACHMENT TO MEET NEC REQ'S FOR APPLIANCE DISCONNECT) PANEL RMS SYM. AMPS: SEE RISER DEMAND AMPS: EXISTING
3. EXISTING CIRCUIT SERVED PREVIOUSLY DEMO'D DEDICATED EQUIPMENT. NEW HAND DRYER LOAD IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO DEMO'D 3. EXISTING CIRCUIT SERVED PREVIOUSLY DEMO'D REFIGERATOR. NEW HAND DRYER LOAD IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO DEMO'D LOAD.
LOAD. 4. EXISTING CICRUIT SERVED PREVIOUSLY DEMO'D WATER COOLER. NEW HAND DRYER LOAD IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO DEMO'D LOAD.
1. EXISTING PANEL. EXISTING CIRCUITS/BREAKERS SHOWN IN SHADED. NEW WORK SHOWN IN NON-SHADED. REMOVE ANY
UNUSED OR ABANDONED CIRCUITS. SET BREAKER TO "OFF" AND RE-LABEL AS SPARE. PROVIDE UPDATED PANEL CARD.
NOTE: 2. E.C. TO CONFIRM CIRCUITS ARE NOT CURRENTLY IN USE BEFORE BEGINNING WORK.
NOTE: 3. GFI - PROVIDE GFCI BREAKER FOR CIRCUIT. GFCI RECEPTACLES MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF GFCI BREAKERS SO LONG AS THE
NEW LOAD ON NEW NEW LOAD ON NEW DEVICE(S) CONFORM TO NEC CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR GFCI PROTECTION & ACCESSIBILITY.
CIRCUITS ON PANEL B4 IS CIRCUITS ON PANEL B3 IS 4. VERIFY BREAKER AND WIRE SIZE REQUIREMENTS WITH EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE BEFORE BEGINNING WORK.
LESS THAN DEMO'D LOAD LESS THAN DEMO'D LOAD
ON CIRCUITS. NOTE: ON CIRCUITS.
NEW LOAD ON NEW
CIRCUITS ON PANEL B5 IS PANEL DEMO LOADS NEW LOADS
LESS THAN DEMO'D LOAD B5
ON CIRCUITS. CIRCUIT/EQUIP TOTAL KW CIRCUIT/EQUIP TOTAL KW
100 A MCB
VENDING 1.0 KIOSKS/VENDING 2.4
208Y/120V
FIFTH FLOOR ELECTRICAL CLOSET 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE WATER COOLER 0.5 WATER COOLER 0.5
NOTE 5 NOTE 11
REFIGERATOR 1.2 REFIGERATOR 1.2
VOLTAGE: 208Y/120V PANEL: B5 SURFACE MOUNTED 5TH FLOOR ELEC. ROOM GARBAGE DISPOSAL 0.8 COFFEE MACHINE 1.4
AMPS: 100-MCB LOAD PER PHASE NEMA 1 ICE MAKER 1.6 SMOKE CURTAINS 0.4
WIRE BRK CKT CKT BRK WIRE
DISHWASHER 1.4 GENERAL RECEP 1.6
NOTES -DESCRIPTION- POLE
SIZE SIZE # A B C # SIZE SIZE
POLE -DESCRIPTION- NOTES PANEL MICROWAVE 1.0 MICROWAVE 1.0
EXISTING 1 - 20 1 0 0 2 20 - 1 EXISTING B4 TELLER COUNTER 3.0 CALL BOX/ARA 1.2
EXISTING 1 - 20 3 0 0 4 20 - 1 EXISTING 100 A MCB TOTAL DEMO KW 10.5 TOTAL NEW KW 9.7
EXISTING 1 - 20 5 0 1.0 6 20 - 1 HAND DRYER: MEN'S L,#3 208Y/120V
NOTE 5 NOTE 11
L,#3 HAND DRYER: WOMEN'S 1 12 20 7 1.0 0 8 20 - 1 EXISTING NOTE:
EXISTING 1 - 20 9 0 0 10 20 - 1 EXISTING 4TH FLOOR ELEC. ROOM TOTAL LOAD OF DEMO'D EQUIPMENT
EXISTING 1 - 20 11 0 0 12 20 - 1 EXISTING AND RECEPTACLES EXCEEDS
AMOUNT OF NEW EQUIPMENT LOAD
EXISTING 1 - 20 13 0 0 14 20 - 1 EXISTING AND RECEPTACLES. SEE TABLE OF
EXISTING 1 - 20 15 0 0 16 20 - 1 EXISTING PANEL DEMO/NEW LOADS ON PANEL A.
B3
EXISTING 1 - 20 17 0 0 18 20 - 1 EXISTING
100 A MCB
EXISTING 1 - 20 19 0 0 20 20 - 1 EXISTING
208Y/120V
EXISTING 1 - 20 21 0 0 22 20 - 1 EXISTING NOTE 5 NOTE 11
EXISTING 1 - 20 23 0 0 24 20 - 1 EXISTING 3RD FLOOR ELEC. ROOM
EXISTING 1 - 20 25 0 0 26 30 - 1 EXISTING
27 0 0 28
EXISTING 1 2 30 30 - 2 EXISTING
29 0 0 30
PANEL
1.0 0.0 1.0 B2
TOTAL CONNECTED kVA: 2.0 DEMAND kVA: EXISTING NOTE:
100 A MCB
1ST AND 2ND FLOORS NOT
208Y/120V
PANEL RMS SYM. AMPS: EXISTING DEMAND AMPS: EXISTING IN SCOPE OF WORK.
EXIST SHOWN FOR REFERENCE.
2ND FLOOR
1. EXISTING PANEL. EXISTING CIRCUITS/BREAKERS SHOWN IN SHADED. NEW WORK SHOWN IN NON-SHADED. REMOVE ANY UNUSED OR NOTE:

2.
ABANDONED CIRCUITS. SET BREAKER TO "OFF" AND RE-LABEL AS SPARE. PROVIDE UPDATED PANEL CARD.
L - INDICATES LOCK-OFF ATTACHMENT REQUIRED (ATTACHMENT TO MEET NEC REQ'S FOR APPLIANCE DISCONNECT)
PARTS OF RISER NOT
IMPACTED BY SCOPE OF
maple
ENGINEERING, pllc
3. EXISTING CIRCUIT SERVED PREVIOUSLY DEMO'D COPY MACHINE. NEW HAND DRYER LOAD IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO DEMO'D LOAD. WORK OMITTED. 708 ST. MARYS ST
RALEIGH, NC 27605 LIC.#: P-0990
P:919-341-4247 F:919-890-3797
PANEL
plumbing mechanical electrical
B1
100 A MCB
208Y/120V
EXIST
EXTERIOR WALL 1ST FLOOR
NOTE 7
PANEL
MDP
800A
1200A MLO NOTE 12
EXIST
480Y/277V PANEL
EXISTING NOTE 5
UTILITY A
XFMR 3-7-18
XFMR 112.5 kVA 100 A MCB
M 500 kVA BASEMENT
ELEC. 208Y/120V THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS

NOTE 3 FILES.
ROOM
T EXIST CLOSET NOTE 11
ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
GRADE IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.

NOTE 6
FROM UTILITY SHEET NAME:
NOTE 6 ELECTRICAL PANEL
ELECTRICAL POWER RISER
1 NO SCALE
SCHEDULE,
AND RISER

RISER DIAGRAM NOTES: PHASE:

1. ALL ITEMS ARE EXISTING. RISER SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
PERMIT SET
2. E.C. TO CONFIRM RISER BEFORE BEGINNING WORK. CONTACT ENGINEER IF SIGNIFICANT DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND.
AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT (AIC) NOTE: 3. EXISTING PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER AND METER. REVISIONS:
E.C. IS TO VERIFY EXACT
CALCULATION PAIRING OF
4. EXISTING PANEL. (SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION).
5. EXISTING (4)#2 CU, #8 CU GND. E.C. TO CONFIRM. CONTACT ENGINEER IF OF LESSER CAPACITY.
METER/DISCONNECT &
MAXIMUM AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT IS BASED ON A THE TX KVA, IMPEDANCE (%Z), AREA OF WORK WITH 6. E.C. TO CONFIRM PRESENCE OF GROUNDING/BONDING SYSTEM (NEC 250).
WIRE SIZE & LENGTH SHOWN BELOW. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER LANDLORD AND SITE 7. EXISTING 800 AMP DISCONNECT, FUSED AT 800 AMPS. E.C. TO CONFIRM. CONTACT ENGINEER IF OF LESSER AMPACITY.
IMMEDIATELY IF TRANSFORMER CHARACTERISTIC INDICATE A HIGHER FAULT CURRENT CONDITIONS BEFORE
IS POSSIBLE (HIGHER KVA, LOWER IMPEDANCE, LARGER SECONDARY WIRE, SHORTER BEGINNING WORK. 8. PROVIDE PLACARD AT PANEL(S)/DISCONNECT(S) INDICATING SUITE/TENANT & PANEL SERVED.
SECONDARY LENGTH, ETC). 9. PROVIDE PLACARD INDICATING AVAILABLE AIC FAULT CURRENT (NEC 110.24).
ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
10. PROVIDE PLACARD INDICATING ARC-FLASH HAZARD AT PANEL(S)/DISCONNECT(S). (NEC 110.16)
# COND. WIRE SIZE WIRE L.
PROJECT #: 16141
TX KVA TX %Z VOLTAGE PHASE WIRE "C" 11. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TO HAVE AN OVERALL AIC AND SHORT CIRCUIT RATING OF 22K AMPS. CIRCUIT BREAKERS
(COPPER) (FEET)
WITH A LESSER LABELED AIC RATING MAY BE USED IF THOSE BREAKERS ARE PAIRED WITH AN UPSTREAM BREAKER OR FUSE AS DRAWN BY: RDG
112 3.5 208 3 2 #1/0 10 8924
PART OF A UL SERIES RATED COMBINATION. PAIRED DEVICES MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 240.86. LABEL PER NEC
SHEET NUMBER
CURRENT MULT. 110.22(C). CONFIRM W/ EQUIPMENT MFG BEFORE PURCHASE. E.C. TO PROVIDE FIELD INSPECTOR WITH MFG'S
TX ISC f M ISC (AMPS)
(L TO L) (ISC)

E201
DOCUMENTATION REGARDING UL SERIES RATING OF PAIRED BREAKERS/FUSES.
311 28.57 8882 0.0414 0.9602 8529 12. EXISTING 480/277 TO 208/120 V TRANSFORMER.
 WJ 1168
System No. W-J-1168
F Ratings -- 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 3)
T Rating -- 0 Hr

1
3
A

2
(2) #18 CU, (1) #18 CU GND, 1/2" CONDUIT
FOR 24V DC POWER
POWER SUPPLY W/ 1 1/2 HR MIN.
BATTERY BACKUP. MUST BE
ACCESSIBLE. SEE ELEC PLANS.
MAIN ANNUNCIATOR STATION NOTE:
48" AFF UPS W/ SURGE SEE ARCH. PLANS FOR
A PROTECTION ADDITIONAL SIGN REQ'S.
COORD. WIRING REQUIREMENTS
3 WITH MFG'S INSTRUCTIONS. WIRING
TO BE RUN ABOVE CEILING DIALER
(1) #18 CU GND TO
ANNUNICATOR LOCATION BUILDING GROUND SYSTEM
COMPUTER/FILES ROOM
SECTION A-A
3/4" C. W/ COMMUNICATION WIRING
48" AFF
1. Wall Assembly -- Min 3-3/4 in. and 5 in. thick reinforced lightweight or normal weight (100-150 pcf) concrete for 1 and 2 hr rated assemblies,
respectively. Wall may also be constructed of any UL Classified Concrete Blocks*. Max diameter of opening 26-5/8 in. CB-4200 CABLE
See Concrete Blocks (CAZT) category in the Fire Resistance Directory for names of manufacturers CALL STATION
2. Through Penetrant -- One metallic pipe, conduit or tubing installed concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. Pipe, conduit or tube
System No. W-J-2205 to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. See Table below for annular space between the pipe, conduit or tube and periphery of the
SUB-BASEMENT AREA OF REFUGE (SEE PLANS)
opening . The following types and sizes of metallic pipes, conduit or tube may be used:
F Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 3B) A. Steel Pipe -- Nom 24 in. diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe.
T Rating - 0 Hr B. Iron Pipe -- Nom 24 in. diam (or smaller) service weight (or heavier) cast iron soil pipe. NOTES:
L Rating At Ambient - 1.2 CFM/sq ft (See Item 3B) C. Conduit -- Nom 4 in. diam (or smaller) steel electrical metallic tubing or 6 in. diam (or smaller) steel conduit. 1. CALL STATION EQUAL TO ALPHA COMMUNICATIONS 4201B/VM WITH LED INDICATOR
L Rating At 400 F - Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft (See Item 3B) D. Copper Tube -- Nom 6 in. diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tube. AND MUSHROOM SWITCH.
E. Copper Pipe -- Nom 6 in. diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. 2. ANNUNCIATOR PANEL EQUAL TO ALPHA COMMUNICATIONS 4200 SERIES.
ANNUNCIATOR PANEL TO INCLUDE TELEPHONE ACCESS KIT WITH TIMED AUTO DIALER
Pipe Max Nom Diam, in. Min - Max Annular Space, in.
TO 911 OR OTHER LOCAL AHJ APPROVED MONITORING SERVICE.
1 A,B 3. DIALER TO BE EQUAL TO ALPHA COMMUNICATIONS TAK-4202. PROVIDE WITH PLUG IN
10 0 to 1-1/2
UPS W/ SURGE PROTECTION.
A,B 24 0 to 7/8 4. FURNISH W/ POWER SUPPLY, COMMUNICATION CABLES, REQUIRED SIGNAGE AND ALL
3B C 6,4 0 to 1-1/2 OTHER COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONING SYSTEM. COORDINATE
A PROGRAMMING WITH LOCAL AHJ AND OWNER.
D,E 4 0 to 1-1/2
D,E 6 0 to 7/8
AREA OF REFUGE DETAIL
3. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* - Sealant -- Min 5/8 in. and 1-1/4 in. thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of
wall for 1 and 2 hr rated wall assemblies, respectively. When the annular space does not exceed 7/8 in., min 5/8 in. thickness of fill material is
7 NO SCALE
required for both 1 and 2 hr rated walls. At the point contact location between penetrant and wall, a min 1/2 in. diam bead of fill material shall be
applied at the penetrant/wall interface. System No. W-L-2059
F Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 2 and 3)
HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC -- CP601S Elastomeric Firestop Sealant T Ratings - 3/4, 1, 1-1/2 and 2 Hr (See Items 2 and 3)
*Bearing the UL Classification Mark L Rating At Ambient - 1 CFM/sq ft
L Rating At 400 F - Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft

Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of

2 Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
September 14, 2004 C US
A
3B
3A
METALLIC PIPE (CONCRETE WALL) DETAIL
SECTION A-A
6 NO SCALE

WL 1054
System No. W-L-1054 Section A-A
C US
1. Wall Assembly - The 1 or 2 h fire rated gypsum board/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner described in the individual U300, U400 and V400
Classified by ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features:
constructed of any UL Classified Concrete Blocks*. See Table under Item 3B for max diam of opening. 1-1/2" CONDUIT SLEEVE Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
A. Studs - Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel
to UL 1479 and CAN/ULC-S115
PULLSTRING studs to be min 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC.
See Concrete Blocks (CAZT) category in the Fire Resistance Directory for names of manufacturers. CONDUIT B. Gypsum Board* - 5/8 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 ft (1219 mm) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation
shall be as specified in the individual U300, U400 or V400 Series Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Max diam of opening is 5 in. (127 mm).
(CONFIRM SIZE W/ OWNER)
2. Through-Penetrants - One nonmetallic pipe or conduit to be centered within the firestop system. The annular space shall be max 1/4 in. (6 mm). Pipe or conduit to be rigidly supported
on both sides of the wall assembly. The following types and sizes of nonmetallic pipes or conduits may be used:
firestop system. Pipe to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of nonmetallic pipes may be used: A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe - Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 or 80 solid or cellular core PVC pipe for use in closed (process or supply) or vented (drain,
waste or vent) piping systems. When Schedule 80 PVC pipe is used, the F and T Ratings are 1 hr. When Scheduled 80 PVC pipe is used in closed (process or supply)
CEILING piping systems, the F and T Ratings are equal to the assembly rating of the wall in which it is installed.
B. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit+ - Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 or 80 PVC conduit installed in accordance with Article 347 of the National Electrical Code (NFPA
supply) or vented (drain, waste or vent) piping system. No. 70). When Schedule 80 PVC conduit is used, the F and T Ratings are 1 hr.
C. Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe - Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) SDR 13.5 CPVC pipe for use in closed (process or supply) piping systems.

piping system. FLOOR TO D. Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS) Pipe - Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 solid or foamed core ABS pipe for use in closed (process or supply) or vented
(drain, waste or vent) piping systems.
DECK WALL
(process or supply) or vented (drain, waste or vent) piping system.
E. Fire Retardant Polypropylene (FRPP) Pipe -
piping systems.
Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 FRPP pipe for use in closed (process or supply) or vented (drain, waste or vent)
maple
ENGINEERING, pllc
1A F. Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF) Pipe -
systems.
Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 PVDF pipe for use in closed (process or supply) or vented (drain, waste or vent) piping
708 ST. MARYS ST
A RALEIGH, NC 27605 LIC.#: P-0990
DATA/TELE/CATV OUTLET BOX. 3 G. Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe (FRP) Pipe - Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) glass fiber reinforced thermosetting resin pipe for use in closed (process or control) or vented P:919-341-4247 F:919-890-3797
plumbing mechanical electrical
(drain, waste or vent) piping systems. When FRP pipe is used, T Rating is 3/4 hr.
COORDINATE SIZE W/
H. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe - Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 HDPE pipe for use in closed (process or supply) piping systems.
ELECTRICAL PLAN.
wrapped around the outer circumference of the pipe once and slid into the annular space such that approx 1/8 in. (3 mm) of the wrap strip protrudes 3. Firestop System - The firestop system shall consist of the following:
COORDINATE FACE PLATE W/
from the wall surface. Wrap strip is held in place with integral fastening tape. Wrap strip installed on each surface of wall. A. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* - Sealant - Fill material forced into annular space to max extent possible. Caulk shall be installed flush with both surfaces of wall assembly.
OWNER.
HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - SpecSeal 100, 101, 102, 105, 120 or 129 Sealant, SpecSeal LCI Sealant, Pensil 300 Sealant or SpecSeal Series SIL300 Sealant
B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material - Wrap Strip - Nom 1/8 or 3/16 in. (3.2 or 4.8 mm) thick intumescent material faced on both sides with a plastic film, supplied in 2 in. (51 mm) wide
strips or nom 1/4 in. (6 mm) thick intumescent material faced on both sides with a plastic film, supplied in 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) wide strips. The layers of wrap strips are individually
wrapped around the through-penetrant with ends butted and held in place with masking tape. Butted ends in successive layers shall be aligned.

Fire Rating of Max Diam of Throught

For 2 hr fire-rated walls, 1/4 in. (6 mm) bead fill material also applied at wrap strip/wall interface. In 1 hr fire-rated walls, fill material is optional for FLOOR No. of Wrap Strip Layers F Rating Hr T Rating Hr
Wall Hr Penetrant in. (mm)
nom 1-1/2, 2, 3 and 4 in. (38, 51, 76 and 102 mm) diam penetrants. In 2 hr fire-rated walls, fill material is optional for nom 1-1/2, 2 and 3 in. (38, 51 1 1-1/2 (38) 1 1 1

and 76 mm) diam penetrants. Fill material is required to be used to attain L Ratings. NOTE: 1B 2 1-1/2 (38) 1 2 1-1/2

HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF FOR INTERIOR WALLS WITHOUT 2 1 2 (51) 1 1 1

INSULATION. E.C. MAY OMIT CONDUIT & 3-7-18
A 2 2 (51) 1 2 1-1/2
OUTLET BOX. PROVIDE PULL STRING & 1 3 (76) 2 1 1
PLASTER RING. THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION A-A 2 3 (76) 2 2 2 ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN
THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. THEY HAVE BEEN
1 4 (102) 3 1 1 PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND SHALL NOT BE USED
Annular Space, in.
DATA/TELE/CATV OUTLET 2 4 (102) 3 2 2
IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY OTHER PROJECTS WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT.
Nom Pipe Diam, in.
(mm)
Wrap Strip
Wrap Strip Size, thick.
x width, in. (mm)
Max Diam of
Opening,in. (mm)
(mm)
5 NO SCALE Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: Except as noted in Item 2, the F and T Rating of the firestop system is dependent upon the fire rating of wall, diam of through penetrant and the number of wrap strips as tabulated
Min. Max. below:
SHEET NAME:
studs to be min 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. When steel studs are used and the diam of opening exceeds the width of stud cavity, the opening shall
SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - SpecSeal BLU Wrap Strip, SpecSeal BLU2 Wrap Strip or SpecSeal RED Wrap Strip
1-1/2 (38) CP 648S - 1.5" US 3/16 x 1 (5 x 25) 2-3/8 (60) 3/16 (5) 5/16 (8) be framed on all sides using lengths of steel stud installed between the vertical studs and screw-attached to the steel studs at each end. The framed opening in the wall shall be 4 to 6
in. (102 to 152 mm) wider and 4 to 6 in. (102 to 152 mm) higher than the diam of the penetrating item such that, when the penetrating item is installed in the opening, a 2 to 3 in. (51 to C. Steel Collar - Collar fabricated from coils of precut 0.016 in. (0.4 mm) thick (30 MSG) galv sheet steel available from wrap strip manufacturer. Collar shall be min 1-1/2 in. (38 mm)
ELECTRICAL
76 mm) clearance is present between the penetrating item and the framing on all four sides. deep with 1 in. (25 mm) wide by 2 in. (51 mm) long anchor tabs for securement to the concrete floor or wall. Retainer tabs, 3/4 in. (19 mm) wide tapering down to 1/4 in. (6 mm) wide DETAILS
2 (51) CP 648S - 2" US 3/16 x 1 (5 x 25) 3 (76) 3/16 (5) 5/16 (8) and located opposite the anchor tabs, are folded 90 degree toward pipe surface to maintain the annular space around the pipe and to retain the wrap strips. Steel collar wrapped
shall be as specified in the individual U300 or U400 Series Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Max diam of opening is 32-1/4 in. (819 mm) for steel stud walls. Max diam of around wrap strips and pipe with a 1 in. (25 mm) wide overlap along its perimeter joint and secured together by means of a min 1/2 in. (13 mm) wide by 0.028 in. (0.7 mm) thick
3 (76) CP 648S - 3" US 3/16 x 1-3/4 (5 x 44) 4 (102) 3/16 (5) 5/16 (8) opening is 14-1/2 in. (368 mm) for wood stud walls. stainless steel hose clamp installed at mid-depth of the steel collar. As an alternate to the steel hose clamp, the steel collar may be secured together by means of three No. 8 by 1/4
MOTION SENSOR(S) The F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the fire rating of the wall assembly. in. (6 mm) long steel sheet metal screws when more than one layer of wrap strip is used.
4 (102) CP 648S - 4" US 3/8 x 1-3/4 (10 x 44) 5-3/8 (137) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) Wrap strip/collar assembly is slid along the through-penetrant until abuts the surface of the wall. Collar secured to wall by 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) diam by 1-3/4 in. (44 mm) long steel molly PHASE:
2-1/4 in. (57 mm). Pipe may be installed with continuous point contact. Pipe, conduit or tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of bolts in conjunction with 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) diam steel fender washers. The number of molly bolts used is dependent upon the nom diam of the through penetrant. Two molly bolts,
CIRCUIT symmetrically located, are required for nom 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) and 2 in. (51 mm) diam through penetrants. Three molly bolts, symmetrically located, are required for nom 2-1/2 in. (64 PERMIT SET
6 (152) CP 648S - 6" US 1/2 x 1-3/4 (13 x 44) 8 (203) 9/16 (14) 13/16 (21) metallic pipes, conduits or tubing may be used:
SWITCH mm) and 3 in. (76 mm) diam through penetrants. Four molly bolts, symmetrically located, are required for nom 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) and 4 in. (102 mm) diam through penetrants. Steel
collars are installed on each side of wall.

TO EMG. FIX.(S) D. Firestop Device* - (Optional, Not Shown) - As an alternate to Item 3B and 3C, galv steel collar lined with an intumescent material sized to fit the specific diam of the REVISIONS:
through-penetrant. Device shall be installed around through-penetrant in accordance with accompanying installation instructions. Device incorporates anchor tabs for securement to
*Bearing the UL Classification Mark (IF PRESENT) each surface of wall assembly by means of 1/8 in. (3 mm) diam by 1-3/4 in. (45 mm) long steel molly bolts in conjunction with 1/4 in. (6 mm) diam by 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) diam steel
TO NIGHT LIGHT(S) fender washers.
locations between pipe and wall, a min 1/2 in. (13 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the pipe wall interface on both surfaces of wall.
(IF PRESENT) SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - SpecSeal Firestop Collar, SpecSeal LCC Collar or SpecSeal SSC Collar . When SpecSeal LCC Collar or SpecSeal SSC Collar are used, the
max annular space shall be 1/8 in. (3 mm) for max 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) diam pipe and shall be max 1/4 in. (6 mm) for pipe larger than 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) diam.
NEUTRAL * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. *Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.
Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. NOTE:
November 29, 2005 1. SEE PLAN FOR QTY. OF SENSORS. MULTIPLE SENSORS IN
C US AREA TO BE WIRED IN PARALLEL.COORDINATE
Reproduced courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Created or Revised: November 27, 2012 R
W-L-2059
ISSUE DATE: 03/07/18
RELAY/CONTACTOR REQ'S W/ MFG. (800)992-1180 (908)526-8000 FAX (908)231-8415 E-Mail:techserv@stifirestop.com Website:www.stifirestop.com

2. WIRING SIMILAR FOR BI-LEVEL (INBOARD/OUTBOARD)

Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. PROJECT #: 16141
October 14, 2015 DRAWN BY:
& 3-WAY/4-WAY SWITCHING. RDG
3. CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES ARE TO BE INSTALLED AT
NON-METALLIC PIPE (CONCRETE WALL) DETAIL LEAST 6'-0" FROM DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, FANS, AND NON-METALLIC PIPE (GYPSUM WALL) DETAIL SHEET NUMBER
4 OTHER SIMILAR SOURCES OF VIBRATION.
1
E202
NO SCALE NO SCALE
MOTION SENSOR WIRING (LINE VOLT.) METALLIC PIPE (GYPSUM WALL) DETAIL
3 NO SCALE
2 NO SCALE